/
American Hern Journal
A QUARTERLY DEVOTED TO FERNS
Published by the
AMERICAN FERN SOCIETY
EDITORS
Cc. V. MORTON
R. C. BENEDICT TRA L. WIGGINS
VOLUME 40 —— 41|
1 9 > Mi Bh
LANCASTER, PENNSYLVANIA
Mig@e0UuR! BoTANICAL ;
GARDEN LIBRARY \? bau
\ }
CONTENTS
VoLuME 40, NuMBER 1, Pages 1-168, IssuED May 1, 1950
Charles Alfred Weatherby, 1875-1949 ........... Henry K. Svenson
Charles Alfred Weathe Fi onnahat and Cane
a M. ey Jr.
A Personal Tributé to Charles Alfred Weatherby
a L. Wiggins
Additions and Corrections to the Genera aaa
E. B. Copeland
Phe Ba Ditat OL QGUIa soi coiemani peso W. H. Wagner, Jr.
The Problem of deneria Segregates in the gore 7 Lyco-
odium ard Boivin
po
Reminiscences of the Alaskan Highway
Donovan 8. Correll
The Geographical Distribution of Sees scloana
Rodolfo E. Pichi-Sermolli
A New Erect Species of the Selaginella ion pe roup
. Tryon, Jr.
Lycopodium carolinianum in Tropical fhe She ee F, Ballard
Ferns, Microscopes, and Brownian Movement
R. C. Benedict
Ferns of the Monterrey Region, Mexico .... Robert T. Clausen
The Male-fern in Vermont Harold G. Rugg
Ferns of Pico Bolivar “al the Sources of the Venezuelan
ora oseph Ewan
A New Interpretation of the Dryopteris oe Oe
T. rry
A List of the Ferns of Idah6 0. nerun "henie hk
Notes on Micronesian Pteridophytes ................... F. R. Fosberg
State and Local Fern Floras of ae United States. Supple-
it. S. F. Blake
isin “Sek n Society .........
VoLtuME 40, NUMBER 2, Pages 169-200, IssuED JuLy 11, 1950
Preliminary Reports on the Flora of Georgia—IIT. The Dis-
Sercmeres Sealants ‘ Newly: Recognized tng
no- _—— ORION ees Carlotta C. wa 178
Pilularia americana in Kansas ...... eter abe Lt. L. McGregor 187
preeent arm Laberataee soc as ae 188
American Fern Society
VOLUME 40, NUMBER 3, PAGES 201-232, ISSUED SEPT. 21, 1950
Two Varieties of Cystopteris Tragilia.) Soc: Ri. L. MeGregor 201
The Upright Psilotum ......... Alex D. Hawkes and Otto Degener 207
Azolla caroliniana in Kent WOR Vn Lhomas N. McCoy 211
Notes on the Ferns in the Eastern United States
C. V. Morton 213
Ctenitis vellea, a Neglected West Indian #8
George. R. Proctor 226
Shorter Note: ae rupestris in eel Pri ee neato)
APRORE DU TIONG oo kt ar ig 229
American Fern Sécicty. Perales i radesssensanadeciectsdbasban eB a, Cal al 5 232
VoLuMeE. 40, NUMBER 4, PAGES 233-264, IssuED Dxc. 29, 1950.
The Chemical Composition of Certain Ferns and ies Allies
of Central Pennsylvania oh-Yu Hou 233
Notes on the Ferns of the Eastern United States (cole
V. Morton 241
Notes on Dieranopteris emarginata
ex D. Hawkes and Otto Degener 253
Shorter Notes: A New Station for Marsilea quadrifolia in
Illinois; A Fern Community in Pennsylvania
Recent Fern Literature
American Fern Society
Index to Volume 40
we
Vol. 40 January-March, 1950 No.1 va
American Bern Journal
* QUARTERLY DEVOTED TO FERNS
Published by the
AMERICAN FERN SOCIETY
Bd
; Cc. V. MORTON :
R. C. BENEDICT IRA L. WIGGINS
en t
Che American Fern Society
Council for 1950
OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR
Sate ied i eae mii a 8
Joserx Ewan, Department of Botany, Tulane ated et New
Orleans, :
Donovan 8. "CoRRELL, Mt. Pisgah Road, Avenel, Silver Spring, Ma,
Vie %
Miss Evite ScamMan, Gray Herbarium, Harvard University, 6 Camel ae
usetts etary
WALTER 8. "ALLEN, 144-19 35th Ave., Flushing, N. Y. Treat
os Ve Morrow, Smithsonian Institution, Washington 25, D.
asthe Tditor: ine Chief
_ OFFICIAL ORGAN
| American Fern Jourwal
EDITORS
©. x: token .... Smithsonian Institution, Sel mite ty 25, D. C.
B.C. Baw poctet 1819 a Road, Brooklyn 26, NUE mf
a Ina rie Wiser... eter: erbarium, Stanford University, C
: oe illustrated quarterly devoted to the general study of fers q
__ Subseription, $1.50 per year, foreign, 10 eents extra; sent free —
as coe eat ERI CAN FERN SOCIETY (annual dues,
$2.00; sustaining R, $5.00; life membership, $20.00).
will ve 4
Ampriran Bern Journal
Vou. 40 JANUARY—Marcu, 1950 No.
1
CONTENTS
Charles Alfred Weatherby, 1875-1949 ...... HENRY K. SVENSON
Charles Alfred Weatherby—Teacher and Counselor
Routta M. Tryon, Jr.
A Personal Tribute to Charles Alfred Weatherby
Ira L. Wiaeins
Additions and Corrections to the Genera Filicum
E. B. CopELAND
ane Fialitet of Disliia = ooo oe | W. H. Waener, Jr.
The Problem of Generic Segregates in the Form-genus Lyeco-
pcs pte ROTEL aT a NRA Ng eres at BERNARD BOIvIN
Reminiscences of the Alaskan Highway
Donovan S. CoRRELL
The Geographical Distribution of Negripteris scioana
Ropotro E. Picui-SERMOLLI
A New Ereet Species of the Selaginella oe Group
Rouua M. Tryon, Jr.
Lycopodium earolinianum in Tropical Africa .......... F, BALLARD
Ferns, Microscopes, and Brownian Movement ... R. C. BENEDICT
Ferns of the Monterrey Region, Mexico ..... Robert T. CLAUSEN
The Male-fern in Vermont Haroup G. Ruae
Ferns of Pico Bolivar and the Sources of the Venezuela Flora
JOSEPH EWAN
A New Interpretation of the Dryopteris clintoniana Group
DGAR T. WHERRY
A List of the Ferns of Tdaho 00.0.0... SEVILLE FLOWERS
Notes on Micronesian Pteridophytes .......... . F. R. Fossere
State and Local Fern Floras of the United States. .
S. F. B
ment I LAKE
American Fern Society
bo
©
. 166
[Volume 39, No. 4, of the Journal, pp. 97-128, was issued
9]
December ry 194
1
2 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
Charles Alfred Weatherby, 1875-1949
Henry K. SVENSON
In earlier days of systematic botany the science was
usually dependent upon a patron or presiding genius,
and such a place I think Charles Alfred Weatherby oc-
cupied in the Fern Society. Indeed there was much un-
sought opportunity. Soon after the office of treasurer
was thrust upon me in 1933 it was apparent that I was
a treasurer without a treasury; furthermore, printer’s
bills extended beyond this. vacuity to the extent of
_ $500.00. A personal note by Mr. Weatherby paid the
printer’s bill. When $250.00 had been etched off by our
payments, the remainder was given by Mr. Weatherby
to the Society. An increase in membership and the sale
of back numbers of the Fern Journal did gradually pull
the Society out of the financial woods, but it was Mr.
Weatherby who held the Society together through this
and many other precarious times.
But this had not been my first association with him.
Shortly after my return to college in 1919 I heard that
C. A. Weatherby was to come as an assistant at the Gray
Herbarium, in fact had already come on from Hartford.
I had been interested in Charles Wright, the botanical
explorer of Cuba, who likewise came from Hartford, and
Mr. Weatherby told me that some of the plants collected
by Wright around Hartford had only recently been re-
discovered. Weatherby looked much the same then as in
later life, rather thin, erect, always well-dressed, with a
short-clipped mustache (which was to become whitened
in later years), always polite, ready to help, and after
the passing of Dr. Robinson always with a key to the
garden gate and the herbarium in case one should wish
to remain after hours or come in on Sundays. I under-
>
3
|
EI
5
>
Z
ty
re
aw
Zz
Cy
°
a
rd
2
>
a
CHARLES ALFRED WEATHERBY, GRAY HERBARIUM, 1922
4 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
stand that a few close friends called him ‘‘ Alfred,’’ but
he was nearly always called ‘‘Mr. Weatherby’’; this I .
suspect was due to a certain dignity in his manner and
behavior, but also to the high respect in which he was
held by his associates.
As a boy he had grown up in East Hartford, Connect-
icut, where he was born on Christmas Day, 1875. Life in
this village was simple and quite different from the rush
of the present day—and it has been well told by Profes-
sor Fernald in the biographical sketch in the September,
1949, number of Rhodora. Since the town did not
support a school which prepared for Harvard, Charles
Weatherby went to a local school conducted by Mr. Bow-
man, and then to the Classical School at Hartford. He
entered Harvard in the Class of 1897, graduating swmma
cum laude, his chief interest being in languages and lit-
erature; in addition to Phi Beta Kappa, he belonged to
the Shakespeare Club, two other literary clubs, and Delta
Upsilon. Daily themes, required for a course on English
composition, he thought were a basis for good writing.
Surely none of our contemporary botanists have been
able to produce such beautifully written, subtly humor-
ous, characterizations as those he wrote of the old Con-
necticut botanist Barratt.1. At Harvard his chief interest
was in languages, and he acquired there, in addition to
modern languages, a good knowledge of Latin, which he
applied in a non-pedantic style to whatever botanical
material needed treatment. Never robust, the years of
study extending into 1898 were too much, and he was an
invalid for five years. From his boyhood friend, Charles
Hanmer, I have received a letter which I can do no better
than to quote:
‘*T had the pleasure of knowing Alfred Weatherby for
about fifty years, as our families lived opposite on Main
Street, East Hartford, Conn. He was away from town
several years at Harvard. Upon his return to town he
1 Rhodora 23: 121-125; 171-177. 1921.
- CHARLES ALFRED WEATHERBY 6
was ill for a long time and I can well remember his lying
out on his veranda in the sun in a steamer chair. Even-
tually, after a long time he recovered, and as soon as he
was able, started in collecting plants. At first, he used
to drive a horse and later the Weatherbys had one of the
first automobiles in town and he was thus able to cover
all the State in his collecting. I do not think there was
a road or by-way he did not know, and he was a fine
driver; the Hanmers had many interesting collecting
days Larether, He built up a beautiful herbarium which
was a pleasure to see. Knowing nothing of botany, my
earliest plants came from him around 1904, which started
me out as a collector. He always went over my plants
that I had collected that season. A collection of Primula
(P. officinalis Jacq.) that I found up in Gray, Maine,
pleased him. He also on several occasions came to visit
us at Fisher’s Island, where we collected many plants.
On one trip there, I had collected a plant that when he
saw it, he said, ‘‘ Charlie, I don’t know it and I shall have
to take it up to the Gray Herbarium.’’ He later advised
me that it was Agropyron.cristatum. He stated that this
grass had not been collected east of the Rocky Mountains.
I may add that his going leaves a void; I shall always re-
member him as a true friend, a kindly, fine gentleman.’’
In 1929 the Weatherbys set up their household at 27
Raymond Street in Cambridge. To reach the house from
the Gray Herbarium one passed the enormous ginkgo in
the Botanie Garden, the dilapidated rock garden where
once the most interesting of greenhouses had stood, past
a row of gigantic old beeches and through a small gate—
one of the two which gave visitors access to the Garden.
The Weatherby house was diagonally across the street.
The location lent itself to the hospitality offered to Gray
Herbarium visitors, and soon many of them had made a
beaten trail. The large living room, occupying prac-
tically the entire front of the house, was well-furnished,
and the Weatherbys were especially proud of their
6 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
oriental rugs, many of them museum pieces, that hung
from the gallery which occupied one end of the living .
room.
A large piano attested to his musical tastes, and he
had also an interest in military history which he ap-
proached from the point of view of the moves of chess-
men—a series of plans and byplays not too unlike the va-
rious interlockings of the phylogenetic systems of plants
and the points set out by individual generals and little
kings in their skirmishes in the field of plant taxonomy.
In shaded beds in the yard and close up against the house
foundations were planted many thriving species of native
ferns together with interesting species of wild flowering
plants. At the Gray Herbarium, students interested in
ferns usually climbed with Mr. Weatherby to the front
third-story room of the Gray Herbarium—above the
entrance—where he did his research close to the cases
which housed the fern collections, and where he. was
relatively free from the interruptions which his kindly
nature allowed many visitors to impose upon him. There
he carried out much of his work, achieving what was per-
haps the best judgment on our fern problems of the
eastern States. The climbing fern (Lygodium) grew in
East Hartford—so abundantly at oe time as to give the
plant the name ‘‘Hartford Fern,’’—and its presence un-
doubtedly stimulated him in fern study. Among other
things, he conscientiously tracked down the types of
variations treated by him in ‘‘A List of Varieties and
Forms of the Ferns of Eastern North America.’”
Mr. Weatherby’s connection with the American Fern
Society began long ago. By 1915 he was one of the
editors and remained so until 1940. He was President
in 1943 and 1944, and during the span of years did much
to determine the policies of the organization. For Maxon
he had great admiration and he felt that Maxon, more
than anyone else he knew, had an instinctive understand-
2 THis JOURNAL, 1935-36.
CHARLES ALFRED WEATHERBY 7
ing of ‘‘species’’ of. plants. He became greatly inter-
ested in the Notholaena-Cheilanthes complex of Central
and South America. During his several trips to Europe
he spent much of his time looking up ‘‘types,’’ and ex-
amined with diligence the types of Desvaux’s ferns at
Paris.
But by no means did he confine himself to the ferns.
His interest was much more general, and in the exami-
nation and photography of types throughout the collec-
tions in Europe he was helped by Mrs. Weatherby who,
furthermore, is an accomplished artist. In London, in
1933, I ran across him quite by accident in the rooms of
the Linnaean Society, where both of us were looking at
the collections of Linnaeus, and the fragmentary but
nevertheless interesting collections now preserved of
Walter’s herbarium from Carolina. And in 1937 he
passed just ahead of me at Berlin and Paris, where he
was highly thought of by the curators. For Diels’ ar-
rangement of ferns he had especial respect. When Mrs.
Svenson and I returned to London, we had dinner in
various places with the Weatherbys. Then we left for
Ireland, while the Weatherbys got an automobile and
covered a considerable bit of the countryside, being
especially interested in the seacoast and moors of north-
ern Cornwall. Ferns are particularly abundant in the
wilder parts of Cornwall, especially the hart’s tongue.
Wherever they went on vacation they found something
of botanical interest. Thus in a summer in Nova Scotia
he turned up the red-root (Lachnanthes), a coastal-plain
_ plant hitherto not known north of Plymouth County in
Massachusetts. And while on Grand Manan he collected
sufficient material to write an account of the species of
that island, one of the larger ones off the Maine coast.
The New England states provided constant short notes
of observations, and during an automobile trip from
Texas to New York he was able to obtain a fine series
of plants from the state of Tennessee, from which little
8 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
had been known since the early collections of Gattinger.
Like Asa Gray, Weatherby entered the botanical
field at a comparatively late age. Whereas Gray’s
previous background had been in mineralogy and medi-
cine, Weatherby’s had been in languages and litera-
ture. But both were eminently successful in botanical
work, which became their chief interest. I have given
only an inkling of the subjects he published upon; one
has but to look through any volume of the Fern Journal
and there are the book reviews, notices, and often longer
articles on the ferns of tropical America. The bibliogra-
phy assembled by Professor Fernald and Miss Schubert
consists of 300 titles arranged year by year.
It is natural that he should have achieved a wide repu-
tation and many honors in various fields of botany. He
was one of the leaders in the Connecticut Botanical
Society and largely responsible for the admirable ‘‘ Cata-
logue of the Flowering Plants and Ferns of Connecticut.”’
At the Gray Herbarium he was Assistant Curator in
1931, Senior Curator in 1937, and retired in 1940 as
Research Associate. Also he wasa member of the British
Pteridological Society, and an honorary member of the
British Society for the Bibliography of Natural History,
Councillor of the American Academy of Arts and Sci-
ences, an editor of the American Journal of Botany, and
Chairman of the Committee on Nomenclature of the
Botanical Society of America, President of the American
Society of Plant Taxonomists, and an editor of ‘‘Brit-
tonia.’’ At meetings of the International Botanical Con-
gress to be held at Stockholm this coming summer, he
will be greatly missed ; he had been appointed as Vice-
President of the Section on Nomenclature. Though in
frail health he worked regularly at the Gray Herbarium
and all were saddened to learn that he had died suddenly
from the effects of a blood clot on the morning of June
21st.
AMERICAN Museum or NATURAL History, New York.
WEATHERBY—TEACHER AND COUNSELOR 9
Charles Alfred Weatherby—Teacher
and Counselor
Routia M. Tryon, JR.
Among his many contributions to systematic botany
one of the most enduring is the wise counsel and kindly
advice Mr. Weatherby so generously gave to the students
at the Gray Herbarium. He was frequently called upon
for help on identification, nomenclature or a troublesome
manuscript. He gave freely of his time and a student
soon learned the way up the narrow flight of stairs to
Mr. Weatherby’s desk in the fern room. His ability as
a teacher and his willingness to help the beginner in-
ereased the demands upon his time many fold
His qualities as a teacher were based to a large extent
upon this objective viewpoint and his keen analytical
mind, which enabled him to see the essence of a problem,
Students were appreciative of his lucid exposition. He
was particularly adept at analysis, a skill well illustrated
in his remarks on phyletic classifications in ferns. His
published reviews in the Fern Journal on such classifica-
tions exemplify the sound and balanced ideas so often ex-
pounded in informal discussions. Mr. Weatherby en-
joyed teaching. He was perhaps at his best when explain-
ing a complex problem of nomenclature. When a prob-
lem had become a maze of entanglements with the Rules
of Nomenclature seemingly contradictory, it would be
presented to Mr. Weatherby and he would quietly point
out the various important elements and arrange them in
a clear and understandable sequence. Not only was the
application of the Rules elucidated but the reasons for
them and frequently their historical background ex-
plained as well.
The art of monography is a difficult one for a student
to master and an equally difficult one to teach. There
is no set of printed rules, no text or handbook to guide
the student or furnish the professor with a basis for or-
10 AMERICAN FERN JourNAL
ganized lectures. The traditional styles of form, abbrevi-
ations and idioms in several languages all carry precise
and special meanings. There are diverse concepts of
teach in itself but individual matters must be explained
countered in a related order. Mr. Weatherby was emi-
nently suited to teach such material from his extensive
knowledge of the literature and of the theory and prac-
tice of systematics. He was pre-eminent in his patience
with a student—a patience that was never tried by repe-
tition. He was tolerant of the views of others. A student
lowed research in the fields of morphology, plant geog-
raphy, evolution, and particularly cytology, genetics and
anatomy as they related to Systematics. Art, current
polities, education, law, economics, mechanics, literature,
music, and military and_ political history engaged his
attention and counterbalanced his specialized studies.
These broad interests enabled him to retain a remarkably
clear and objective view toward his subject. Of perhaps
most importance are the high standards of scholarship
that Mr. Weatherby set for himself in his own work.
Again, he was tolerant of those with lesser standards or.
attainments, but a student inevitably gained from this
example. His chosen profession will continue to benefit
as these standards are preserved and fostered by the
many students who were among the fortunate to have had
his counsel.
Missourr Boranicat, GARDEN,
CHARLES ALFRED WEATHERBY 11
A Personal Tribute to Charles Alfred Weatherby
Ira L. Wiaarns
The biographers! have presented such excellent bio-
graphical sketches of the late Charles Alfred Weatherby
that it would be futile for one who had enjoyed associa-
tion with Mr. Weatherby for only brief and infrequent
periods over a span of about twenty years to attempt a
further evaluation of his accomplishments in taxonomic
botany. But it is my desire to present a note of appre-
ciation of some of the characteristics that made him one
of the most respected and beloved of American botanists.
Many of us, probably, relive in our memories some
particular experience, or recapture a mental image of a
Specific scene when the name of a friend is mentioned.
Thus, when I think of Mr. Weatherby there are two
Scenes that stand out sharply among those passing ka-
leidoscopically before my mind’s eye. One recalls an
afternoon in the Gray Herbarium when patiently, thor-
oughly, and with consummate bibliographic skill he
helped me trace the complicated nomenclatural history
of a much disputed species through a score of books and
journals. His remarkable memory enabled him to sift
and sort bits of evidence, taking a phrase from one
Source, a part of a description from another, a reference
to a specimen or a different publication from a third—
constantly weighing, evaluating, discarding and reassem-
bling the pertinent facts until each piece of the jigsaw
puzzle was maneuvered into its proper place. Then,
with a precision and decisiveness that was, to me, simul-
_ taneous!y cause for despair and great admiration, he
recapitulated the whole case, setting forth each step in
faultlessly logical sequence! He had been under no obli-
M. L. Fernald. Charles Alfred Weatherby, Botanist and
Helper of Botanists (with Portrait). Rhodora 51: 109-179, 1949,
- K Svenson, TH.s Journat,
de AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
gation to contribute so generously of his time, energy
and knowledge. He did it because he possessed an end-
less supply of patience, tremendous kindliness, and a
sincerely genuine desire to aid anyone working with
plants and about whose problems he had any knowledge.
He taught me, that afternoon, things about solving no-
menclatural problems that have been of inestimable value
to me on many, many occasions since. :
The other outstanding scene connected, in my mem- ©
‘ory, with Mr. Weatherby is placed in a.small but famous
inn on one of London’s older streets. He had invited
me to join him and Mrs. Weatherby on a visit to this
delightful ‘little place, ‘‘Ye Cheshire Cheese,’’ one eve- —
ning in July, 1937. He knew more about the history of
the establishment than did the waiter who pointed out
the table at which Ben Jonson is reputed to have sat
while partaking of the cheese pie still featured by Ye
Cheshire Cheese. Indicative of Mr. Weatherby’s kind-
liness was the care with which he refrained from re-
porting his anecdotes concerning the place, obviously un-
known to the waiter, while the latter was within hearing.
As we sat around the massive oak table enjoying the
food, admiring the sheen on the smoke-darkened beams
of the ceiling, and speculating about the men both great
and small who had foregathered there since London’s
Great Fire, we forgot, for a few golden moments the
puzzles involved in plant taxonomy and the tension that
even at that time was building up in Europe and which
exploded into war a short two years later. Of course
our conversation finally swung back to botany. Mr.
Weatherby talked about the lines of demareation be-
tween species in Pellaea, Cheilanthes and Notholaena.
He remarked that he was not at all satisfied with the
status of things in the last genus, and that perhaps some-
time he would study critically the species assembled un-
CHARLES ALFRED WEATHERBY 13
der that generic heading. It was not apparent from his
conversation that he was already working on some of
the puzzles involved in Notholaena, although I did note
a slight smile that flitted across Mrs. Weatherby’s fea-
tures when he said ‘‘sometime he might’’ study the
group! (The outcome of some of those studies appeared
in print in the form of three papers, one published
jointly with Dr. W. R. Maxon,” and two*: * under his own
authorship, in 1939, 1941, and 1948, respectively. )
Next, our discussion drifted to the species of Selagi-
nella represented in the arid portions of the southwestern
United States and adjacent Mexico. His knowledge of
the structure, growth habits, general range and even
of exact localities where the various species had been
collected was detailed to an amazing degree. Yet he
urged that if the opportunity presented itself I set some
brilliant graduate student to work on the group. He
thought that intensive study of the group by someone
living in the west, and able to do extensive field work,
accompanied by study in the herbarium and greenhouse,
would repay richly the effort devoted to the project.
When we emerged from the subdued light of ‘‘Ye
Cheshire Cheese’’ London was bathed in the twilight
characteristic of midsummer in high latitudes and Mr.
Weatherby suggested that we walk through some of the
older sections of the city rather than board a bus or
descend into the ‘‘tube.’’ The hour that followed was
unforgettable. Mr. Weatherby was thoroughly familiar
with dozens of points of historical interest and called
attention to unobtrusive plaques, many of which might
2Some Species of oe New 2 nd Old. Contributions
from the Gray Herbarium No. 3-17, 1 fig., 1939.
3 The Argentine Bpskind of i Notholaens. ?? Lilloa 6: 251-275.
or 14, 1941.
4 The "Range of Notholaena delicatula. Amer. Fern Journ. 33:
27-28, 1943.
14 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
have been overlooked by one unfamiliar with tne city,
marking the sites of famous structures or the scenes of _
episodes in English history. Mrs. Weatherby contributed
comments on particularly beautiful or unusual archi-
tectural gems, the intriguing wrought-iron gates closing
off some of the doorways, and on the variety in design
displayed by the chimneys that lend a distinctive note
to London’s skyline. Mr, Weatherby voiced regret that
Westminster Abbey was closed during extensive repairs.
His regret was not for himself, for he knew the beautiful
edifice intimately, but because his guest, being newly
arrived in England, would be unable to share with him -
and Mrs. Weatherby their delight in the majesty and
dignity of the structure. He urged me to take a couple
of days to visit Winchester and its massive cathedral, the
Great Hall in which King Arthur’s huge circular table
is housed, and the mediaeval gate to the old walled part
of the city. He quietly observed that no matter how in-
tense might be one’s interest in botany a recreational
jaunt during which one contemplated historical land-
marks, architectural masterpieces and charming country- —
side could easily bring high satisfaction and renew one’s
zest for rigorous attention to business after the holiday.
Throughout the long, leisurely evening Mr. Weatherby
was instructing, guiding, advising me with such tact and
complete friendliness that it was not until weeks later
that, in taking stock of my sojourn in England, I realized
how much he had taught and helped me. Adroitly he
had woven helpful comments on difficult taxonomic prob-
lems into the conversation, a conversation that seemed
at the time to be quite general. The aid he gave me that
afternoon and evening has been of great and continuing
value. Would that I might have been privileged to
spend many other quiet afternoons with him!
ee fey se Vee
CHARLES ALFRED WEATHERBY 15
At various times since 1937 Mr. Weatherby has looked
up references in publications not available on the Pacific
coast, given me advice about knotty taxonomic or nomen-
clatural problems, has arranged for the photographing
of type specimens, and has suggested improvements in
manuscripts being prepared for publication. From
_among these many favors I select one of the more recent
ones as typifying his thoughtfulness and his devotion to
the causes of accuracy, critical appraisal, and complete
objectivity in taxonomic botany. I had written asking
about the original descriptions of Blechnum spicant (L.)
J. Smith, forma bipinnatum Clute, and of forma serra-
tum (Druery) Broun. He wrote me a typically lucid
and detailed account of the nomenclatural history of
forma bipinnatum. He’ explained that Clute’s early
handling of the epithet had been rather difficult to under-
stand, but that in a later paper Clute had helped matters,
for in it ‘‘. . . . he gives some two pages of comment
and a sketch which should show you exactly what he
had.’’ Then, Mr. Weatherby added a sentence that
epitomizes his generosity and his devotion to coopera-
~ tion among botanists and to accurate work based on
original sources. He wrote, ‘‘As I gather that you do
not have a set of the Fern Bulletin, I am having this
photographed for you, with the comment, and will send
it to you as soon as the prints are ready.’’
There had been no hesitancy on his part about photo-
graphing the article even though no request for such a
favor had been made. Nor would he ever admit that
there had been any personal expense connected with the
photographie work or aecept remuneration for the prints.
Truly, our knowledge of ferns and their allies, to say
nothing of that of other plants, and nomenclatural prob-
16 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
lems has been advanced greatly by the efforts of Charles
Alfred Weatherby. Hundreds of his fellows have been
encouraged, cheered, and inspired by his kindness, gener-
osity, and sterling integrity. His wisdom has contributed
much during déliberations dealing with taxonomic and
nomenclatural subjects. He was a gentleman and a
scholar in the finest sense of each word. Now that we ~
who have known, respected, and loved him no longer can
turn to his wisdom for immediate aid we feel the loss
keenly. But as long as we continue to work with plants
—as long as we remember his advice and counsel—we
will continue to hold in high esteem the memory of
Charles Alfred Weatherby.
| Dupuy Hersarium, Stanford University.
Additions and Corrections to the Genera Filicum
E. B. CopELANnp
So far as I know, Mr. C. A. Weatherby never made an
error in one of his publications. All the rest of us who
have published at all extensively have made mistakes of
record. When this happens, we are fortunate if we can
correct our mistakes ourselves. So now, two years after
the publication of my Genera Filicum,! I would like to
correct the mistakes which have come to my attention,
and to add a few notes concerning some recently pro-
posed names and some others which were overlooked.
On page 23 the statement is made that the sporangia
in Actinostachys are in 4 rows instead of in 2, as in the
other subgenera of Schizaea. Selling? has described two
species (Schizaea inopinata and 8. Wagneri) in which
the sporangia are in only 2 rows.
1 Published by Chronica Botanica Company, as Volume 5, An-
nales Cryptogamici et Phytopathologici. 1947. Reviewed by C.
A. Weatherby, Amer. Fern Journ. 38 ig
* Svensk Bot. Tidskr. 40: 274, 280, 1946.
Iya haa ee Hee Sk eae
ADDITIONS To GENERA FILICUM 17
On page 28 I recognized the genus Hicriopteris as a
segregate from Gleichenia. Christensen had suggested
this earlier and Ching* had formally revived the genus.
In 1941 and 1947 he proposed the following new com-
binations: H. glauca (Thunb.) Ching, H. laevissima
(Christ) Ching, H. Blotiana (C. Chr.) Ching, H. Nor-
ris (Mett.) Ching, H. volubilis (Jungh.) Ching, H.
bullata (Moore) Ching, and JH. Baneroftii (Hook. )
Ching. All of these antedate my own combinations of
the same names.
On page 51 the following is to be inserted as a synoa
nym of Microlepia:
Coptidipteris Nakai & Momose, Cytologia Fujii Jub.
Vol. 365. 1937 (not seen); Ito, Fil. Jap. Illustr. 12.
1944.
The sole species is C. Wilfordii Nakai & Momose, a
synonym of Microlepia Wilfordii Moore.
On page 112 I wrote concerning the geographic distri-
bution of the genus Cyclopeltis that I mistrusted the
label on the only specimen that I had seen ascribed to
Mexico. Mr. Weatherby wrote me that the Gray Her-
barium contains three specimens of Cyclopeltis from
Chiapas and Tabasco, Mexico.
On page 113 the following two generic synonyms are
to be added to Rumohra:
Arachniodes Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. 241. 1828.
This is typified by A. aspidioides Blume, which is said
to be Rumohra aristata (Forst.) Ching. If the several
critics who deny the generic affinity of R. adiantiformis
(the type of Rumohra) and R. aristata are correct, then
Rumohra is monotypic, and the proper name of the genus
of about 60 species is Arachniodes.
Acrorumohra Ito, in Nakai, Nov. Pl. Jap. no. 4: 101.
1939; Fil. Jap. Illustr. 291. 1944.
* Sunyatsenia 5: 278. 1940.
18 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
The sole species, A. diffracta (Baker) Ito, is a syno-
nym of Rumohra diffracta Ching, Sinensia 5:69. 1934.
On page 131 in the discussion of the genus Luerssenia
I commented that I had never seen a record of this fern
since the original collection from Lankat, West Sumatra. —
Holttum* reports that it was collected by Kloss on Sipora
Island.
On page 132 I discussed the typification of the genus
Anapausia Presl,? but without coming to any definite
conclusion. The name was first applied® to a section of
Gymnopteris, the first Species mentioned being G. Wal-
lichiana Presl. In raising this section to generic rank
Presl cited first the species A. decurrens (Blume) Presl,
citing Gymnopteris Wallichiana Presl as a synonym.
Accordingly A. decurrens may be accepted as the type
of the genus. Therefore, Anapausia becomes the correct
name for the genus I described as new on page 198 under
the name Paraleptochilus, the type of which is also Lep-
tochilus decurrens Blume.
On page 140 an additional synonym to be inserted
under Cyclosorus is the following :
Pnewmatopteris Nakai, Bot. Mag. Tokyo 47: 179.
1933.
The sole species is P. callosus (Blume) Nakai, a syno-
nym of Cyclosorus callosus (Blume) Copel.
On page 146 the following should be inserted as a
synonym of Cystopteris:
Acystopteris Nakai, Bot. Mae. Tokyo 47: 180. 1933.
The sole species is A. japonica (Luerss.) Nakai, a
Synonym of Cystopteris japonica Luerss.
On page 157 the following should be added to the. —
paragraph concerning Diploblechnum (a synonym of
Blechnum) : The type of the genus is Blechnum integri-
4 Journ, Malay. Branch Roy. Asiatic Soe. 6: 21. 1928,
1849,
5 Presl, Epim. Bot. 185.
6 Presl, Tent. Pterid. 244. 1836.
ADDITIONS To GENERA FILIcumM 19
pinnulum Hayata,’ the Formosan form or representative
of B. Fraseri. ;
On page 157 the following should be added to the
paragraph on Blechnidium (a synonym of Blechnum) :
Ching* has reported some collections from Yunnan and
has found several reasons for maintaining this genus as
distinct from Blechnum,
On page 164 the following should be added to the
synonyms of Asplenium:
Cetarachopsis Ching, Bull. Fan Mem. Inst. Bot. 10: 8.
1940. Cfr. also page 169.
Two species are referred to the genus: C. paucivenosa
(Ching) Ching, based on Ceterach paucivenosum Ching,
and C. Dalhousiae (Hook.) Ching, based on Asplenium
Dalhousiae Hook. (Ceterach Dalhousiae ©. Chr.). The
latter is the species of this relationship occurring in
Arizona.
On page 188 the following should be added as a syno-
nym of Neocheiropteris:
Neolepisorus Ching, Bull. Fan Mem. Inst. Bot. 10:
ll. 1940.
The type is N. ensatus (Thunb.) Ching, a synonym of
Neocheiropteris ensata (Thunb.) Ching; five other spe-
cies of the genus are recognized by Ching.
On page 205 in the discussion of Lecanopteris the
species L. sinuosa is spelled correctly once but. is twice
misspelled L. sinuata, as it is also in the Index. My at-
tention was called to these errors by Director Holttum.
On page 210 I proposed the new genus Polypodiopsis.
Reed® points out that the name Polypodiopsis was used
by Carriére’ for some mysterious plant of New Cale-
donia. Accordingly, he proposed the substitute name
_ TIeon. Fl. Formosa 4: 236. fig. 165. 1914,
8 Bull. Fan Mem. Inst. Bot. 10: 4. 1940.
® Amer. Fern Journ, 38: 87. 1948.
10 Conif, ed. 2, 710. 1867,
20 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
Polypodiopteris, and makes the corresponding new spe-
cific combinations. Reed™ would also replace Crepidop-
teris Copel. by Crepidophyllum Reed, on the ground
that my name Crepidopteris was invalidated by the use
of the same name by Bentham. Bentham, in synon-
ymy, did print ‘‘Crepidopteris brasiliensis Walp.,’’ but
this was a miscitation, obviously accidental, of Crepido-
tropis Walp. It does not seem to me to invalidate my
use of Crepidopteris,
On page 224 I stated that the gametophyte of An-
trophyum seemed to be unknown. It was shown by
Troll** to be of the type of its family. Mrs. Giauque has
confirmed this for two other species.
On page 232 the following generic synonym should be
added to Azolla: :
Rhizosperma Meyen, Reise 1: 337. 1834.
The publication of the new genus Negripteris Pichi-
Sermolli® reached me before the publication of the Gen-
era, but after the inclusion of new material became im-
practical. The genus, typified by N. scioana (Chiov.)
Pichi-Sermolli (based on Mohria scioana Chiov.), is
characterized by having the frond form of typical Chei-
lanthes with narrow base, the ‘‘farinose powder’’ of
Aleuritopteris, the absence of a stomium, and the thick-
ening of all walls of the cells of the annulus, which pre-
vents the forcible discharge of the spores. The struc-
ture and behavior of the sporangium are the chief fea-
tures which moved Pichi-Sermolli to establish a new fam-
ily, Negripteridaceae, for this fern. The affinity, as well
as resemblance, to Cheilanthes and Aleuritopteris (Sin-
opteris) was fully appreciated. But, as Mr. Pichi-Ser-
11 loe cit. 88.
12 In Mart. Fl. Bras. 151: 166. 1859,
13 Linnaea 14: 296. 1840,
Ta any als
Hasitat oF DIeLuia 21
molli wrote, ‘‘The last word will however only be said
after a complete revision of all the genera of Cheilan-
theae, which, as usually construed, are certainly neither
naturally nor conveniently classified.’’ And now we
have lost the man best qualified for such a revision.
UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA.
The Habitat of Diellia
W. H. Waener, JR.
The Hawaiian fern genus Diellia has been beset with
problems for the taxonomist and morphologist for many
years. Doubts have been expressed repeatedly by vari-
ous authorities as to whether its “*species,’’ eight in all,
have any real validity. Its generic relationships have
been interpreted as being with the pteroid ferns (espe-
cially Lindsaea), the davallioid ferns (Davallia, Humata,
and Nephrolepis), and more recently with the asplenioid
ferns, Asplenium and Loxoscaphe. These wide discrep-
ancies in interpretation have been based on the sorus
structure, the frond habit, and scales.
Underlying these problems has been the excessive
scarcity of materials of this genus in herbaria, and ‘in na-
ture. It is generally believed to be on the verge of ex-
tinction. Modern, complete collections are few, and
most of our ideas of the diversity within the genus are
based on isolated fragments collected in the period 1850-
1880. The most recent attempt to study Diellia was
made by the late Dr. Frances G. Smith whose report was
briefly reviewed by Mr. Weatherby.:| Dr. Smith econ-
eluded from her lack of success in finding materials in
the field and in aligning what specimens did exist in her-
baria that the problems of this genus might never be
1This JourNAL 25: 103, 104. 1935.
pa AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
settled and that Diellia was dying out.? Therefore, in
1947 and again in 1949, investigations of this genus were
made under auspices of the University of California De-
partment of Botany with the cooperation of Dr. H. St.
John of the University of Hawaii and Miss Marie C.
Neal of the B. P. Bishop Museum. Dr. H. L.. Lyon has
kindly contributed considerable information. In view
of the rarity of the genus, it is believed that this sum-
mary of results in getting information on its occur-
rence in nature will be a contribution to our knowledge
of these peculiar Hawaiian ferns.
Few herbarium sheets made before 1900 give locali-
ties; of modern ones only few include data complete
enough to guide the collector to appropriate habitats.
The literature is usually vague or misleading regarding
habitats. Brackenridge, who described the genus in
1854, gave for Diellia erecta the habitat ‘‘in mountain
forests of the western division of Maui’’; for D. falcata,
‘‘Kaala Mountains, Oahu . . +» ON open and dry rocky
ridges; rare’’; and D. pumila, ‘‘Oahu .. ., in the erey-
ices of rocks; rare.’’ In 1867, Mann gave the habitat of
dD. Mannii (as a Microlepia) as ‘‘ Waimea, Kauai, 2000—
3000 ft.’’ This species has not been found since 1900,
but the altitudes given suggest it was a fern of the arid
western “‘plateau’’ region of Kauai, well below the rain-
forest. Support is given this belief by Hillebrand’s
addition in 1888 of Halemanu, Kauai, as a locality.
That this spectacular fern with fronds 4-5 times pinnate
and stipes of shiny dark-purple was uncommon even
then is suggested by Diel’s reference to it only 14 years
later as a ‘‘Seltenheit Kauais.”’ .
For Diellia Alexandri (as Davallia) Lidgate in 1873
gave “‘Haleakala, 3,000 to 4,000 ft,’ and Hillebrand
2 Diellia and its variations.
BP, Bi
10, No. 16: 1-92," lose P. Bishop Museum Oce. Papers
Hasitat oF DIeELLIA 23
(calling it Lindsaea) later added “northern slope.’’
But to the investigator seeking the exact spot, it would
have been necessary to refer to a popular book, ‘‘ Alé-
ha!’’, published in 1879 by A. L. Chaney. Here, in dis-
cussing the prevalent sport of the day—fern-hunting—
the writer revealed ‘the exact gulch (p. 253). Further
habitat notes on D. pumila are confusing: Bailey said it
grew on the ‘‘damp side of gulches’’ in 1883, and Hille-
brand in 1888 called its habitat ‘‘exposed cliffs.’”’ Rock
in 1913 said that ‘‘ Diellia has several species peculiar to
Kauai, as D. centifolia, D. lacimata, and D. Knudsenii,
which belong to the Swampy region.’? MacCaughey in
1918 included Diellia in his third class, ‘‘species which
are characteristic of the middle forest zone—the rain-
forests on the mountain slopes which lie between 1800
and 3000-5000 ‘ft.’’ D. erecta was in his fourth class,
_ “a region of torrential rain,’’ but D. pumila and D. fal-
cata were ‘‘ distinctly xerophytic.’’ These conflicting re-
ports actually give no real picture of the habitat of
Diellia. For some of them there is no evidence at all.
It is my belief that all of the ‘“species’’ of this genus
occur or occurred in the same basic type of habitat.
This is concluded from a study of ten localities on four
islands, and a compilation of what accurate data are on
labels. Only one description of a habitat known to me
gives a clear picture, that of C. G. Munro on the island
of Lanai, quoted by Smith.
ea
or
C. Leaves free of the stem and branches, usually 6- or 8-
Date ities Sultan cemesnticorans pee ete ee RCo
8 : oup V.
CC. Leaves partly adnate to the branches, usually 4-farious.
Group VI.
GENERIC SEGREGATES OF Lycopopium 41
Because of the similarity of the problems involved,
the development of the nomenclature of Lycopodium
parallels the mosses. As pointed out by W. C. Steere,’
the Linnean Hypnum and Bryum were essentially form-
genera. This was also true of Lycopodium in the Lin-
hean sense and is still quite possibly true even in the
modern sense. The natural classification of the mosses
began to take shape when Hedwig started stressing the ©
importance of the reproductive structures, mainly the
peristoma. Similarly, we now consider Tmesipteris, Psi-
lotum, Lycopodium, and Selaginella as widely separated
genera on the basis of the characters of their spores and
sporangia, but we are unable to make full use of the
characters of all the reproductive structures because the
prothallia of only a minority of the species are known
and because the sporophyte is almost never associated
with the gametophyte, thus rendering impractical any
classification based on the gametophyte.
There is, in the present state of our knowledge, a
g0od possibility that groups based on the characters of
the prothallia might be natural groups and that it might
be possible to define those groups in terms of the char-
acters of the sporophyte. This possibility, if confirmed,
would naturally lead to the splitting of Lycopodium in
its current sense and the setting up of 4 to 7 segregate
senera. However, such a step should not be taken until
the gametophytes have become known for at least a ma-
jority of the species of each group concerned. Not
enough is known yet of these gametophytes to justify
Such generic segregation, while, on the other hand, the
sroups listed above are based on minor vegetative char-
acters that do not suffice in themselves for the splitting
of the genus Lycopodium UL.
DEPARTMENT oF AGRICULTURE, OTTAWA, CANADA.
* Bryologist 50: 251. 1947,
42 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
Reminiscences of the Alaskan Highway
_ Donovan 8. CorrEeuL
Although northern British Columbia and southern
Yukon have fewer ferns and fern allies than are to be
found farther south, the superb surroundings in which
they occur are scarcely surpassed anywhere in North
America. It was across this wilderness, from Dawson
Creek to Fort St. John, thence to Fort Nelson in British
Columbia, northward to Watson Lake and west to White-
horse in Yukon that the southern half of the Alaska
Military Highway was laid for more than 900 miles
during the summer of 1942 and winter of 1942-43. The
‘‘Road”’ or ‘‘ Alean Highway,”’ as it is popularly called,
traverses some of the most rugged territory on the Con-
tinent. Great expanses of the Road are in country
bulent rivers, deep extensive muskegs, inclement
weather, insect pests, and other natural barriers makes
this project one of the most difficult human and engi-
neering accomplishments of the century.
_ The Road, south of Whitehorse, does not go above tim-
berline, although the higher mountains through which
the Road travels have their summits well above the tree
zone. Most of the country is heavily forested, but the
tree species are very few. The forests consist primarily
of various combinations of white spruce (Picea glauca),
black spruce (P. mariana), lodgepole pine (Pinus con-
torta var. latifolia), and trembling aspen (Populus trem-
uloides), with alpine fir (Abies lasiocarpa), balsam pop-
lar (Populus tacamahaca), paper birch (Betula papy-
rifera vars.) and northern larch (Larix laricina) oc-
curring less frequently. Numerous willow species, two
ALASKAN HIGHWAY 43
species of alder, and a dogwood (Cornus stolonifera),
commonly called ‘‘Kinnikinnik,’’ are the most frequent
shrubby species. Except for Indian camps, army and
construction camps, and the old settlements of Fort Nel-
son, Lower Post, Teslin, and Whitehorse, the region
above Fort St. John is an unbroken country of forests,
muskegs, tundra, and bare mountain peaks, unspoiled by
man.
It was upon a crude and unimproved Road that our
party started north from Dawson Creek, British Colum-
bia, early in the summer of 1943, about a year after bull-
dozers had cut a swath through the forest to make a
packtrain trail across the country, later to be followed
by the present Road. We made our first encampment
along the Beatton River at Mile 101 above Fort St. John,
in the outer foothill country at an elevation of 3200 feet.
This was the first of a series of base camps which our
party established in regions considered to be typical of
the larger topographic and vegetational areas of. the
country. The next camp, after that at Beatton River,
Was near Summit Lake, at Mile 104 west of Fort Nelson,
where the Road passes through the main range of the
Rocky Mountains. The elevation here is around 4200.
feet, the highest point over which the Road passes. The
third camp was at Watson Lake, Yukon, near Mile 350
northwest of Fort Nelson, in the broad plain of the
upper Liard River. The last camp of any duration was
at Mile 56 northwest of Teslin in a mountainous region,
at about 2400 feet elevation. It was possible to work
out into the country from all these camps, as well as to
Make trips up and down the Road of 25 or 30 miles, or
more. Frequent stops and overnight camps were made
all along the Road, but only the above-mentioned camps
were of two weeks or more duration.
Our camp on the Beatton River was on an open lodge-
Pole pine-black spruce slope. Pink Mountain, with its
44 . AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
snow-covered crest, towered 5000 feet in the west.
oe
DQ ey
4
Bi
S
a
3
E
°
1G
PHYLL, DORSAL VIEW, x 20; Fig. 7. EGASPORE, COMMISSURAL FACE,
x35; Fic. 8. MEGAsporr, OUTER FACE, x 35.
New SPECIES OF SELAGINELLA 73
vegetative branches which continue growth. Eventually
all of the growing tips have developed into strobili and
the entire upper branch system dies. At this time the
short basal branches become active, elongate and each
may produce a new branch system following the course
of events outlined. In 8. Weatherbiana there are two
types of stems, one prostrate and subterranean, the other
erect and aérial. The subterranean stem produces three.
kinds of branches; one is a replica of itself, elongate with
the leaves distant; another is a short compact lateral
branch (a bud), with the leaves small and closely imbri-
cate ; the third is an erect aérial branch with green leaves.
That is, a growing tip of the subterranean stem may con-
tinue its growth, may produce a lateral bud or may pro-
duce an erect aérial stem. The lateral bud develops, after
a time, either into a subterranean branch or into an
erect aérial branch. The aérial stem may be pinnately
branched, or it may be bipinnate or of a more compli-
cated type. The strobili die after maturity but strobili-
are not produced by all of the growing tips. The branch
system dies eventually, although a number of potentially
active vegetative branches are still present.
he type of growth habit may be an important char-
acter, particularly useful in establishing relations be-
tween species, but due to the inadequate nature of most
herbarium material I have not been able to describe it in
other species,
S. Riddellii has the lateral branches strictly erect
rather than ascending; the sporophylls are broadly
rather than narrowly deltoid-ovate and strongly rather
than slightly biauriculate.
8. Underwoodii has an epigeous stem that is rooted
throughout, narrower vegetative leaves (2-2.5 x 0.3-0.4
mm.) and strongly biauriculate sporophylls. :
8. Weatherbiana appears to be most closely related to
8. Riddelii and 8. Underwoodii. All have the leaf base
74 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
long-adnate to the stem. It shares the erect habit with
S. Riddellu and the megaspores are similar. The color
and general aspect of the leaves are quite similar to those
of S. Underwoodii. —
I am indebted to my wife for aid in the cecineae of
the plate.
Missourr BOTANICAL GARDEN.
Lycopodium carolinianum in Tropical Africa
F. BALLARD
Lycopodium carolinianum i. appears in the first
edition of the Species Plantarum,’ the name being based
on the description and figure in Dillenius’ Historia
Muscorum? of ‘‘Lycopodium pinnatum repens, spicis et
pediculis singularibus longis.’? There is no specimen of
the species in the Linnean Herbarium in London, but in
the herbarium of Dillenius, preserved at Oxford, the
writer has had the privilege of examining the specimen
which formed the basis of the description and figure in
he ‘‘Historia.’’ This specimen, which is thus the type,
is stated by Dillenius to have been collected in Carolina
by one Mareus Catesby. The sheet on which it is
mounted contains three other specimens of Lycopodium:
one of L. inundatum, one of L. alopecuroides and another
which may also be L. alopecuroides. The sheet, in fact,
represents the plants portrayed on pl. 62 of the Historia.
Although in figure 6 of the plate the figure of our species
is shown bearing three fruiting spikes, the specimen itself
possesses only one. This may be a case of artists’ license,
since the spikes certainly appear to be unnaturally
crowded in the figure. There is no doubt, however, that
the specimen is an American one and the figure an ac-
curate representation of it.
1 Linnaeus, Species Plantarum 1104. 1753.
? Historia Muscorum 452, pl. 62, fig. 6. 1741.
\
‘LYCOPODIUM CAROLINIANUM 75
The species has been recorded from widely separated
localities in America, tropical Africa, the Mascarene
Islands, and tropical Asia. In a group so ancient as the
Lycopods such a diffuse distribution excites no surprise
though, as one might expect, geographical isolation over
a long period of time has led to the production of a num-
ber of distinct regional types. In H. Nessel’s revision of
the genus,° these members of what one might call the
“carolinianum complex’’ have received the status of
varieties. Fourteen of these so-called varieties, in addi-
tion to the type variety, are listed, accompanied by a
‘key’? to their identification which the present writer
finds quite unworkable. In addition, the author displays
an extraordinary ignorance of even the basic principles
of botanical nomenclature.
Of the fifteen ‘‘varieties,’’ the tropical American L.
paradozum Mart. certainly merits specific distinction,
though the writer has not yet had time to study the claims
of other ‘‘varieties’’ occurring outside the continent of
Africa.
The members of the carolinianum complex as a whole
are inhabitants of damp situations, frequently in acid
bogey places. They all agree in possessing a creeping,
branching aérial stem which is firmly fixed at frequent
intervals by adventitious roots. The leaves are dimor-
phic, or, as we shall see later, even trimorphic. The
prothalli of the North American type have been described
by H. Koster,‘ who discovered quantities of them in a
New Jersey bog. They proved to be terrestrial and
green, agreeing in this respect with the prothalli of L.
alopecuroides L. and L. adpressum (Chapm.) Lloyd &
nderw., two other swamp plants occurring in the
southern United States. Koster’s discovery that in all
a
* Die Biirlappgewiichse, 1939.
*THIs JourNAL 31: 53. 1941.
76 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL |
three species prothalli develop within a few months of
sowing is in accord with Holloway’s observations on L.
cernuum, L. ramulosum and L. laterale, all damp-loving
species, in which these structures were fully developed
within one season. Both Holloway and Koster found
that these species, characteristic of damp habitats, de-
veloped green or ‘partly green terrestrial prothalli,
smaller, more delicate and shorter-lived than the sub-
terranean saprophytic type found in species peculiar to
drier situations.
The writer was led to an investigation of the African
members of the complex by specimens collected by one of
his colleagues, Mr. E. Milne-Redhead, in the Mwinilunga
District of Northern Rhodesia in 1937. The specimens
which were small and apparently quite young bore fruit-
ing spikes in most cases. The stems were only 3 to 5 cm.
in length, with a few short branches, and bore few ad-
ventitious roots. The plants arose from slender upright
leafless stems, a few centimeters in length, which ter-
minated below in small fleshy tubers which ranged from
10 to 15 mm. long and 5 to 6 mm. across. The tubers
were closely invested in scale leaves and bore a few roots.
(Pl. 10, fig. A).
The appearance of these tuberous plants was at first
sight somewhat puzzling and it was only after a close
examination of the African material of L. carolinianum
at Kew and the British Museum that the situation became
clear. One or two of the larger specimens exhibited
swellings either at the end of a main stem or a short
branch. On these swollen tips the leaves were minute
and crowded and the whole structure had an etiolated
appearance. These incipient tubers had long ago been
noted by Welwitsch and resulted in the description of
L. tuberosum A, Br. & Welw.’ Welwitsch described the
5In Kuhn, Fil. Afr. 211. 1868.
LYCOPODIUM CAROLINIANUM 17
tubers as 10 mm. long and 5 mm. broad, but his own
specimens from Angola show only the beginnings of tuber
formation and the prescence of tubers is easily overlooked.
Apparently, tuber formation takes place towards the
end of the rainy season. The swollen tips of the
branches presumably become positively geotropic and
bury themselves in the soft, often muddy substratum.
During the hot dry season they remain safely below
ground while the parent plant shrivels and probably
dies away. When the wet season begins, the tubers,
stored with reserve food, develop quickly into fresh plants
from the original meristematic tissue at the apex.
Welwitsch not unnaturally regarded the tuberous
character as a specific one but it seems clear from the
examination of a mass of material from Africa that it is
rather a response to climatic conditions and that all
variants of L. carolinianum in Africa are facultatively
tuberous. It seems more than likely that propagation of
the species in tropical Africa is almost entirely vegetative.
Holloway expressed the same opinion with regard to the
New Zealand species. In the case of terrestrial prothalli,
as in L. carolinianum, their delicate nature renders them
particularly vulnerable to conditions of drought. The
tuberous habit, therefore, would seem to be an admirable
device for ensuring the continuance of the species under
adverse climatie conditions.
ANATOMY
An examination of the stelar structure of North
American and African members of the complex shows
that they all conform in general to the type illustrated
by L. laterale.* In transverse section the structure is
seen to be a mixed one with curved bands and groups of
Metaxylem interspersed with phloem elements. The
or ett lear
* Holloway, Trans. N. Zeal. Inst. 48: 291. 1916; 51: 183. 1919. *
AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL VOLUME 40, PLATE 9
mn
ie
Fie. Al. L. CAROLINIANUM VAR. TUBEROSUM (Milne-Redhead 3580),
VENTRAL SIDE, ¥4; Fig. A2 ME, DORSAL SIDE, x4; Fig. B. L.
CAROLINIANUM (Curtis 3792), DORSAL SIDE, x4; Fie. C. L. SARCO
CAULON (Fries 2667), DORSAL SIDE, x 4; Fig. D1. L. CAROLINIANUM
VAR. TUBEROSUM (Greenway 5353), VENTRAL SIDE, x4; Fic. D2.
{E, DORSAL SIDE, x4
LiYCOPODIUM CAROLINIANUM 79
number of protoxylem groups varies from seven to twelve
and these become more or less extended around the
periphery of the stele. There is no suggestion of the
parallel plates of vascular tissue which Holloway found
in certain New Zealand plagiotropic species.
There is a sclerenchymatous sheath in close proximity
to the stele around which is a more or less spongy cortical
parenchyma. This tissue varies greatly in amount in
the African plants. In the slender stems of the type
represented by Milne-Redhead 3580 (Pl. 10, fig. A) there
is very little cortical tissue; in the typeial var. tuberosum
as in Greenway 5353 (Pl. 10, fig. D) there is much more,
while in L. sarcocaulon (Pl. 10, fig. C) which is fleshy in
the living state, there is an abundance of spongy paren-
chyma traversed by a particularly slender stele. In this
species, also, the cortical cells are somewhat peculiar.
They appear to be subspherical in shape and are attached
mutually by numerous disc-like areas which are per-
forated by simple pits. A similar condition is seen in the
fleshy leaves of species of Sansevieria (Liliaceae). When
the cells are turgid there are few intercellular spaces, but
when water is lost and the cells become flaccid the walls
collapse inwards between the pore-plates. Thus, cell
continuity is effectively maintained and the numerous
pits allow the rapid absorption of liquid as soon as free
water becomes available. To a very much lesser extent
this type of tissue is seen in the American L. carolinianum
and indeed in all the African members as well.
There is nothing peculiar about the structure of the
tubers. The stele is substantially the same as that of the
aérial stem, of which, of course, it is the modified apical
portion. At the apex, however, in the case of the tuber
figured (Pl. 10, fig. A), the stele becomes an almost solid
mass of xylem with minute islands of phloem appearing
here and there among the tracheids. The cortical tissue
Is extensive and functionally food-storing.
AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL VoLuUME 40, PLATE 10
Fie. A. L. CaROLINIANUM
STEM TUBER, x4; Fiq. B.
tA
» SOMEWHAT DIAGRAMMATIC,
Fig. D. SAME, PORE PLATES FROM COR-
TICAL CELLS, x C. 720
LYCOPODIUM CAROLINIANUM 81
MORPHOLOGY AND TAXONOMY
It became clear early in the investigation that L. sar-
cocaulon A. Br. & Welw. ex Kuhn should retain its
specific status. Though regarded by Spring and Nessel
as a variety of L. carolinianum it differs so much from
that species that its segregation as a distinct species
seemed the only logical treatment. It bears a resem-
blance to the Brazilian L. carnosum Alv. Silv. and speci-
mens have been seen from Paraguay (Hassler 8340)
which are also very similar. Lycopodium sarcocaulon is
a stout fleshy plant with a somewhat flattened axis with
closely overlapping rigid fleshy leaves. It is said by
collectors. to be very brittle and certainly seems to break
up very easily in a botanical press. The cones are large
and are borne on a sturdy axis. The spores were ex-
_ amined but could not be distinguished either from those
of the American type or from var. tuberosum. Speci-
mens of ZL. sarcocaulon have been seen from Angola,
Southern Rhodesia, Nyasaland, the Transvaal, and Natal.
In his revision Nessel records the type variety of the
species from Liberia. The specimens cited by him have
not been seen by the writer, but the few Liberian collec-
tions that have been examined are quite unlike the
American type. A character that strikes one forcibly on
eXamining a large number of sheets of African L. carolin-
‘anum is the stouter nature of the strobilus when com-
pared with American material. A rough series of
measurements of strobili of thirteen American collections
disclosed that the average length was 60.7 mm. and the
average diameter 2.3mm. The ratio length/breadth was
6. Ona corresponding series of African specimens the
_ Average length proved to be 37.5 mm. and average diam-
eter 26 mm. The ratio length/breadth was 14. The
measurement in all cases was taken from mature strobili,
the diameter measurement being taken across the middle.
82 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
Such a test on a limited number of specimens might not
satisfy the statistician, but the ratios of length to breadth
differ so widely in the two cases that a fair degree of
error could be admitted.
After removing L. sarcocaulon from the ambit of L.
carolinianum in the stricter sense, some difficulty has
been experienced in deciding whether one or two varieties
can be distinguished in tropical Africa. When the
Milne-Redhead specimens were being examined, it became
apparent that the leaves were of three kinds. A glance
at Plate 9, fig. A will show the wide spacing of the leaves
which are generally narrower than. those of the type.
The lowermost two rows are ovate-lanceolate and spread-
ing. The uppermost two rows are lanceolate and flat and
tend to be parallel to the stem. The two lateral rows,
however, are strongly divergent and somewhat acicu-
lar. n examination was then made of Welwitsch’s
type material of L. tuberosum from Angola, in which,
however, the leaves appeared to be normally dimorphic.
Here the uppermost four rows of leaves were all sub-
acicular and somewhat spreading. They were also
denser than in the Rhodesian specimens. In fact, there
appeared to be a strong case for regarding the latter
plant as a new variety or subspecies of L. carolinianum.
A thorough study of all the African material at Kew
and at the British Museum has shown, nevertheless, what |
appears to be a series of transition forms between these
two extremes. Holloway’ has already commented on the
marked ‘‘plasticity’’ of the New Zealand species of
Lycopodium in the field under varying ecological condi-
tions. Although no field studies have been carried out
on the African plants, we may reasonably assume 4
similar degree of plasticity. The species has been re-
corded from places as far apart as Liberia and Southern
7 Trans. N. Zeal. Inst. 51: 161. 1919,
BROWNIAN MOVEMENT 83
Rhodesia. Ecological conditions over such an area must
vary widely and in response to them a number of mor-
phological variants may arise. If, as is probably the case,
propagation is mainly vegetative, these various popula-
tions really consist of clones. It is possible, of course,
that some of these forms may be genetically stable, but
only the cytogeneticist can be of real assistance to us here.
On the evidence of herbarium specimens alone we are
on safer ground in regarding them all as manifestations
of a variable variety, L. carolinianum L. var. tuberosum
(A. Br. & Welw. ex Kuhn) Nessel.
Specimens of the variety have been seen from French
Sudan, Liberia, Sierra Leone, Cameroons, Belgian Congo,
Angola, Uganda, Tanganyika, Rhodesia and Nyasaland.
Royau Botanic GARDENS, Kew.
Ferns, Microscopes, and Brownian Movement
R. C. BENEDICT
In 1828, Robert Brown, the Scottish botanist who has
been described as ‘‘botanicorum facile princeps,’’ pub-
lished a report of a study of minute particles in liquids.
The movements of these particles which he observed first
in pollen grains have come to be known as “ Brownian
movements.’’ His discovery has come to be recognized
as of even greater significance for the physical sciences
than for botany ; ‘‘Brownian movements provided visual
demonstation of the reality of the heat motion postulated
by the Kinetic Theory.’’! - Brown’s discovery provided a
Single but striking step in the more than 2000-year de-
velopment of the ‘‘atomic theory’’ of Leucippus and
Democritus. While his first purpose in the study had
en to gain more knowledge regarding the processes in-
volved in ‘‘fecundation’’ in flowering plants, the title of
ac eee
'Eneyel. Brit. 11th ed.
84 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
his article? ‘‘A brief account of microscopical observa-
tions made in the months of June, July, and August
1827, on the particles contained in the pollen of plants;
and on the general existence of active molecules in or-
ganic and inorganic bodies,’’ gives evidence that he was
not unaware of the possible general significance of his
findings. Of this contribution, the editor of the Edin-
burgh Journal makes the following foot-note observation:
‘This important and highly interesting Memoir was sent
to us by our friend, Mr. Brown, and, although not pub-
lished, we believe we are net acting contrary to the
wishes of the author in giving it an early place in the
Edinburgh Philosophical Journal.’’ a
The recent acquisition of a copy of the original publi-
cation by the Brooklyn College Library brought to light
two very interesting facts which seem to have been defi-
nitely overlooked. First, although Brown dealt mainly
with various kinds of pollen material—he was seeking
to find out whether the movements of :the pollen grain
materials could be traced down into the chambers of the
ovulary—he did include also two types of ‘‘fern’’ ma-
terial in his studies. Second, although compound micro-
scopes had been constructed and used at least since the
days of Galileo in 1610, and extensively dealt with by
Hooke and others during the 17th and 18th centuries,
Brown used for his studies of the minute particles in-
volved chiefly a simple microscope, a single lens of one
thirty-second inch focal length.
he word ‘‘molecule’’ like the word ‘‘atom’’ has gone
through several modifications and restrictions of mea-
ing. To Brown, the minute spherical particles, which
he observed first in the pollen grains of Clarkia pulchella,
were “‘elementary active molecules.’’ In the course of
his three months of study, he applied the same term t0
4 Edinburgh New Philo hi f 358-
371. 1828, sophical Journal, April-September
BrRownNIAN MoOvEMENT 85
similar small granules which he observed in a wide va-
riety of materials: various other pollen preparations,
haddock, and a variety of dead organic and inorganic
material. Today, such particles are recognized as usu-
ally multi-molecular aggregates, but their visible vibra-
tory motion, Brownian movement, is counted as ocular
evidence of the buffeting they receive from the much
smaller actual molecules, as the term is used today.
Fern material comes into the picture in two com-
ments:* ‘‘The fine powder produced on the under sur-
face of the fronds of several ferns, particularly of Acro-
stichum (Gymnogramma) calomelanos, and the species
nearly related to it, was found to be entirely composed of
simple molecules, and their primary fibre-like compounds,
both of them being evidently in motion.’’ Again, as a
footnote: ‘‘While this sheet was passing through the
press, Mr. Dollond at my request, obligingly examined
the supposed pollen of Equisetum virgatum with his com-
pound achromatice microscope, having at its focus a
glass divided into 10,000ths of an inch, upon which the
object was placed; and although the greater number of
particles or molecules were about 1/20,000, yet the
smaller did not exceed 1/30,000 of an inch.’’
The reference to the Equisetum material was largely
incidental to certain general phases of the whole problem
of the movement of the ‘‘elementary molecules,”’ which
Brown outlines as follows: ‘‘Theré are three points of
great importance which I am anxious to ascertain re-
Specting these molecules, namely their form, whether
they are of uniform size, and their absolute magnitude.
I am not, however, entirely satisfied with what I have
been able to ascertain on any of these points.’’
In concluding his general discussion of the occurrence
of these ‘‘elementary molecules’? Brown mentioned the
_ 3 Loe. cit. 366.
86 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
principal substances from which he had not been able to
obtain them: ‘‘These are oil, resin, wax, and sulphur,
such of the metals as I could not reduce to that minute
size necessary for their separation, and finally, bodies
soluble in water.’’
Regarding the kind of microscope used, Brown’s very
precise statements as to the instrument used serve to
focus attention on what is still one of the most widely
publicized mistakes relating to the history of the inven-
tion of microscopes. Textbooks, of college as well as high
school level, speak of the ‘‘Dutch inventor of the micro-
scope, Leeuwenhoek,’’ usually with the implication that
the compound instrument is referred to, although
Leeuwenhoek used only simple lenses, as can be dis-
covered in Charles Singer’s works or in those of other
historians of scientific progress. Brown leaves nothing
in doubt. The first paragraph of his paper reads as fol-
lows: ‘‘The observations of which it is my object to give
a summary in the following pages, have all been made
with a simple microscope, and indeed with one and the
same lens, the focal length of which is 1/32d of an inch.”’
To this is appended a footnote : ‘‘This double convex lens,
which has been several years in my possession, I obtained
from Mr. Banks, optician in the Strand. After I had
made considerable progress in the enquiry I explained
the nature of my subject to Mr. Dollond,* who oblig-
ingly made for me a simple pocket microscope, having a
very delicate adjustment, and furnished with excellent
lenses, two of which are of much higher power than that
above mentioned. To these I have often had recourse,
and with great advantage, in investigating several min-
ute points. But to give greater consistency to my state-
ments, and to bring the subject as much as possible
* Banks and Dollond were two of the chief English manufac
turers of microscopes, both simple and compound, beginning in the
late eighteenth century.
BROWNIAN MovEMENT 87
within the reach of general observation, I continued to
employ throughout the whole of the enquiry the same
lens with which it was commenced.”’
Two general comments seem relevant. It is a surpris-
ing fact that nearly 240 years after the first compound
microscope was constructed (Jansen, 1590), simple instru-
ments could continue to be preferred, and could be used
as effectively as demonstrated by Robert Brown for very
minute objects. It is surprising, also, to discover that
relatively little is known regarding the particular kind
of instrument used by many of the pioneer workers in
the field of biology. The very painstaking study by
Disney and others on the ‘‘Origin and development of.
the microscope’ notes that Swammerdam used simple
microscopes, but finds no data given regarding the instru-
ments used by Grew or Malpighi.
Supplementing the preceding and indicative of one
reason for a decline in the use of microscopes in biolog-
ical work during the 18th century, some interesting com-
ments by Matthew J. Schleiden have just come to hand.
It is a familiar observation that knowledge of minute
anatomy of living things made little if any progress for
well over one hundred years, from the time of the dis-
coveries of Grew, Malpighi, Swammerdam, and Leeuwen-
hoek toward the end of the 17th century, until well into
the 19th century. Schleiden, in a popular series of lec-
tures, published in an English translation in 1848, under.
the title, ‘“The Plant; A Biography’’® places much of the
blame on Linnaeus.
“There can, however, be no possible doubt that it indi-
cates a most barbarous age, or a very low state of refine-
ment, when the value, the importance of a thing is meas-,
Witeoencuecee
* Royal Microscopical Society, 1928.
*The Plant; A Biography, in a ee ve Sacha lectures.
Translated by "Arthur Henfrey. London
88 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
ured by great and small, a standard indeed which finds
no application in all that we know most essential and
valuable, for the human mind is not to be defined by foot,
inch or line. Physical magnitude imposes only on the
sensuous nature ; cultivated man seeks to know the object
of his contemplation perfectly in all its relations; and
then only, from the perfect knowledge, does he permit
himself to judge as to the essential and unessential; very
frequently this leads him to declare that most dipnificant
which has the smallest dimensions.
‘This observation is especially applicable to Botany.
There was an era in this science, in which it began to work
its way out. of the mediaeval night of Nothing: when,
therefore, only its crudest elements existed ; this was the
era of the Linnaean school. We wish not to detract from
the merit of Linnaeus, since greater is the glory to dis-
cover, to shape out a science, than to build it upward
after the foundations have been laid; we wish not, as we
have said, to disparage Linnaeus when we describe him
as the author of one of the saddest of prejudices, which
has long kept Botany in the lowest condition, and even
now is not so totally overthrown but that its evil opera-
tions are still, in many ways, obstacles in the onward path
of science. We mean Linnaeus’ objection to the micro-
scope, and his contempt of all knowledge only to be ob-
tained by its help. The influence of Linnaeus was so
pernicious in this respect, that almost all that had al-
ready been achieved by a few most distinguished men,
particularly by Malpighi, at the close of the seventeenth
century, became so completely lost to science in the eight-
eenth, that in the beginning of the present century, even
the most excellent observers did not by a long way attain
to the rank of Malpighi in all ripen fs
BROOKLYN CoLLEcr.
FERNS OF MONTERREY 89
Ferns of the Monterrey Region, Mexico
Roserr T. CLAUSEN
Monterrey is the largest city in northern Mexico and
capital of the state of Nuevo Leén. It is joined by the
Pan American Highway with Laredo, Texas, and Mexico
City. A good highway extends from Monterrey west-
ward to Saltillo which is located on the one hundred
and first meridian. Because of Monterrey’s strategic
position, it is visited each year by many people from the
United States. Some spend a few days there and then
return to Texas. Others simply stop overnight on the
way to more distant points. Since accommodations for
visitors are many and good, members of the Fern Society
may wish to make this city their headquarters while they
survey the interesting ferns of the mountains round-
about. All species which are listed below from the quad-
tangle (25°-26° N., 100°-101° W.) can be seen on trips
of a day’s duration from Monterrey.
The area under discussion is semiarid, mountainous
country. It is located towards the northern end of the
eastern Sierra Madre, but on the west includes a portion
of the central plateau and in the northeast a lobe of the
Coastal Plain. The rocks are preponderantly limestone,
with the strata much folded. Those of the mountains
are of Lower Cretaceous or Jurassic Age, but those in the
north and also the plateau and Coastal Plain portions
are of Upper Cretaceous age. The altitudinal range is
from 300 meters on the Coastal Plain to 3600 meters in
the mountains. The temperature varies with the alti-
tude, whereas the rainfall decreases westward and is least
on the plateau. The following statistics from a paper
on the climatology of Mexico by Contreras Arias (1942)
dicate the situation :
Villa de Santiago, long. 100° 8’ W., alt. 445 m., aver.
ann. temp. 21.7° C., aver. ann. rainfall 1039 mm.
90 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
Monterrey, long. 100° 18’ W., alt. 538 m. aver. ann.
temp. 21.8° C., aver. ann. rainfall 718 mm.
Ramos Arizpe, long. 100° 58’ W., alt. 1899 m., aver.
ann. temp. 18° C., aver. ann. rainfall, 251 mm.
Dr. Edward Palmer was among the first to collect
ferns in the region around Monterrey. Most of the
- earlier botanists who wrote on the ferns of Mexico con-
cerned themselves with the species of the central and
southern portions of the country, without allusions to
the northern regions. Palmer collected in 1880 two
specimens which became types of new species from the
present area. Subsequently, from 1888 to 1908, C. G.
Pringle, of Charlotte, Vermont, collected intensively in
the vicinity of Monterrey and added much to the knowl-
edge of the flora of the region, including three species
of ferns new to science. Since Pringle’s time, many
botanists have passed through Monterrey and _ several
have made collections in the vicinity.
In 1949, I spent much of April and the first days of
May in the Monterrey area. On my visit I had a chance
to collect ferns while engaged in a taxonomic study of
Sedum in the eastern Sierra Madre. This work on
Sedum had the generous support of grants from the
American Philosophical Society and the Torrey Botanical
Club; also I- was accorded various courtesies by the
Mexican Department of Agriculture.
The purpose of this article is to enumerate some of the
ferns which a prospective traveler may expect to see in
the vicinity of Monterrey. No such list is available,
although an excellent one was published by Mr. Weath-
erby (1943) for Coahuila and adjacent portions of Chi-
huahua, Durango and Zacatecas. The Flora Taxonomica
Mexicana by Conzatti (1946) is useful, but it does not
include eleven of the species known from the area under
discussion. :
\
5 FERNS OF MONTERREY 91
The present list of ferns is not complete. . My atten-
tion to ferns being only incidental, I must have missed
several, perhaps many species. Further, I have not had
time to examine the various big herbaria which might
add additional species to my list. The sources of infor-
mation for this account have been my own collections,
the collections available in the Wiegand Herbarium
of Cornell University (CU), and the literature in the
Cornell libraries. My collections still are not distrib-
uted, but eventually a set will be placed in the Wiegand
Herbarium and duplicate sets will be sent to the United
State National Herbarium, the Arnold Arboretum of
Harvard University, and the Instituto de Biologia in
Mexico City.
A list of a few easily accessible localities with ferns to
be found there may be useful to prospective visitors.
Saddle Mountain, southeast of Monterrey : Cheilanthes
leucopoda, Notholaena rigida, Asplenium resiliens, Pha-
nerophlebia auriculata.
Huajuco Canyon, 37 km. southeast of Monterrey:
Adiantum Capillus-veneris, Cheilanthes alabamensis,
Cheilanthes microphylla, Tectaria heracletfolia.
Horsetail Falls, southwest of Villa de Santiago: Pteris
cretica, Adiantum Capillus-veneris, Llavea cordifolia,
Asplenium resiliens, Dryopteris patens, Phanerophlebia
umbonata, Polypodium plesiosorum, Polypodium poly-
podioides.
Huasteca Canyon, southeast of Santa Catarina: Pteris
vittata, Notholaena neglecta, Pellaea atropurpurea,
Dryopteris patens.
Mountainside below grotto near Villa de Garcia:
Cheilanthes microphylla, Notholaena delicatula.
_ The complete list of ferns which I know as occurring
m the Monterrey Quadrangle now follows. Brief indi-
Cation of localities, altitudes and collectors is included.
¢
92 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
[OPHIOGLOSSACEAE ]
[None known from the quadrangle, but Botrychium Lunaria (L.)
Swartz var. He gcnaeats (Vict.) Dole, rae an elevation of 3660
meters e Cerro Potosi, just south of 25° N., was sent me for
seonehn in 1939 by Mr. R. A. siecle He had collected
it there in July, 1938.]
SCHIZAEACEAE
EMIA ADIANTIFOLIA (L.) Swartz. Villa de Santiago, Perkins
“fe at 8295 (CU); by river above Monterrey, Pringle (Davis,
ceeui MEXICANA Klotzsch. Guajuco, EH. Palmer (Eaton,
1883) ; springs at foot of Sierra Madre, Monterrey, Pringle (Davis,
1936).
POLYPODIACEAE
PTERIDIUM a (L.) Kuhn. Cited by Tryont from the
Sierra Madre, Monterrey, C. H. § M. T. Mueller 366. According
to Tryon, part of this eolleatiol is subsp. latiusculum (‘ ‘var.
tet autes’ ”) and part P. caudat ees audatum’’).
PTERIDIUM CAUDATUM (L.) rroniclt Hieeiiat as P. aquilinum
var. caudatum by Tryon (l.c.).
PTERIS CRETICA L. Steep rocky slope on north side of Horse-
tail Falls, 915 m., Clausen 7554, Perkins § Hall 3284 (CU
TERIS VITTATA . Moist, muddy bank, over limestone, Huasteea
Canyon, +900 m., Clausen 7640. Apparently not previously re-
ADIANTUM CAPILLUS-VENERIS uco Canyon,
Clausen 7542; Horsetail Falls, hie t i all 3275 (CU) ; "hate
Grande, Palmer 360 (Weatherby, 1943).
ADIANTUM TENERUM Swartz. Guajuco, Palmer (Eaton, 1883).
ADIANTUM TRICHOLEPIS Fée. Near Monterrey, Pringle (Davis,
1936
[‘‘ Adiantum trichiatum Rosenstock’’. Monterrey, Arsene (Con-
zatti, 1946). I do not know this species.
C
Prenrg ES ALABAMENSIS oe) cae sae rei
: Ohne 754la; Guajuco, Palmer (Eaton, 1883) ;
tae Canyon, 10 km. pel tae of Rabie, Palas pr
1943).
1 Rhodora 43: 47.
2 Contr. U. 8. Nat. Herb. 10: 496. 1908.
FERNS OF MONTERREY 93
CHEILANTHES CASTANEA Maxon. Mountains 10 km. east of Sal-
ee sari 1398 (Weatherby, 1943) ; in crevices of limestone on
rela . the fewer, larger segments mentioned by Maxon,’ also
they are distinet and green on the upper surface, though loosely
tomentulose, but the hairs on the under side are pale brown, not
rich tawny.
CHEILANTHES EATONI Baker. Guajuco, Palmer (Eaton, 1883) ;
oad to Diamante Pass, southeast of Saltillo, Johnston 7270
(eects, 1943).
HEILANTHES FEEI Moore. Chorro Grande, Palmer 374 (Weath-
erby, 1943).
CHEILANTHES HORRIDULA Maxon. Vicinity of Monterrey, Pringle
(Davenport,4 as C. aspera).
CHEILANTHES JAMAIOBNGIS Maxon. Mountains 10 km. east of
mR
i)
=
=|
Ss
yy
Q
~
=
Dd
3
e
He
food
co
a
=]
rg
co
2
oO
r)
=
= 2
QO
a]
a
Ze
ww
[CHEILANTHES KAULFUSSII Kunze. Not definitely reported from
the = peed Quadrangle, but found nearby (26° 16’ N., 99° 59”
W vices of sandstone in canyon on north side of tales Som-
biiratilto, alt. 610 m., Clausen 7618. ]
CHEILANTHES L@UCOFODA Link. Among limestone rocks in can-
yon on west side of Saddle Mt., 800 m., Clausen 7
CHEILANTHES MEIFOLIA D. Cz aton. Guajuco, ‘Palmer 1377,
type (Eaton, 1883).
CHEILANTHES MICROPHYLLA Swartz. Huajuco Canyon, 610 m.,
Clausen 7541b; on limestone of mountainside below grotto of Villa
de Garcia, 950 m., Clausen 7597; damp, shady ravine, Sierra Madre
near Monterrey, Pringles iiisie, pees
CHEILANTHES NOTHOLAENOIDES Desv.) Maxon. Mountains 10
km. east of Saltillo, Palmer (Weatherby, 1943).
CHEILANTHES TOMENTOSA Link. Guajuco, Palmer 1393 (Eaton,
1883).
NOTHOLAENA ASCHENBORNIANA Klotzsch. Near Monterrey, Pal-
mer (Eaton, 1883) ; San Lorenzo Canyon, 10 km. southeast of Sal-
tillo, Palmer 402 (Weatherby, 1943).
NorHoLAENA BRYOPODA Maxon. Chalky banks at base of Sierra
de San oe, 2288 m. us 8802, isotype (CU
NotHoLarna canpipa Hooker. Guajuco and near Monterrey,
Palmer (Eaton, 1883); Sierra ‘Maare near Monterrey, Pringle.5
ae
* Amer. Fern Journ. 15: 18. 1925.
‘Gard, & Forest 4: 448. 1891.
Gard. & Forest 4: 519. 1891.
94. AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
NOTHOLAENA DELICATULA Maxon & Weatherby. On limestone of
mountainside below grotto of Villa de Garcia, alt. 1050 m., Clausen
7600; Monterrey, Palmer (Weatherby®) ; in crevices of tins stone
on hill south of Ramos Arizpe, 1400 m., Clausen 7610.
NOTHOLAENA LEONINA Maxon. Near Monterrey, Palmer 1381,
type.7
isaac LIMITANEA Maxon subsp. MEXICANA Maxon. Base
of m Aston of Saltillo, road to Diamante Pass, Johnston
7969 ae
NOTHOLAENA NEGLECTA: Maxon. In crevices of limestone on
north side of Huasteca Canyon, +890 m Acer n 7630. Sin
pre wid (1943) stated the range as ending to eastern
Co , 10 km. southeast of Saltillo, ean nee fa 100°
27° W. anny be the easternmost for the species.
NOTHOLAENA RIGIDA Davenp. Saddle groans Pringle 2599,
type (Davis, 1936). I found this fern frequent in crevices of
sandstone in a canyon on the north side of the ae Sombreretillo,
610 m., Clausen 7619. This locality (26° 16’ N., 99° 59 W.),
just northeast of the Monterrey Quadrangle, may be the north-
easternmost one for the species. In the same locality was a little
Cheilanthes which I have been unable to identify.
NOTHOLAENA sINUATA (Lag.) Kaulf. Lirios and Chorro Grande,
esas (Weatherby, 1943).
LAEA ATROPURPUREA (L.) Link. Moist, muddy bank, over
iceerts Huasteca Canyon, alt. +900 m., Clausen 7639.
PELLAEA INTERMEDIA Mett. Reported: pee Lirios by Weatherby
eee
PELLAEA INTRAMARGINALIS Sm. Sierra Madre near Monterrey,
Peleg (Davis, 1936).
PELLAEA MICROPHYLLA Mett. East and southeast of Saltillo,
Palmer (Weatherby, 1943).
PELLAEA MUCRONATA Hook. Dry hills in the vicinity of Monter-
rey (Conzatti, 1946, as P. ornithopus).
PELLAEA OVATA (Desy.) Weatherby. Monterrey, Palmer (Eaton,
1883). Not far outside the Monterrey Quadrangle, I collected —
this from crevices of sandstone in a canyon on the north side of
the Cerro Sombreretillo, alt. 610 m., Clausen 7617. -
LLAVEA CORDIFOLIA Lag. In crevices of limestone, base of ¢liffs
on north side of Horsetail Falls, 915 m., Clausen 7553, Perkins £
6 Contr. Gray Herb. 127: 8. 1939,
7 Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 16; 58. 1912.
FERNS OF MONTERREY 95
Hall 3286 (CU); oe Paioe (Eaton, 1883), and canyons
near Monterrey, Pring
SPLENIUM PALMERI oes Reported by Weatherby (1943)
from 10 km. east of Saltillo.
ASPLENIUM RESILIENS Kunze. In crevices of cliffs of limestone
on north side of Horsetail Falls, Clausen 7557; on limestone in
canyon on west side of Saddle Mountain, 1100 m., vidwek 7572;
also Deol by Weatherby (1943) from 10 km. east of Saltillo.
_ Dryopreris parens (Swartz) Kuntze. Near Villa de Santiago,
Cian, 5 Hall 3265 (CU); Horsetail Falls, Perkins §- Hall 3267
(CU); Clausen 7559; on bank of ditch, west side of Monterrey
£550 m., Clausen 764
Devorrens RUDIS oer! C. Chr. In damp shady ravine in
ae
Sierra Madre near Monterrey, and near headwaters of brook in
Sierra Madre, Pringle erie 1936)
PHANEROPHLEBIA AURICULATA Underw. In canyon on west side
of Saddle Mountain, 1100 m., Clausen ere ‘Sierra Madre near
)-
PHANEROPHLEBIA UMBONATA Underw. On steep rocky slope near
Horsetail Falls, Clausen 7555, Perkins & Hall 3256 and 3294
7) shaded ata near Monterrey, Pringle, type (Underwood,
1899), Y specimens have the sealy rachises as mentioned by
Underwood (1899), but the inner rows of sori vary from 1.5-4 mm.
from the midveins of the pinnae. The number of pinnae per frond
varies from 19-35. The scaly rachis may be the only absolute
basis for separation of this species from P. nobilis (Schlecht. &
Cham.) Presl. The large capri of pinnae per frond is as much
jee distinetive tendency in P. wmbonata as ae distance of the
inner rows of sori from the eniaribe of the pin
POLYSTICHUM ACROSTICHOIDES (Michx. ) ae Sierra Madre
hear Monterrey, Pringle.»
TECTARIA HERACLEIFOLIA (Willd.) Underw. On rocks beside
‘Small waterfalls on south side of Huajueo Canyon, 620 m., Clausen
7543 ; — Falls, Perkins § Hall 3255 (CU) ; Guajuco, Palmer
1437" (Eaton, 1883) ; canyon southeast of Monterrey, Pringle 1983
(Davis 36).
ached PLESIOSORUM Kunze. oN ape on rocky slope
by Horsetail Fall , Clausen , Perkins § Hall 3253
» 915
(CU " Villa de eBags: 'Perkine ; ey 3249 (CU); Sierra
Madr » hear prreaaes Pringle (Davis, 1936) ; Guajuco, Palmer
1374 tei 3 1883).
Seen eG
8Gard. & Forest 4: 519.
*Maxon, Amer. Fern Sark ve 23-24. 1934.
96 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
POLYPODIUM PoLYPoDIoIDEs (L.) Watt. Horsetail Falls, ob-
served by Clausen; Guajuco, Palmer (Eaton, 1883).
The above list comprises 47 species belonging to two
families. By comparison, Weatherby (1943) listed 52
species from the much larger area of the State of Coa-
huila, and Weatherby (loc. cit.) and Knobloch (1942)
together indicated 68 species from Chihuahua. Eighteen
species listed here as occurring in the Monterrey Quad-
rangle do not occur in Coahuila according to Weatherby’s
data. For the Cayuga Quadrangle, another square
degree (42°-48° N., 76°-77° W.), comparable, but
smaller, since it is 17° farther north, I listed (Clausen,
1949) 42 species of ferns belonging to four families. Of
ten genera found in the Monterrey Quadrangle, seven
occur in the Cayuga Quadrangle, but only two species are’
common to both areas. These are Pellaca atropurpurea
and Polystichum acrostichoides. Curiously, the plants
of these two species in the eastern Sierra Madre and in
the northern Appalachians appear to be good matches,
not subspecifically separable.
SUMMARY
A survey of the ferns known from the Monterrey Quad-
rangle (25°-26° N., 100°-101° W.) indicates that at least
47 species occur in that area. This estimate is based on
collections made in April, 1949, specimens in the Wiegand
Herbarium of Cornell University, and from various pub-
lished reports. Pteris vittata is reported for the first
time from northeastern Mexico and the range of Notho-
laena neglecta is extended slightly eastward.
CorNELL University, J thaca, New York
REFERENCES
Clausen, Robert T. 1949. Checklist of the vascular plants of the
ayuga Quadrangle. Cornell Univ. Agr. Exp. Sta. Mem. 291.
Pp.
MALE-FERN IN VERMONT 97
Contreras Arias, Alfonso. 1942. Mapa de las provincias clima
tolégicas de la Repiblica Mexicana. Mexico, Instituto Geogra-
Conzatti, Casiano. 1946. Flora Taxonomica Mexicana (Plantas
Vasculares) Mexico. vol. 1. IT; .378: ps
Davis, Helen Burns. 1936. Life and work of Cyrus Guernsey
ringle. Burlington, Fonts: ied of Vermont. 6 p.
Eaton, D. é t of ferns from beset sis Texas and
northern Miia: collet chiefly by Dr. E. Palmer in 1879-80.
Proe. Amer. Acad. 183-189.
Knobloch, Irving is ae A fern collection Aa Chihuahua
38.
1
Underwood, Lucien M. 1899. American Ferns—II. The genus
Phanerophlebia. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 26: 205-215.
Weatherby, C. A. 1943. Po olypodiaceae, Schizaeaceae, and Mar-
Sileaceae in I. M. Johnston’s Plants of Coahuila, eastern Chihua-
hua, and oteing Zacatecas and Durango, I. Journ. Arn. Arb
24: 308-32
The Male-fern in Vermont
Harouip G. Ruaee
The male-fern was first discovered in Vermont by Miss
Nancy Darling, of Hartland, in September, 1905. Miss
Darling, a school teacher of extraordinary ability, was
driving to her home about three miles from Hartland
Village when she spied an unusual fern by the road-
side. She later identified this as Dryopteris Filix-mas, a
fern at that time not included in the range of Gray’s
anual. Miss Darling owned a copy of Campbell
Waters’ ‘*Ferns’’ and found there a brief description of
the fern. Waters makes the interesting statement that it
is the only fern used in medicine. The nearest stations
for the male-fern known were in the Gaspé Peninsula
to the north and in northern Michigan to the west. The
Hartland colony was a small one consisting only of about
Six plants. It was my good fortune to visit this station
with Miss Darling soon after its discovery and again a
few years ago. Growing in a protected place in woods
98 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
near a stonewall at an elevation of 1400 feet, the fern
has increased somewhat.
The next year Miss Mabel Strong, of Woodstock, now
Mrs. Mabel Heselton, discovered a colony of the fern in
Woodstock, a town adjoining Hartland, a colony of over
100 plants. Other stations were discovered about this
time in Bridgewater, a town adjoining Woodstock, by
Mrs. Heselton, and on Paine Mountain, in Northfield
about 60 miles away, by the late E. J. Winslow. All
these stations are over 1200 feet in elevation.
Mrs. Heselton observed that the fern was always found
growing in proximity to butternut trees. The first
Woodstock station disappeared in a few years. Cattle
were in the pasture where the fern was found and it was
believed that they had cropped the plants sufficiently to
kill them. Others began hunting for the fern in the
Woodstock vicinity and shortly five other Woodstock sta-
tions were located, all of which have survived
The hybrid D. Filiz-mas x Goldiana was found by
Mr. Winslow on Paine Mountain, and he also discovered
D. Filix-mas x marginalis at the Bridgewater station in
1910. Here he found another hybrid, D. Clintoniana x
marginalis. On one of my visits to the stations at
Woodstock with Mr. Winslow he suggested that the
fern might be found on a similar high location some ten
miles away in the town of Reading. Accordingly, Mr.
Winslow, Mr. J. G. Underwood, and I visited this hill
and found a large colony of the fern growing in an open
field. The plants were knee-high. This station has un-
fortunately been lost.
In 1911 Miss F. E. Corne, a member of the Fern S0-
ciety, discovered a large station of the fern in Barnard,
a town adjoining Woodstock. Here, too, she found the
hybrid with marginalis. The next Vermont station to be
recorded was across the Green Mountain range in the
town of Brandon. In 1913, Mr. George Kirk of Rut-
MALE-FERN IN VERMONT 99
land and Mr. D. Lewis Dutton, of Brandon, found a
small station for this fern in a moist cool ravine at an
elevation of 1000 feet. Some of the plants in this col-
ony were of the variety incisum, as described by Clute.
This is the only known station west of the Green Moun-
tains. Another station was discovered by a roadside in
Williamstown and a single plant in the town of Calais
at the farm home of Miss Sylvia Bliss.
Of all these stations the Hartland one is the only one
which has shown an increase in the number of plants.
The very large colony on Paine Mountain has practically
disappeared. Of the magnificent waist-high plants
found by Miss Corne in Barnard only two or three small
plants could be found a few years ago. What is the
cause for this disappearance? In one Vermont town a
large colony of Dryopteris Goldiana was entirely de-
stroyed many years ago by an out-of-state nurseryman
who collected every single plant for his nursery. But
to my knowledge no nurseryman in the East has ever
collected nor listed for sale the male-fern. Furthermore,
not many people know of the exact locations of the Ver-
mont stations. I discovered a possible answer relating
to the disappearance of the fern when, just before World
ar II, I visited with Mr. Kirk, one of the discoverers,
the Brandon station. This station is about half a mile
from the main highway. When we reached the spot we
could not at first find any plants of the fern. The few
plants had all been croyped almost to the ground by
cattle. The next year we visited the station again and
found the plants in the same condition. In the imme-
diate vicinity were many plants of Dennstaedtia punc-
tllobula, Dryopteris spinulosa var. intermedia, and Dry-
opteris spinulosa var. americana. Yet none of the fronds
of these had been touched by cattle. I feared the sta-
tion would be destroyed entirely. Mr. Kirk and I were
delichted, however, when visiting the station two years
100 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
ago to find no cattle in the large pasture, and the plants
still alive but not as big as formerly. The fronds were
rather short. There is a possibility that the large luxuri-
ant plants in the Barnard and Northfield stations had
been cropped by cattle until finally they were killed.
Or possibly deer were the guilty culprits. Deer are
abundant in Vermont and I have seen many plants of
Cypripedium hirsutum eaten by them:
The North Bridgewater station, too, has unfortunately
decreased in size but not from the same cause. This
station is in a remote, country district half a mile or
more from any habitation. The fern grows on both
sides of a narrow highway. On one side of the road is
a bank, and one the other formerly a ditch. As this
station is only about twenty-five miles from Hanover I
have often visited it and have taken members of the
American Fern Society, three of them coming from as
far away as Pennsylvania. It is always a pleasure to
drive slowly along the road and let the visitor spot the
fern from the car. On a visit a few years ago to this
station with Mr. Richard Harlow, the most enthusiastic
fern student it has been my good fortune to meet, we
were greatly disturbed to find that half of the colony
had been destroyed. The town fathers had decided to
widen the narrow, almost one-way country road. _ The
ditch where the most vigorous plants of the fern had
been found had been filled with boulders and gravel s0
that many of the plants were covered with two feet of
soil. Fortunately about seventy-five plants still remain
including a few of the hybrid. As the male fern was
reported from Maine a few years azo we may hope that
other stations may be found in the East. Undoubtedly
the Woodstock area should be explored more carefully.
The mystery of plant distribution is indeed a baffling one.
DartTMoUTH COLLEGE.
FERNS OF Pico Bonivar ; 101
Ferns of Pico Bolivar and the Sources of the
Venezuelan Flora
JOSEPH EWAN
“The possibility of seeing Condors and Harpy Eagles
in their native haunts, and being able to collect alpine
seeds in a ‘little-worked’ locality’’ was one naturalist’s
filip for his ascent of the highest peak of Venezuela, Pico
Bolivar. Dr. E. M. Chenery, the naturalist just quoted,
who ascended Pico Bolivar a decade ago, hag written
briefly of his trip. His expedition, he writes, was but the
second party of extranjeros to ascend the peak which
lies just to the south of the four-century-old city of
Mérida on the Pan American Highway. Pico Bolivar is
the highest summit of the Sierra Nevada de Mérida, ris-
ing to an imposing 16,400 feet, and, together with the
nearby Humboldt Peak and lesser peaks of the Columna
massif, creates the backdrop of the beautifully situated
city. : :
It will be evident from a glance at the map of the vege-
tation of Venezuela published by Pittier and Williams
(1945, 103) that the Andes of Mérida represent the
northernmost extension of the péramos of the northern
Andes. This map may be advantageously matched with
that of Vergara of 1906, the péramo detail of which has
been reproduced by Pennell (1938, 428). The Vergara
map shows the relationship of this northern extremity of
the Andes to the paramos of Colombia; indeed, the Vene-
zuelan area, designated on the Vergara map as the Sierra
Nevada de Mérida, suggests one of the several islands of
paramo stretching archipelago-like in a northeast-south-
West trend.
Having previously explored for ferns and seed-plants
on several of the voleanic peaks of southern Colombia
and on Pichincha, above Quito, Ecuador, I was particu-
AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL VoLUME 40, PLATE 1]
~
Pico BotfvaR AS §S FROM
MERIDA (PHOTOGRAPH BY
BELOW: Dr. JOHN BEARD AMONG FRAILE shay on Pico BoLivARk
FerRNs oF Pico BoLivaR 103
larly interested in comparing the vegetation of the
granitic (i.e. non-voleanic) Andes of Mérida with that of
the more southern volcanic summits. It was fortunate,
then, that I should meet Dr. and Mrs. John Beard, then
residents of Trinidad, B. W. I., in Mérida on a kind of
busman’s holiday from their botanical labors. They
were completing arrangements with the local guide and
arrieros for an ascent of the peak and kindly invited me
to join them. Opportunity for botanizing was somewhat
restricted by the fact that we were obliged to return to
therefore, to plants and ferns of special interest. Since
I intended to make a special study of the fern flora of
the peak, I made an effort to collect specimens of all
Pteridophyta encountered. Some of these collections are
now in the National Herbarium at Caracas and have not
been available for the preparation of this paper. A set
of all numbers returned to the United States is repre-
sented in the Herbarium of the U. 8S. National Arbore-
tum and at least fragments are in my personal collection
on deposit at Tulane University.
Though Pico Bolivar appears conical when seen in a
photograph of the peak itself, it is in fact but an emi-
nence on a long high crest separating the lanos of the
upper Orinoco from the agricultural mountain valley of
which Mérida is. the principal city. The extensive ig-
neous rock exposures of the Sierra Nevada de Mérida
are unusual among the northern Andes which are char-
acteristically of either metamorphic or sedimentary com-
Position. This great Sierra Nevada de Mérida must har-
bor many interesting ferns, which will continue to be
brought in at an ever accelerating rate with the modern
ease of air travel and relative accessibility of Mérida
from Caracas. Trails are few, and though it is not haz-
ardous to leave the trails at many points, particularly
after passing the paramillo or the upper limit of the fog
104 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
forest, the natives thoroughly disapprove of proceeding
far upon an unknown trail or away from ancient paths. .
They have small appetite for exploration and no zest for
fern records! In fact they commonly assume what we
would identify as psychosomatic illnesses. This results
no doubt from a combination of a dread of the unknown,
often deep poverty with its attendant lack of adequate
clothing and nutritious diet, and a fundamental indif-
ference to the success of the enterprise. These human
considerations must always create the backgrounds for
botanical exploration in the tropics, for there guides and
porters are indispensable in the carrying out of expedi-
tions, short or long, and few, indeed, are the natives who
are qualified or who wish to venture on such an explora-
tion as the ascent of Pico Bolivar.
Sallies into the Andes of Mérida have been made in the
past by Alfredo Jahn of Caracas, A. H. G. Alston of the
British Museum, South Kensington, and E. M. Chenery,
chemist and naturalist of Trinidad (cf. his paper of
1939). Jahn and Alston have on different occasions col-
lected the ferns along with flowering plants; Chenery,
seeds of the alpines that might be induced to grow in
English gardens. The itineraries of the earlier botanical
explorers of the Nineteenth brine insofar as the Andes
of Mérida are concerned are unknown. We know that
Karl Moritz (1797-1866 )* cstlecteil plants in the vicinity
of Mérida very energetically between 1835 and 1837,
Nicholas Funck (1816-1896) and Louis Joseph Schlim
less extensively in 1845, preceded the year before by an-
other collector under Belgian auspices, Jean Jules Lin-
den Se onset In the ase 1850’s Hermann Karsten
FERNS OF Pico BoLivaR | 105
(1817-1908) travelled through Mérida en route to Co-
lombia and paused to collect in the Sierra Nevada there.
But for none of these do we have anything more than
the most general idea of their areas of collecting.
No enumeration of the ferns of the Andes of Mérida
has been published, but reference to the comprehensive
flora of Venezuela by Knuth (1926) reveals 104 Pterido-
phyta credited to the general region, judging from the
collections cited therein which are either specifically re-
ported from the range or credited to ‘‘Mérida’’ and in-
dubitably taken in the Sierra Nevada above the city.
British Guiana has 298 Pteridophyta, of which 24 spe-
cies are endemic, while the three Guianas, British,
French and Dutch, taken together, possess 354 species
according to Posthumus (1928). Comparisons of these
figures with the 104 species reported from the Andes of
érida must not be made until more complete studies of
the distribution patterns of each species are known.
However, suggestions may be made as to the origins and
history of the fern flora of the Andes of Mérida from
these incomplete data. Later in this paper the sources
of the Venezuelan flora are considered and the history
of the Pico Bolivar ferns may be posed against this con-
sideration of the sources of the larger geographic area.
Ferns or Pico Boifivar
Of the 104 Pteridophyta reported from the general
“Mérida”? region, I personally collected only nine spe-
cies on our ascent of Pico Bolivar, and made notes on
three additional species (e.g. Blechnum sp.) which I
judged to be conspecific with those previously collected in
northern Colombia.
Certainly the most interesting fern genus in the Andes
of Mérida is Jamesonia. Three species of Jamesonia*
Soe Seeger
2 Jamesonia tiscali a ‘‘ botanical worthy,’’ cae pag
W. J. Hooker, and — time resident botanist of Quito, Wil-
am ibaa (1796-18 73).
106 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
are reported from the range by Kunth, viz., J. nivea,
scalaris and canescens. I found Jamesonia canescens
rather frequent locally in a narrow altitudinal zone of
from 13,500 to 14,000 feet on my ascent of the peak. It
was associated with a species of frailejon (Espeletia
spicata Sch. Bip.), a tree composite with pale or whitish
woolly leaves and racemes of woolly flower-heads borne in
the axils of the close-set leaves, an habitat photograph
of which is shown in Plate 11. The genus Jamesoma,
numbering some eighteen or more species ranging from
Chiapas and Costa Rica to Peru, is characterized by in-
definite apical growth; the close-set pinnae spread hori-
zontally above each other to recall to mind the coils of
a spring or again the interlocking teeth of a zipper.
Jamesonia canescens is rufous, especially when young,
from the great number of long hairs investing the pin-
nae, a character not uncommon in several species of this
high-altitude genus. A second species of Jamesonia,
of stiff very erect habit, the fronds growing in close tufts
in grassy sites, was found at lower elevations on Pico
Bolivar, at from 10,000 to 11,000 feet. This second
Jamesonia, which seems to agree with specimens exam-
ined in Caracas of an undescribed species given a manu-
seript name commemorating Alfredo Jahn by Maxon,
was associated with another frailejon (Espeletia sp.
Ewan 16,981). ;
Another genus of interest to me, for I had previously
collected members of the group in southern Colombia —
and Keuador, was Polystichum. This represents that ze
section of Polystichum centering about ‘‘Polystichwm
pycnolepis’’ as that name appears to be-used in collec: —
tions examined at the national herbaria at Caracas and
Bogota. This group of Polystichums, certainly related 3
to the widespread P. aculeatum, occurs at high eleva —
tions in the Andes, generally as small tufts beneath rock
outcrops on the pdramos, as illustrated by Plate 12.
AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL VoLuME 40, PLATE 12
OLIVAR
s oN Pico B
YOLEPI
PYC
POLYSTICHUM
108 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
Throughout the northern Andes the epiphytic genus of
the cloud forests, where ferns are both abundant and
diversified, is Elaphoglossum with 18 species in the An-
des of Mérida. Along with Polypodium, with 26 spe-
cies in the region, Elaphoglossum forms colonies of
crowded fronds on the horizontal branches of trees large
and small, as well as upon the mossy trunks themselves.
Many times it is difficult to find fertile fronds of these
Elaphoglossums and evidently many years may pass
without soriferous fronds being produced. , Elaphoglos-
sum Bellermannianum (Klotzsch) Moore, not reported
by Knuth for the region, was collected near Paso del
Toro, at 13,000 feet on the trail to the summit of Pico
Bolivar, where it was rare on an open talus slope in full
sun—a variation from the usual epiphytic habitat of the
genus. It was associated with the more frequent Elapho-
glossum Matthewsii, previously reported from the Mé-
rida region by Knuth.
Elaphoglossum, along with Jamesonia and some other
ferns of the higher cloud forests and paramo, exhibits
an adaptation, in the opinion of Theodor Holm (1900,
159), against extreme changes of temperature and the
drying effects of winds in the form of a dense covering |
of fimbriate scales or, in the instance of Jamesonia, long -
curling hairs upon generally both surfaces of the pin-
nae. The existence of comparable adaptations in such
phanerogamous genera as Plantago, Lupinus, and Espe-
letia (cf. Heilborn, 1925, 164) occurring on the Andean
paramos suggests the existence of what the plant geog-
rapher recognizes as epharmonic convergence of growth
forms. — :
Of the familiar north temperate genus Lycopodium,
eight species are reported from the Andes of Mérida by
Knuth, to which may be added a ninth, Lycopodium
complanatum var. tropicum, which I found frequent
FERNS OF Pico BoLivaR 109
along the borders of the pdramillo at elevations of from
7000 to 9000 feet, growing in both full sun and partial
Shade. This Lycopodium belongs to the group of neare-
tie species to be noticed in the Venezuelan flora, dis-
cussed later in this paper. Chenery remarks on the
presence of Lycopodium clavatum on Pico Bolivar as a
‘‘clue’’ to the ‘‘nature of the soil in the locality, which
must have been extremely acidic to have supported a
clubmoss.’’ He made detailed soil profile samplings on
the peak but these results have not been published to my
knowledge. He characterizes the paramo soil as very
porous and well drained, ‘‘with a highly humic, black
top-soil and lime-free subsoil.’ |
SOURCES OF THE VENEZUELAN FLORA
The Venezuelan flora of today is composed of seven
elements, viz., a nearctic, an Antillean, a Granadan, an
antarctic, an Amazonian, an Afro-American, and an en-
demic autochthonous element, that vary in their concen-
trations among the four vegetational regions of the coun-
try. The seven floristic sources of the flora are sug-
gested by a study of several phanerogamous genera of
Venezuela as well as by an inspection of its fern flora.
Each of these seven floristic components will now be
briefly discussed and their representation in the Pico
Bolivar region indicated.
First, the nearctie element is the North American
facies of the widely distributed and generally recog-
nized holaretie pre-Pleistocene flora of the North Tem-
perate Zone around the globe. The nedrctic group of
Species which is most extensive in the cordilleras of
estern North America diminishes southward, being rep-
resented weakly in Mexico and Central America though
Some species reach as far south as the Andes of Vene-
mela, Colombia, Ecuador, and Peru. Such genera as
110 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
Hypericum, Geranium, Potentilla, Malvastrum, Hypo-
chaeris, Gentiana and Lupinus in the northern Andes
testify to the presence of this nearctic component, and
many of these genera are familiar in the Pico Bolivar
region. The genera Woodsia, represented in our region
by Woodsia crenata, and Cystopteris, by the global Cys-
topteris fragilis studied so comprehensively by C. A.
Weatherby, are ferns of this nearctic assemblage. On
the species level Lycopodium complanatum, L. clavatum,
and L. alopecuroides represent this first group.
The Antillean element may be related historically to
continental South America. Indeed the West Indian
flora has been suggested as representing a northern ex-
tention of the South American flora, now fragmented
into remnant groups of genera and species showing di-
minishing kinship with the mainland as one passes from
island to island through the Antilles. Trinidad and To-
bago, for example, show strong affinities to the conti-
nent of South America in their floras, with many gen-
era failing to pass farther north than these adjacent
islands of Venezuela. Complications arise, to be sure,
with this distribution effect in the Greater Antilles,
where the larger land masses, the former land connec-
tions with the mainland of Central America to the west,
and the sedimentary composition of the rocks as com-
pared with the voleanism of the Lesser Antilles all add
to the complexity of an attempted floristic analysis.
Bouvardia, Guaiacum, Hura, and Crescentia are better
known genera of the Antillean group among the flower-
ing plants; Ormoloma, Rhipidopteris, Anetium, Hecis-
topteris, and Paltonium, among the ferns.
In 1867 Adolf Ernst directed attention to the botan-
ical affinity between the Gulf Coast of the United States
and Venezuela exclusive of the intervening islands. It
would be useful to reinvestigate Ernst’s work in the
light of our modern knowledge of these floras.
FERNS oF Pico BOLivaRr 111
Thirdly, the Granadan element is a coherent rather
sharply defined group of genera and species ranging
from the Andes of Venezuela, with many reaching the
Pico Bolivar country, south to the three chains of the
Andes of Colombia, and extending more or less continu-
ously southward into Ecuador or persisting only in the
eastern cordillera of that country as far as Loja. This
Granadan element is rich in peculiar and distinctive gen-
era. It is particularly well developed in Colombia
proper with mere northern extensions into the Vene-
zuelan Andes, as for example in the scrophulariaceous
genus Aragoa, comprising five species with one reaching
the Sierra Nevada de Mérida (Pennell, 1938). Occa-
sionally genera may reach as far south as the Bolivian
Yungas or northward to Costa Rica, but the concentra-
tion of these genera peculiar to the tropical Andes is in
Colombia, where they may reach the western cordillera
and central cordillera or exist only in the eastern chain
with endemic species known from each division of the
Colombian Andes. Characteristic Granadan genera,
most of which extend into the Venezuelan Andes, include
Cinchona, Escallonia, Macrocarpaea, Symbolanthus, Des-
fontainea, Befaria, Aragoa, and Espeletia. Among ferns
the genera Jamesonia and Loxsomopsis are Granadan,
the former being well represented in the Sierra Nevada
de Mérida. There is some evidence that this Granadan
floristic component is ancient in the history of the South
American flora. Certain arboreal growth forms com-
monly associated with the older floras of oceanic islands
and ancient continental land masses, appear in the gen-
era Espeletia and Senecio in the northern Andes. This
Granadan pattern of distribution is, moreover, found
down to levels below the rank of species. For example,
the fern Doryopteris pedata consists of three varieties,
according to Tryon (1944, 470), distributed as follows:
var. typica is West Indian in its distribution—a good
112 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
example of an Antillean floristic member as outlined in
this paper; var. multipartita is subtropical South Amer-
ican, ranging to the south of the Amazon Basin, and
var. palmata, apart from a few northern outlying locali-
ties in Central America, is northern Andean—a typica
Granadan element.
The Antarctic floristic element is of great interest to
the plant geographer for its suggestion of early migra-.
tion paths from an antarctic subcontinent.* It repre-
sents those genera and species having a distribution from
southern Chile and Patagonia northward along the main
Andean chain to the Venezuelan Andes or infrequently
even to Costa Rica. The number of antarctic genera and
species diminish noticeably as one follows north from
Chile to Peru and Colombia; the suggestion from this
fact that a migration northward along the Andes from
the southern ‘‘tail of the continent’’ took place in the
past is obvious. The presence of the family Proteaceae
and of the genus Podocarpus, both of which reach as far
as the Venezuelan Andes, are striking examples of this
antarctic component. Two Pernettyas, another genus of
antarctic affinities, were noticed on Pico Bolivar by
Chenery. It is not generally realized that the genus
Nicotiana, thought so characteristically neotropical,
shares this antarctic pattern! I know of no distinctively
antarctic fern genus in the tropical Andes. There are
groups of species, however, which demonstrate clear ant-
arctic affinities. Gualterio Looser has pointed out the
John Ball (1818-1889), was perhaps the first botanist to pro-
pose the antarctie category in the sense used here (‘* Contributions
to the Flora of the Peruvian Andes, with remarks on the history
Jour. :
ot equate to ‘‘Granadan’’ element of the present paper. ‘‘An-
bit included the highland floras of Central America, portions
which have other origins.
4 Possibly ae Old World genus Histiopteris may belong to this
antarctic gro It reaches Roraima and its extension _ both
Chile and Brazil i is sateen by the antarctic ie Arauca
FERNS OF Pico BOoLivaR 113
relationships of certain Chilean species of Lycopodium
with those of New Zealand in his discussion of the ferns
of Volean Osorno of southern Chile (1943, 172). These
same affinities exist among certain Lycopodiums of the
tropical Andes as well.
The Amazonian element, the fifth component, com-
prises those genera having a common concentration of
species in the Amazon Basin of Brazil and adjacent cog-
nate regions. Lyman B. Smith has commented (1945,
297) on the uniformity of this Amazonian flora. More
often characterized by well-marked species than by gen-
era as a whole, this Amazonian floristic element occa-
Sionally appears unexpectedly on the Pacific Coast of
Colombia or in the lower valley of the Magdalena River.
Many more examples appear in the Venezuelan flora of
the Orinoco basin. Though all have extralimital species
- beyond the Amazon Basin, the following genera belong
to this group: Hevea, Bombax, Bertholletia, Spigela,
and many genera of palms. Of course none of these
plants of the selva and rain forests of the lower slopes
are to be found in the Pico Bolivar country of the
Andes but are encountered in the Guayana region of
Venezuela to the east.
The sixth floristic element, the Afro-American, bears
on the problem of Continental Drift, defended by some
botanists (ef. Camp, 1939, and Wulff, 1943) and as vig-
orously opposed by others. It is difficult to arrive at
the solution of the problem of the origin of such plant
genera as Chrysobalanus, Hoffmannseggia, Parkinson,
Sphaeralcea, Vismia, and Voyria, or such animals as the
manatee and the lung fishes, all known from both sides
of the South Atlantic Ocean, without resort to some such
€xplanation as the separation of the continents. The
existence of a submarine ridge in the South Atlantic and
of the reciprocal stratification of certain sedimentary
Tocks on both sides of the ocean in certain points, not to
114 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
mention the obvious conformity of the continents them-
selves, all seem to corroborate the theory of Wegener.
Then, too, the number of examples of plant genera known
from ‘‘ America and continental Africa only’’ is impres-
sive. Ronald Good lists 62 genera having this distribu-
tion pattern (1947, 356). Among the ferns I find no
generic examples of this Afro-American pattern, but
Dryopteris protensa, a species of tropical America and
West Africa, illustrates this Afro-American pattern.
The peculiar discontinuous distribution of Aspleniwm
platyneuron, known from the southeastern United States
and South Africa, has been suggested by me (1945, 121)
to be the result of possible stratospheric dispersal of
spores around the earth. The number of species of As-
plenium (e.g., A. serratum, anisophyllum, formosum,
laetum, and serra) exhibiting this distribution pattern,
on the other hand, suggests a present relict distribution
more ancient in its origins than accidental stratospheric
dispersal of spores.
There exists an interesting endemic element in
the flora of Venezuela. This endemism is evidently truly
autochthonous rather than epibiotic or the remnants of a
‘‘lost flora.’’ Two fairly well defined areas of endemism
exist in Venezuela, with possibly a third little known
province opposite the island of Trinidad. The Andes of
the Colombian-Venezuelan border extending from Ocaia
to Mérida present a distinct endemic province; the gen-
tianaceous genus Lagenanthus and numerous distinctive
species occupy this region. It is epicenter for the genus
Espeletia, of which seven species occur on Pico Bolivar
alone. The second region of endemism is the scattered
chain of sandstone cerros or plateaus lying to the south-
east of the Orinoco in what Pittier and Williams desig-
nate the Guayana vegetation region. No comprehensive
study of the endemism of these cerros has been pub-
lished, though Steyermark has launched such a survey:
FrerNs oF Pico Bouivar 135
In addition to the well known Duida and Roraima sum-
mits of the Pacaraima region of the Venezuelan ‘‘Guay-
ana region,’’ there are Ptari-tepui (cf. Steyermark,
1947) and Auyan-tepui (cf. Gleason and Killip, 1939).
Recent explorations have now added the Tafelberg and
Kaieteur Plateau of Surinam to the east (cf. Maguire,
). The fern genera Hymenophyllopsis, Pterozonium
and Syngramma and the angiospermous genera Heli-
amphora, Cephalocarpus, Everardia, Tyleria, Raveni-
opsis, Bonnetia, Ochthocosmus, Tepuia, Blepharodon,
Chorisepalum, ete., distributed among many families,
monocot and dicot, primitive and advanced in phylo-
genetic position in classification, characterize one of the
richest endemic floras of the New World. This en-
demism does not seem to be wholly a more extensive de-
velopment of the more widespread Andean flora to the
west, though there are many affinities among these en-
emic genera with the Andean flora. The subject is a
complex one, and not until a more complete knowledge of
the Sierra Perija along the Colombian border, the Santa
Marta of Colombia, and the still little known cerros of
the coastal plain of the Orinoco lowlands, will it be pos-
sible to suggest the possible origins of this endemic flora
of the Pacaraima region.
There remains but to comment upon the vegetation re-
gions of Venezuela, as proposed by Pittier and Williams
(1945, 104), as distinguished from the floristic prov-
mees. They recognize four regions, viz., Coast Range,
Andes, Llanos, and the Guayana. Each of these four
vegetation regions may be briefly characterized, along
with a comment as to the occurrence of the several flor-
istic elements present in them.
The Caribbean Coastal Plain and the Coast Range
Support, irregularly, xerophilous forests and espinar, a
tropical deciduous forest and selva. Antillean and
fro-American floristic elements are prominent in this
116 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
vegetation. Among the fern genera conspicuous in the
Coast Range, many as epiphytes, are. Aspleniwm and
Diplazium, along with thea lia and the tree —
genus Alsophila.
The second vegetational region, the Andes, consists of
two types of plant cover: the montafia or mountain rain
forest and the pdramo or grasslands above the limit of
trees. Between the two types of vegetation is the para-
millo, where grow dwarf trees and giant shrubs laden
with leafy liverworts and mosses, ferns, and many epi-
phytic orchids and small bromeliads. In the mountain
rain forest the Granadan element is conspicuous, along
with the Antarctic and some Antillean species. In the
paramo the nearctic and Granadan elements are particu-
larly prominent.
The Nanos contain ‘‘true savanna’’ (in sense of L
M. Johnston and.A. ©. Smith) and deciduous forests in
a patchy vegetational pattern. Here there are repre-
sentatives of the Amazonian, Afro-American, and Antil-
lean floristic groups along with some endemism among
the minor herbaceous members of the vegetation. ,
The vegetation of the Guayana region consists of sev-
eral classes as to growth form. The topography is varied
and this brings together savanna, selva, montafia, and
dwarf summit-fog-forest types in juxtaposition. Flo-
ristically, the Guayana includes many Granadan ele-
-ments; Dicranopteris revoluta and Blechnum Schom-
burghku, for example, reach as far east as Roraima from
the main Andean chain. Antillean, Afro-American and
Amazonian species add to the spectacular endemic ¢om-
ponents already mentioned to give a diversified vegeta-
tion. Of the seven floristic elements in Venezuela, only
the nearctic and the Antarctic groups appear to be neg-
ligible in the great sandstone plateaus and rain forests
of the Guayana.
FERNS oF Pico BouivaR 117
LITERATURE CITED
Camp, W. H. years displacement and its relation to the
oras of North America (abstract). Amer. Journ. Bot. 26:
3
Chenery, E. M. Some impressions of the flora of the Venezuelan’
Andes. Quart. Bull. Alpine Garden Soe. 7: 327-337. illus
1939.
Ernst, Adolph. On the eam common to the southern Unites
States and Venezuela. Journ. Bot. 5: 290-295. 67.
Ewan, J. Sources 2 the faa flora of Colorado. Amer. Fern
Gian: 35: 114-1 1945.
Gleason, H. A. ay = P. Killip. ghey of Mount Auyan-tepui,
, ‘Eetionis 3: 141-204. 1939.
Good, Ronald. Geography of the flowering plants., London. 1947.
Heilborn, O. Contributions to the ecology of the Ecuadorian
ia nd r
wedi pressure. Svensk Bot. Tidskr. 19: 153-170. illus. 1925.
»T. The vegetation of the cueing of Venezuela. Bot. Gaz.
17: 159-160. (Review of K. Goebel’s paper of the same title
eae in Pflanzenbiol. Schilderungen Pars. 2. Marburg.
ney R. oa florae venezuelensis. Fedde Rep. Sp. Nov. Regni
Veg. Beih. 43: 1-95. 1926
Looser, peeatte Coleecionado Helechos en El Volein Osorno
(Sur de some tee Universitaria (Univ. Catélica de Chile).
28: 169-180
Maguire, “nel a anatiaieie. Plant explorations in Guiana
in 1944 chiefly to the Tafelberg and the Kaieteur Plateau—I.
Bull, his Club 75: 58-115. 1948 and subsequent papers in
sam
Pennell, Yr. W. Taxonomy and distribution of Aragoa, and its
bearing on the bap routed of the northern Andes. Acad.
Nat. Sei. Phila. Pr : 425-432.
ae er, H. Manual ig te Plantas Sesiles, de ak ak i-xx.
926,
Pittier, H. and Llewelyn Williams. Review of the flora of Vene-
zuela, in Plants and Plant Science in Latin America, by F. Ver-
doorn, 102-105. 1945.
sthumus, 0. Fern ns of pmo in Flora of Surinam, by A
Pulle, suppl. 1928. (see also W. R. Maxon and C. V. Morton
n Bull. Torrey Club 75: en 948).
118 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
Rohl, Eduardo. Karl Moritz (1797-1866). Bol. Acad. Ciene.
Fis., Mat. y Nat. Venez. 23: (separately paged reprint) 1-27.
1943.
Smith, Lyman B. ogee of Brazil, in Plants and Plant Sei-
in Latin America, by F. Verdoorn, 297-302.
Steyerars Jy A. aie in the Venezuelan Gavane (ab-
mer. Journ. Bot. 34: suppl. 29a (De 47,
aoe R. M. Dynamic phytogeography of Dicvota Amer.
Potigee Bot. 31: 470-473. 1944
oa has eteod netics to historieal plant geography. Wal-
Reve 1943 (esp. see Chapter 10 for a discussion of Con-
cone Drift).
~ TULANE UNIVERSITY.
A New Interpretation of the Dryopteris
clintoniana Group
Epaar T. WHERRY
It has long been recognized that the fern originally
named Aspidium boottii by Tuckerman in 1843 is 4
hybrid between Dryopteris cristata and D. intermedia.
From the former it inherits an oblong outline, from the
latter sharply incised margins and olandular epidermal-
indusial surfaces. Further indication of its hybrid or
- gin is furnished by its rather marked variation from one
clump to another, especially in the position of sori and
degree of glandularity.
The taxon first named Aspidium cristatum var. clin-
tomanum by Eaton in 1867, now widely known as Dry-
opteris clintoniana (Eaton) Dowell, is still more vatr
able, combining in various ways the characters of tw
rather well-marked members of the genus—D. cristata
and D. goldiana; its duration varies from evergreen to
deciduous, the rhizome seales from pale brown to shining
black, the frond-outline from narrowly to broadly ob-
long, the tip from gradually to abruptly acuminate, the
basal pinnae from deltoid to undulately oblong, and the
sorus-position from supra-medial to subcostular. This
DRYOPTERIS CLINTONIANA 119
variability certainly suggests that it, too, is a hybrid.
Its spores are, to be sure, more viable than those of
x D. boottii, so that it has been able to spread beyond
the ranges of its presumed parents, but fertile hybrids
are known among other ferns.
Upon accepting the view that the name of the Broad
Swamp Fern should be written x Dryopteris clintonana,
certain related taxa require consideration. In chrono-
logic sequence these are:
DRYOPTERIS GOLDIANA CELSA Palmer (1899); the epi-
thet celsa has been subsequently published in 5 differ-
ent combinations. The original Log Fern of the Dis-
mal Swamp corresponds to D. cristata in duration and
frond-tip, but to D. goldiana in rhizome-scales, basal
pinnae, and sorus-position. In the interpretation of
this taxon by Fernald! for use in the New Manual, the
rhizome scales and basal pinnae are described as closer
to those of D. cristata var. Clintoniana. A winter visit
to Claremont Wharf, Surry County, Virginia, disclosed
that the member of the group oceurring there is unlike
D. goldiana in being evergreen; but it may be noted
that a plant agreeing closely with the original celsa in
Practically all respects, found near Bernharts, Berks
County, Pennsylvania, is early and completely decidu-
ous. Evidently in this group of ferns unit characters
are inherited independently in all sorts of combinations.
The epithet celsa is then preferably limited to plants of
the hybrid showing, as did the type, a preponderance of
characters of the D. goldiana parent, and presumably
representing back-crosses with the latter. There being
no accepted plan for naming hybrids so as to bring out
egree of parental relationship, this taxon may be ten-
tatively merely designated x Dryopteris clintoniana f.
celsa (Palmer) Wherry, comb. nov.”
‘Rhodora 49: 104. 1947. Feats
* For place of original publication of the new combinations pro-
Posed here see Literature, below.
120 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
NEPHRODIUM CRISTATUM var. SLOSSONAE Davenport
(1902) was subsequently published in at least 4 different
combinations. A coarse-toothed variant, such as occurs
sporadically in many ferns of this group, this should be
own as x Dryopteris clintoniana f. slossonae (Dav-
enport) Broun.®
DRYOPTERIS CLINTONIANAX GOLDIANA Dowell (1908)
is the equivalent of celsa.
DRYOPTERIS CRISTATA X GOLDIANA Benedict (1909) is
the equivalent of clintoniana according to the views here
put forward.
DRYOPTERIS CLINTONIANA var. AUSTRALIS Wherry
(1937). The supra-medial position of the sori of this
taxon suggest that it represents a back-cross with the
cristata parent. It may therefore be cee x Dryop-
teris clintoniana f. australis Wherry, stat. n
DRYOPTERIS ATROPALUSTRIS Small (1938). Differing
from the next-preceding essentially only in having
shorter and broader frond-outline, this deserves the
status: x Dryopteris clintoniana f. atropalustris (Small)
Wherry, stat. nov.
LITERATURE CITED
The literature references for the taxa here included are given in
Broun’s Index to North American Ferns (1938). Only those con-
cerned in new combinations are repeated here.
ee eristatum var. clintonianum Eaton in Gray’s Manual,
ed. 5, 665.
Homann poidiaka celsa W. Palmer, Proe. Biol. Soc. Wash. 13:
65. 1899,
Nephrodium cristatum var. slossonae Davenport, Rhodora 4: 52.
1902.
Dryopteris clintoniana var. australis Wherry. This Journ. 27: 2.
1927.
Dryopteris atropalustris Small, Ferns SE. States, 274. 1938.
UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA,
3 Broun, eg No. Amer. Ferns attributes this combination to
6:
Burnham, Amer. Fern Journ. 6: 103. 1916, but Burnham made
the perner Satire zie ‘D. clintoniana var. slossonae.
Ferns of [IDAHO 121
A List of the Ferns of Idaho
SEVILLE FLOWERS
The present enumeration of the ferns of Idaho has been
compiled mainly from the collections in the herbaria of
the following institutions, designated in the list by the
appended abbreviations: University of Idaho (I), Uni-
versity of Idaho, Southern Branch (ISB), University of
Washington (W), Washington State College (WS), Ore-
gon State College (OS), and Utah State Agricultural
College, Intermountain Herbarium (IH). Additional
citations, taken from literature, refer to collections in
the Missouri Botanical Garden (M), Gray Herbarium
(G), New York Botanical Garden (NY), Academy of
Sciences, Philadelphia (Ph), and the United States Na-
tional Herbarium (US). The extensive collections of
C. L. Hitchcock and ©. V. Muhlick under the label
“Flora of Idaho’’ are cited as H. & M. Numbers in
parentheses refer to items cited in the bibliography. The
— are grouped by counties.
TuM LUNARIA ie Swartz. Custer: Meadowland south
ot Stanley Lake, H. § M. 9675 (IH, W, WS); Bonanza, Macbride
§ Payson (G) (3).
BoTRYCHIUM MATRICARIAEFOLIUM’ A. Br. BounDARy: Upper
Priest River, Epling 7457 (US) (3).
Borrycuium siLAtrolium var. CouLTERI (Underw.) Jepson.
BLAINE: Redfish Lake, Henderson 3715 (US) (3). BONNER: Priest
Lake, MacDougal 234 (NY) (3). Ivano: Lolo Trail, Bitterroot
Mountains, Piper (WS). LaTAaH: naa Henderson Kone
Borrycuium simpiex Hit BLAINE: Meadow near head of
= Creek, above een "Lake, $000 feet, Cronies 3720
BorRycHium vircinianum (L.) Swartz. BLAINE: Easley Forest
eae Sawtooth National Forest, 6500 feet, Thompson 9923 (W).
ONN
422 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
Var. EUROPAEUM Angstr. BoNNER: Upper Priest Lake, Epling
7175 (M) (3); West Fork of Priest River, Leiberg 2812 (US)
(3).
WooDsIA OREGANA D. C. Eaton. ADA: 10 miles east of Boise,
Davis a (ISB). Apams: Evergreen Camp, Davis (ISB).
BLAINE: Alpine ed Sawtooth Range, 8000 feet, Thompson 13551
(W, WS). Bon Mount Hope, Dunkle 1391 (1). BUTTE:
Basalt reef at Mee, 5700 feet, Cronquist 2385 (ISB). CUSTER:
East Fork of ay beat 4 Lake Creek, Worley § Mann 36-162 (11).
FREMONT: North of St. Anthony, Davis 711 (ISB). IpaHo: Free-
dom, Davis ieee 1919 (ISB). Lemxi: About 10 miles south of
Gibbonsville, H. § M. 9062 (W, WS); Eight-mile Canyon, 3 miles
west of Leadore, H. & M. 9291 (W). Nez PeRcE: Lewiston Hill,
Lewiston, 1800 feet, Hitchcock § Samuel 2516 (W).
Forma GLANDULOSA Taylor. CusTER: About 15 miles south of
Dickey, along North Fork of Big Lost River, Hitchcock 15576
(WS). .
Woopsia scopuLina D. C. Eaton, BLAINE: Alpine slopes, Saw
tooth Range, 8000 feet, Thompson 13571 (W); 9 miles north of
Ketchum, Cronquist 5202 (ISB); west side of Alturas Lake, 7300
feet, Cronquist 2608 (ISB). BonNER: Mount Hope, Dunkle 1390,
1391 (1); Lake Pend d’Oreille, Dunkle 1160 (I). CLARK: Beaver
Creek, Bitar Cronquist 858 (ISB). CusTER: Across river from
Mie pea G i
fag is, (W, WS); among boulders, Sunbeam,
H. § M. vi (W, WS); in alive about 10 miles west of Challis,
H. §& M.9 3 EW); ; sanity of Stanley ists, H. §& M. 9623 (W);
Big puted ees of Patterson, 7000 feet, Hitchcock et al.
3759 (Ww); slopes near Stanley Take; 7500 feet, Thompson 14053
(W); top of ridge between east aad: west forks of Stanley Lake
Creek, 8000 feet, Worley § Mann 36-169 (11). KOorEeNAl: Lone
Mountain, 2 miles north of Ramsey, Sister Mary Milburge 891
(ws Mount Hudlow, near Rathdrum, Sister Mary Milburge 1050,
0 (W); Coeur d’Alene, oak Ma on Milburge 1115 (W); Rath-
ee Ash (I). LEMHI: Shoupe, Davis 416 (ISB). SHOSHONE:
South slope of Little Baldy Lookout, Witt 1059 (W). VALLEY:
Payette Lake, Davis 916 (ISB).
CYSTOPTERIS FRAGILIS (L.) Bernh. BEAR LAKE: Bloomingto?,
Davis 1642 (ISB, WS). Boise: Paste Atlanta Road, H. &
3624 (W, WS). Bonner: Clark’s Fork, 15 miles west of and-
point, Hitchcock 2900 (WS); Lake Pend d’Oreille, Dunkle 465
FERNS OF [IDAHO ~ 123
(1) ; Warren beens Dunkle 1164, 1165 (1) ; Trestle Creek, Dunkle
1396, 1410 (1). Burrs: Lost ¢ hiv ver aH north of Leslie,
6500 feet, H. g M. 8856 (W). CLARK: 5 miles east of Ss
Cronquist 1217 (ISB). CusTER: 10 al west of Challis, H. ¢ M
M.1
Upper Trinity Lake, H. § M. 10368 (W, WS). IpAno: Oprosi
Kamiah, Meyer 921 (W, WS); Lochsa River, Rose 521 (W
above Selway Falls, Constance § Rollins 1633 (WS); sapewnaitt
trail above Lochsa River, at Pete King Creek, Constance § Rollins
1679 (WS); White Sand take: Shattuck § Fenn (1), St. John &
Mullen 8412 (WS); Sheep Creek, 1 mile from Snake River, Packard
538 (WS); Red River Ranger Station, Davis 3329 (ISB, WS);
Selway River, Davis 3745 (ISB). Koorenat: Post Falls, St. J ohn
et al. 4302 (WS); Mount Hudlow, Sister Mary Milburge 1073,
1078 (WS) ; asians Ash (I). LataH: Thatuma Hills, Dillon
576 (W, WS); ow regi Hunter (WS), Piper (WS).
LEMHI: Salmon oe Shoupe, Davis 120-36 (ISB).
OWYHEE: ita ssh a 945 (ISB); east of Bruneau,
Macbride (IS
eae HESPERIUM Maxon. KooreNnar: Coeur d’Alene,
Sister Mary Milburge 1075 (WS ).. NEz PERCE: Clearwater Canyon,
4.8 miles east of Leadore, 9000 feet, Cook (WS). SHOSHONE:
Tick Creek Falls, Moore 413 (W oe
PHEGOPTERIS DRYopTERIS (L.) F AH: St. Maries Val-
ley, Wells (I). Bonner: tees Cian erie (I) ; Hope, Strong
Creek, Dunkle 1120 (1). Bounpary: Lime Creek, Warren 364
(WS); K i
1796 (W). Koorenar: Sandberg (WS). LaTaH: Moscow Moun-
tain, Hunter 77, 78 is Aldrich (1); Grizzel tae Palouse Re-
gion, Newton (WS); Viola Mountains, Flannig n Creek, Piper
1735 (WS), Ferris ¢: patie’ 378 (WS). SHOSHONE: Tick Creek
Canyon, above falls, Moore 415 (WS); vicinity of Little Baldy
Lookout, Will 1035 (WS).
Drvorrenis DILATATA (Hoffm.) A. Gray. BENEWAH: Alder
Creek, St. John g Jones 5390 (WS). ee De sagt Creek,
north of Clark’s Fork, Christ 154 (WS). Bou : Lime Creek,
sho 318 (WS). CLEARWATER: Elk River, goats (I), Davis
)
124 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
' DRYOPTERIS CRISTATA (L.) A. Gray. CLEARWATER: Headquar-
ters, Davis (ISB)
Dryopreris Fiuix-Mas (L.) Schott. Bounpary: Hughes Fork
Trail from Lime Creek, Warren 320 (WS). IpAHo: Sheep Creek,
ne Snake River Canyon, Packard 539, 543 (WS); Deep Creek, at
nake River Canyon, 2600 feet, Perkins 91 (WS); Lochsa Valley,
pore 1789 (W); Lochsa River, Rose 522 (W, WS). SHOSHONE:
Jug Lookout Station, Wilson 347 (I ae
DRYOPTERIS INTERMEDIA. (Muhl.) Gray. BANNOCK: City
Creek, Davis (ISB). Ivano: Lowell, prmarel § Fenn (1).
DRYOPTERIS SPINULOSA (O. F. Miill.) Watt. CLEARWATER: Little
North Fork, Clearwater River, Pickett 133 ees
POLYSTICHUM ANDERSONI Hopki BOUNDARY: — Creek,
Warren 316 (WS); Hughes Fork, Woven A (W
PoLYsTICHUM LONCHITIS ee Roth. BouNDARY: Ane —
Fork Trail from Lime Creek, Warren 363 (W STER:
Stanley pe) ciinkaotk Mountain 8500 feet, Thompso on 14088
(W); creek emptying from the west in Stanley ‘Lake Creek
about 4 miles above hese nancies with lake, Worley Fe Mann 36-183
(11). Ipano: He Devil, eats Devils Mountains, 9100 Anas St.
John aad Avion 8541 pate ). Koorenal: Sandberg (WS).
Mos gh raony, Thomas (1). SHOSHONE: Freezeout cade
Walon: 283 (WS).
POLYSTICHUM MUNITUM (Kaulf.) Pres]. BENEWAH: Benew wah,
ps John & i 5398 (WS); fork of St. Marys River, Leiberg
7 AW). NER: Newport Trail, Witham 80 (WS); Hope,
Sane 1121 ne CLEARWATER: Ahsahka, Pickett 588 (W, WS);
Little North Fork, Clearwater Rives Pickett 1128 (W
IpaHo: Powell featiyed Station, Davi. B
Trail, Kirkwood § Severy 1695 (UB); North Fork, Clearwater
River, Epling § Houck 9424 (US). Koorenat: Sandberg (WS);
- Chateolet, Cozier (WS).
POLYSTICHUM SCOPULINUM (D. C. Eaton) Maxon. Ipano: Dry
Diggins, Seven Devils li lett Packard 428 (WS). VALLEY:
Gold Fork Lookout, Sawtooth Mountains, Thompson 13797 (W)-
TICHUM LEMMONI Underw. i for Idaho in Broun’s
ae c North American Ferns (p. 147).
A M FILIx-rEMINA (L.) Roth. Bonner: Trestle Creek,
pales st 1409 (I); Priest Lata Hitchcock 2901 (ISB, 08;
, WS) ; Hope, Davis 3894 (ISB). Bounpary: Lime Creek, Wa”
Ferns or IDAHO 125
ren 319 (WS). CLEARWATER: Woods above Ahsahka, Pickett 587
(WS) ; Lowell, Shattuck g- Fenn (I). ELMoRE: 3.5 miles north of
Rocky Bar, H. § M. 10299 (W, WS) ; Boise River, above Atlanta,
H. § M. 10110 (W). IpaHo: Lochsa River, Rose 323, 525 (WS) ;
Indian Hill, Davis 3485 (ISB, WS); Seven Devils Mountains , St.
John & Mullen 8624 (WS); Toca Valley, Barkley 1788 (ws) ; ;
Papoose hae Davis 2395 (ISB); Warren Summit, Davis 2554
ISB TENAI: Sandberg tee LATAH: Moscow Mountain,
Beattie a ES Thatuma Hills, Epling ¢ Houck 9066 (OS).
SHOSHONE: Vicinity of Little Baldy, Witt 1089 (WS). VALLEY:
McCall, Davis 988 (ISB); Green Tables Forest Camp, Thompson
13838 (W).
Var. cALIFoRNIcUM Butters. BANNOCK: City Creek, Davis 1549
(ISB, WS). Borse: Pinehurst, Macbride 1641 (W). Koorenal:
Chatene Cozier (WS). LATAH: Piper (WS) ; Moscow Mountain,
il (I). SHosnone: Jug Camp, vicinity of Moses Peak, Wilson
536 (ISB, WS). VALLEY: : Smith's Ferry, Tucker 457 (I, ISB).
Var. SITCHENSE Rupr. Custer: West side of Redfish Lake,
Worley & Mann 36-246 (11).
ATHYRIUM AMERICANUM (Butters) Maxon. BLAINE:. Divide be-
tween rst Creek and Twin Lakes, 10000 feet, H. § M. 10503
(W) ; near head of fg 8 Creek, above Alturas Lake, 9000
feet, crn 3743 (ISB, W). CusTER: Alpine meadow 3 miles
south of Stanley Lake, Wor rley g Mann 36-204 (11). ELMORE:
Headwaters Midale Fork of Boise River, above Atlanta, H. ¢ M
10080 (W, WS). IpAno: Buffalo Hump, west of Orogrande, i,
e
Christ 12551 (ISB) ; He Devil, Seven Devils Mountains, St. John
Mullen 8548 (WS). SHOSHONE: North slope, Freezeout Saddle,
Wilson 268 (WS).
ASPLENIUM virIDE Huds. Cited for Idaho in Coulter and Nelson,
New rae of Rocky Mountain Botany.
PITYROGRAMMA TRIANGULARIS (Kaulf.) Maxon. Ipano: Big
Canyon eed Snake River Canyon, ataie § Warren 740 (10).
Lomanta sprcant (L.) Desv. Koorenat: Rathdrum, Ash (1).
PTERIDIUM AQUILINIUM var, PUBESCENS ot rw. BANNOCK: Cit,
Creek, athe 1557 (ISB). Bonner: Pack River, Davis 3851 (ISB).
Cassia: Howell’s Canyon, eee 1384 (ISB). EtMore: Trinity,
Macbride 599 (WS). FREMONT: Henry’s Fork, Snake River,
above Grand View Point, Cronquist 1652 (ISB). IpAHO: uth
Fork, Salmon River, Davis 2595 (ISB); 2 miles below Lowell,
126 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
Davis 3517 (ISB, WS) ; Lochsa Valley, west of Lolo Pass, Barkley
1795 (W). Koorenar: Carlin Bay, Lake Coeur d’Alene, St. John
et al. 4253 (WS). VALLEY: Smith’s Ferry, Tucker 458 (I, ISB).
WASHINGTON: Spring Creek, Davis 2216 (ISB).
ADIANTUM PEDATUM L. IpaHo: Lochsa River, Rose 496, 518
(W, WS).
Var. ALEUTICUM Rupr. BoIsE: North Fork, Boise River, Grand-
jean 495 (OS). CLEARWATER: Little North Fork, Clearwater River,
Pickett 1129 (W, WS). IpaHo: Lochsa Valley, Barkley (W);
Meadow Creek, above Selway Falls, Constance § Rollins 1657 (W,
WS); Sheep Creek Lake, at foot of He Devil Mountain, Packard
309 (WS); He Devil, iette Devils Sareea St. John & Mullen
a (WS); South ‘For , Clearwater River, Davis 3403 (ISB,
WS); 2 miles below er ie 3507 (ISB). SHOSHONE: 4
miles above Avery, on North Fork, St. Joe’s River, Wilson 139
(ISB, WS).
CRYPTOGRAMMA AcROSTICHOIDES R. Br. BLAINE: Alpine Creek,
northwest of Alturas Lake, H. g M. 10500 (W, WS); above west
edge of Alturas Lake, ee 2611 (ISB). Boise: Headwaters
of South Fork, Payette River, above Sacajawea Hot Spring, moun-
tain east of Elk Lake, H. $ -. 9809 (W). Bonner: Priest Lake,
Plowboy Mountain, Hungate (WS) ; Priest Lake, Piper 6066 (W).-
Cassia; Mount Harrison, Davis 1374 (ISB). CLEARWATER: Cool-
water Ranger Station, Gail & Long (1). CustTER: Lemhi Range,
slope near Stanley Lake, Thompson 14043 (W); Mount Hyndman,
a 1683 B); near Boulder Lake, 25 miles panne of
y, Cronquist 3399 (ISB); along Marsh Creek, 1 mile below
ree ‘ren 25 miles northwest of Stanley, Cronquist 2842 (ISB).
ELMORE: 1 mile southwest of Lower mon Lake, Middle Fork,
Beles geri above Atlanta, H. § M 6 (W, WS). FREMONT:
Talus slope near base of ants side - Nie nt Je _— one
1854 (ISB). IpAHo: eb Devils Or ee Packard 458 (WS);
McGaffee’s Cow Camp, at head of Squaw Creek, en Devils
ger St. John & Mullen 8387 (WB) ; gonial “sheila g
Fenn (I). Kootenat: Sandberg (I); hills near Ramsey, Sister
ary Milburge 892 (WS); Rathdrum, Ash (I). SHOSHONE
si ,
CW:
Forest, Moore 392 (WS); pps slope of Grizzly Peak, n orth
of Coeur d’Alene River, Sharsmith 3595 (W, WS); ridge east of
Little Baldy Lookout, Witt 1021 (WS). iia: Rocky talus at
FERNS oF IDAHO 127
base of Thunderbolt Mountain, Sawtooth Mountains, Thompson
oe (W); Payette ee Davis 913 (ISB, WS).
BREWERI D. C. Eaton. BANNockK: Blackfoot Canyon,
buiiis 9995 (US) (7). oe LAKE: Bloomington Lake, Davis
1641 (ISB, WS). BuaAine: Smoky Mountains, Macbride g Payson
3758 (US) (7); high Ser near Stanley Lake, Thompson 14042
(W); Boulder Creek Canyon, Thompson 14063 (W, WS) ; head of
Boulder Creek, Sawtooth hes Pent Forest, Thonipsbis 14142 (W,
WS). Borse: Jackson ie 10 miles east of Lowman, H. § M
10019 (W, WS). Burrs ss Creek ——, River Abita
tains, about 10 miles worth pe Leslie, H. § M. 8855 (W, WS);
head of Mahogany Creek, 2 miles northwest of base oF Mount
WS). CAssI
Springs Summit, 8 miles northeast of Dickey, Cronquist 3190
(ISB) ; mountains at fein of Redfish Lake, Evermann 438 (US)
(7); Bonanza, Macbride g- Payson 3433 (US) (7); Bear Canyon,
Mackay, Nelson ¢- ws 1442 (G) (2). Enmore: Talus slope
above Trinity Lake, about 10 miles west of Featherville, H. g M
10378 (W, WS) ; Trinity Lake, Davis 2092 (ISB). LEMut: 1 shilo
southeast of eee Deer Mountain, 37 miles northwest of Challis,
. Ht. id M. 11354 (W).
PELLAEA hates Hook. Borsk (?): Boise National Forest,
sie between Salmon and Payette ihe: Grandjean 96 (US)
CHEILANTHES sILIQUOSA Maxon. Boise: Elk Lake, headwaters
of South Fork, Payette River, above Sac ot ring,
H. § M. 9795 (W, WS). Bonner: Priest Lake, Piper 6063 (WS) ;
Moun Hope, Dunkle 1388 ( ~~ Headwaters of Sheep
Creek, Seven Devils Moun ntains, y & Meyer 2079 (ISB, W,
Ow
8S); Seven Devils Lake, Christ gee (ISB). KoorEenar: Sand-
berg (WS) ; Rathdrum, Ash (I), Sister Mary Milburge 1051 (W) ;
Lone Mountain, Sister Mary Milburge 888 (W). SHOSHONE:
Along water trail from Little Baldy Lookout, Witt 1027 (W, WS).
CHEILANTHES FEEI Moore. CUSTER: About 10 miles ene
of Challis, along road to Mackay, H. & M. set (W, WS). edit
Daubenmire 37-25 (ISB). Lemar: About 4 miles south of Suan
S).
CHEILANTHES GRACILLIMA ea C. Eaton. BLAINE: Alpine Creek,
Deirchinast of Alturas Lake, H. g M. 10530 (W); west side o
Alturas Lake, Cronquist we (ISB). Bonner: Mount Hope,
Dunkle (I). Bounpary: Hughes Meadows, Warren 302 (WS).
128 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
BorsE: Mountain east of Elk Lake, headwaters of South Fork,
Pacts aii above Sacajawea Hot Spring, H. g M. 9812 (W.
WATER: Coldwater pera Station Gail § ee (1).
Baro: gael 4 miles north of Pine, summit of Dog Mountain,
Bef (W, WS). IpAnHo: Le north of Seven Devils
Mountains, Monro 75 (WS) ; Dry Diggins, Seven Devils Mountains,
St. John § Mullen 8462 (WS); Indian Valley, Davis 3456 (ISB).
KooTeNAl: Spirit Lake, St. John 9360 (WS). LaTAH: Summit of
Cedar Mountain, Beattie 4319 (WS); Thatuma Hills, Beattie
8); Cedar Mou
2907 (W Ce mena Humphrey (WS); Moscow Moun-
~ tain, Gail (I). SHOSHONE: Southwest slope of Grizzly Peak, north
of Coeur d’Alene fives, panes 3597 (W, : Gibbean, Point
Lookout, oni 483 (WS); Little Baldy Lookout, Witt, 1028
WS). VaLiEy: Gold Fork Lookout, Sawtooth Mountains, Thomp-
son 13796 nat ; east face of Mount Brundage, Davis 2922 (IS Be
WASHINGTON: Rush Creek, Jones (W).
, MARSILEA ee, Hook. & Grev. NeEz PERCE: Shallow river
argin, Lim int, St. Jake 4371 (WS); wet sand on island in
Pes Se opposite Lewiston, St. John 6790 (WS)
AZOLLA CAROLINIANA Willd. Davis (ISB). Definitely recorded
for the southern se of the state.
UISETUM ARVENSE L. BANNOCK: Davis te 1968 (ISB).
BONNER: Mouth of aa ’s Fork River, Dunkle 172 (I); Granite
— Dunkle (I). Botse: Dry Buck, enact 1695 (WS).
: Cronquist 2029 (ISB). Custer: _ 1223 (ISB).
sana: Lochsa River, pst 1787 (W). Lemut: Meyer’s Cave,
Davis 1393 (ISB , W, WS); 8 Mile Creek, cack 12 miles south-
west of Leadore, H. § M. 9244 (W). Vawter: Tucker 1096
(ISB).
EQUISETUM FLUVIATILE L. Nez Perce: Spalding, Rust (ISB).
Var. LIMOSUM ol bene de BENEWAH: Lake Chatcolet, St
John 9060 (WS). NER: Priest Lake, Piper 3760 (WS);
mouth of Clark’s Phi pan Piper (1). Bounpary: Pack River,
Dunkle (1)
EQUISETUM KANSANUM Schaffner. BLAINE: Cronquist 3453
ISB). Goopine: Davis 1947 (ISB). LaTaH: Moscow, Aldrich
(I). Nez PERcE: Lewiston, Beattie 2302 (WS).
EQUISETUM HYEMALE var. CALIFORNICUM Milde. BoNnNER: Greet
Monarch Mountain, Dunkle 1428 (1).
EQUISETUM LaEvIGATUM A. Br. BorsE: 20 miles south of Boise
City, H. § M. 9946-(W); 3 miles south of Boise City, H. & ¥-
9956 (W). Bonner: Lightning Creek, near Hope, Rust (ISB).
FeEerNs oF IDAHO 5 129
IpAHo: Davis 931, 3199 a South Fork, Salmon ME zane
2611 (ISB, WS). NeEz : Spalding, ‘St. n et 9536
(WS) ; Lake Winchester, AC 4966 (W); Lapwai, HOEY ety
EQUISETUM PALUSTRE yar. AMERICANUM Victorin. BOUNDARY:
Pack River, Dunkle 1400 (1).
EQUISETUM PRATENSE Ehrh. CUSTER: 7500 feet, Cronquist 2961
ISB)
EQUISETUM PREALTUM Raf. ADAMS: Davis 2445 (ISB). BAn-
NocK: Davis 1999 (ISB). BoNNER: Davis 3829 (ISB). IpaHo:
Davis 3721 (ISB).
EQUISETUM SYLVA BENEWAH: Alder Creek, Jones 504,
696 (WS). Bonner: ape 12985, (ISB). CLEARWATER: Davis
(ISB).
EQUISETUM TELMATEIA Ehrh. IDAHO: Davis 3506 (ISB).
LYCOPODIUM ANNOTINUM L. BONNER: Priest Lake, Piper 3755
(WS), Thompson 595 (W); Hughes Fork Trail, Sipe (W)
BENEWAH: Alder Creek, Jones 723 ARWATER: Lol
ek, near Pierce, Rust (ISB). IpAHO: Powell Ranger Station,
Cre
Davis 3605 (ISB). Kootenar: Elmer 368 (WS
Lycopopium cLAvaTuM L. BONNER: cp Lake, Piper 3751
(W); Hughes Fork Trail, Thompson ne 6549 (W); trail near
Upper Priest Lake, Sipe (W). IpAHO: Lochsa River, Rose 497
(WS) ; Lochsa Valley, Barkley 1756 Ce Moose Creek, Shattuck
§ Fenn (1),
Lycopopium coMPLANATUM L. BONNER: Trail near Upper
Priest Lake, Thompson 1196 (W); Priest Lake, Piper 3783 (WS).
Bounpary: Lime Creek, Warren 362 (WS). KooTENAI: Sandberg
(WS); Rust (ISB).
ar. ELONGATUM Victorin. BONNER: Hughes Fork Trail, “Thomp-
son 5376 (W),
Lycoropium inuNDATUM L. BONNER: Priest Lake, Piper 3718
(WS) ; Sandpoint, Piper (WS
Lycoroprum opscuRUM var. DENDROIDEUM (Michx.) D. C. Eaton.
NNER: Hughes Fork Trail, sit pa 5483 (W)-
Lycopoprum SELAGo L. BONNER: Oxyer Mine, Dunkle 1341 (I).
Bounpary: Nea ar Lime Creek, Abate 361 (WS).
Var, sedate (Beauv.) Desy. BoNNER: Hughes Fork Trail, mer
(W, 6042),
Lycoroptum sITcHENSE Rupr. eee for Idaho in Broun’s In-
dex to North American Ferns (p. 113).
SELAGINELLA DoucLAsu (Hook. & ee Spring. IDAHO: South
130 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
ork, Clearwater River, Davis 3401 (ISB); slopes ig Selway
Ae Selway River, Aase 1774 (ISB); Middle Fork, Clearwater
River, at Three Devils Creek, 4 miles below Lowell, Constance et al.
0 (WS)
SELAGINELLA SELAGINOIDES (L.) Link. CUSTER: Moist meadows
adjacent to west end of Stanley Lake, Worley ¢ Mann 36-156 .
(11
SELAGINELLA SCOPULORUM ts axon. BLAINE: Devil’s Bedstead,
8000 feet, Thompson 13565 (W). Borsk: Headwaters of South
- Fork, Payette River, above ssp igs a Hot Spring, H. & M. 98138
(W). CusTeR: Vicinity of Stanley Lake, north face of peak to
west of Lake Creek, H. M. ab. lates base of Mount Mogg,
Lemhi Range, H. §& M. 11269 (W.) LEMHI: Talus slope near
head of Po agro, Creek, about 12 miles southwest of Leadore,
H. §& M. 9252 (W). (
SELAGINELLA WALLACEI Hieron. Boise: South Fork, Payette
BONNER ountain, Dunkle 1393 (1);
Priest River Experiment Station, Nokag € (W); Priest Lake,
Sak Ste Lie HO: 15 miles south of Riggins, on Little Salmon
River, H. . 8499 (W); South Fork, Clearwater River, Davis
sage "ets ag ere along Snake River, Davis 37-22 (ISB). Koo-
TENAI: Post Falls, St. John et al. 4299 (WS). Lavan: Slopes
along Potlatch River, 6 miles above tents Rogers 763 (W);
oscow Mountain, Pickett 204 (W, WS); northeast ridge, Cedar
untain, Beattie 4310 (W). LEMHI: About 15 miles south of
ehhianian: along Salmon River, H. § M. 9048 (W)
SELAGINELLA WATSONI Underw. Cassia: Mount Harrison, avts
1375 (ISB). CusTeR: Mount Heyburn, toward creek into Red
fish Lake, Worley & Mann 36-272 (11).
IsoiTES ENG Pa Engelm. Bonner: Priest Lake, Piper 6068
(WS). Ipano: Head of Bear Creek, Bitterroot Wareet Reserve;
Leiberg 39 (M) ®, 2939 (US).
Isoites HowELui Engelm. 'BENEWAH: Forks of St. Mary’s
at Leiber oe (US) ee eee North end of Lake
d’Oreille, at Ellisport, Leiberg 663 (WS); Lake Pend
fotah Laiberg 1663 (US) (8), Rpling 10056, 10344 (US) (8);
lake shore, Sandpoint, Umbach (US) (8). Custer: Alpine Lake,
at base at Mount Heyburn, Sawtooth Sate 8000 feet, Thompson
3993 (W). LataH: Paradise Creek, Moscow, Henderson 2894 (M,
NY, US) (8); Warren Meadows, Henderson 2978 (M) ; pools neat
Moscow, Henderson (G, WS) (8). Koorenal: Lake Coeur
Ferns oF IDAHO ' 131
d’Alene, Leiberg 656 (WS), 1656 (US, W). Nez Perce: Heller
3482 (M, US) (8). SHosHONE: St. Mary’s Meadow, Leiberg 149
(WS).
ISOETES MURICATA var. HESPERIA Reed (JI. Braunii auth.).
Custer: Submerged in small ame at base of Mount Heyburn.
Thompson 13657 (W, WS). Evmore: Upper Trinity ie shout
10 miles west of Featherville, eke feet pee AL OSS CW):
Ipano: Head of Bear Creek, Bitterroot Pareet Pele pei
8).
Isoftes Nurrauui A. Br. pag for Idaho in Broun’s Index
to North American Ferns tp. ck
IsoéTES MELANOPODA Gay & Dur. Cited for Idaho in Broun’s
See to North American Ferns (p. 102
IsoEres PAUPERCULA (Engelm.) A. A. Eaton. BONNER: Priest
Lake, ygat 3689, 3748, 6067 (WS); Lake Coeur d’Alene, Hen-
derson 2979 (M), 4786 (G) (8).
BIBLIOGRAPHY
1. Broun, Maurice. Index to North American Ferns. 1938.
2. Burrers, F. K. Pellaea atropurpurea (L.) k and ils
Sang Mett. ex Kuhn. Amer. Fern Pemect i f
1917.
3. CLAUSEN, R. T. A Monograph of the Ophioglossaceae. Mem.
Torr. Bot. Club 19: 1-177. 1938
4. CouLrTER, M. anp A, Netson. New Manual of Rocky
Mountain Botany. 1909.
5. Ewan, J. Annotations on West American Ferns—II. Amer.
Fern ari 32: 90-104. 1942.
6. Flowers, 8, Pteridophytes in Davis, R. J., Contributions to-
sddiryy a Flora of Idaho. Leaflet No, 97. 1949. (mimeo-
graphed).
Maxon, W. R. Further Notes on Pellaea. Amer. Fern
Journ. 8: 89-94.
8. PrEIFFER, N. E. Monograph of the Isoétaceae. Ann. Mo.
Bot. Gard. 9: 79-232.
9. RExp, Some N ceeds Changes in the Genus Iso-
étes. Amer. Fern Journ. 35: 77-86. 1945.
10. Sr. Joun, H. Notes on Northwestern Ferns. Amer. Fern
Journ, 19: 11-16 29,
ll. Wortey, ¢, and Mann, L. K. Notes on Idaho Ferns.
Amer, Fern eek, 27: or 1937.
Universiry or UTAH.
132 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
Notes on Micronesian Pteridophyta
F. R. Fossera
Critical study of an accumulation of specimens from
Micronesia, largely collected by the U. S. Commercial
Company Economic Survey, in 1946, has yielded some
new records and observations on the identity and limits
of some of the species, as well as a new species of Glei-
chenia (s.l.) These, insofar as they concern the pteri-
dophyte families other than Polypodiaceae (sensu lato,
incl. Cyatheaceae), are reported here. The excessive
splitting of genera by Ching, Copeland, Reed, and others
has, in general, not been followed in identifying these
specimens. I have not yet been convinced that most of
the broad genera used here are not phylogenetic entities.
It seems that, so long as each entity is believed to be
monophyletic, the concept of the genus may legitimately
be made to emphasize similarities rather than to bring
out differences. I ean see little to be gained by systema-
tically raising genera to the category of family.
By courtesy of authorities of the Arnold Arboretum, I
have been so fortunate as to be able to study quite a num-
ber of the specimens cited by Hosokawa in his several
papers. I also have had the enormous collections in the
U. 8. National Herbarium, with some other Micronesiat
sheets, including some of those collected by Kanehira,
available for comparison. It is entirely probable that
never before have so many Micronesian Pteridophyta
been assembled for study. Herbarium abbreviations aré
as follows: (US) U. S. National Herbarium; (A) Arn old
Arboretum; (Hon) Bernice P. Bishop Museum, Hono-
lulu; (Fo), specimens in my own possession, not yet: de-
posited in any institution.
MICRONESIAN PTERIDOPHYTA 133
MARATTIACEAE
ANGIopTerIs EVECTA (Forst.) Hoffm.
Angiopteris angustifolia Presl.
Angiopteris Beecheyana de Vriese
Angiopteris Durvilleana de Vriese
Angiopteris palauensis Hieron.
Angiopteris palmiformis C. Chr. (at least as to Micro-
nesian records. )
All of the above names have been applied to material
from Micronesia, but there is probably only one species
present. It is variable, but no more so than in other
regions. Specimens may be found to fit most of the
descriptions represented by the above names, but such
characters as the number of sporangia in a sorus vary
from plant to plant, and the variations are by no means
characteristic of distinct populations. Leaf thickness
varies according to habitat. Sterile material of this may
be distinguished from that of Marattia fraxinea in a dry
State by the presence of a double rather than a single
ridge on the ventral (top) surface of the rachis of the
pinna between the bases of the pinnules. This useful
character was detected by Mr. C. V. Morton. The spe-
cies is known from Alamagan, Sarigan, Anatahan, and
Guam in the Marianas, and from Palau, Yap, Ponape,
and Kusaie in the Carolines.
MaRaTria PRAXINEA J. E. Smith.
Gymnotheca Mertensiana Presl.
Marattia Mertensiana C. Chr.
Marattia sambucina Blume
There seems to be only one species of Marattia in
Micronesia. Whether it should be called M. Mer tensiana
or referred to the widespread M. fraxinea is uncertain.
The characters of the blades are well within the limits of
variation of the latter. Stipes and stipules are lacking
134 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL r
from most available specimens from most of the range,
so it is hard to tell if they have, in all the range, the
abundant scales of M. Mertensiana. For the present
nothing seems to be gained by separating the two. This
Species is known mostly, in Micronesia, from Ponape and
Kusaie. One collection, Hosokawa 9760 (A), from ‘‘Sin-
Gasupan’”’ [Ngatpang?], Palau, represents an unusually
small plant. Further material is needed from Palau to
settle the status of this form.
OPHIOGLOSSACEAE
OPHIOGLOSSUM PENDULUM IL,
Palau Islands, Angaur, rare on tree trunks, alt. 4 m.,
Fosberg 25963 (US, Hon, Fo). Apparently not prevl-
ously known from Angaur.
HYMENOPHYLLACEAE
While recognizing that most of the numerous genera
maintained by Copeland in this family represent natural
groups of species, and that some of them, especially
Mecodium, are intermediate between Trichomanes and
'Hymenophyllum in the widely accepted sense, I can see
little to be gained by this undue multiplication of genera.
It is usually not at all difficult to place species in one or
the other of the old genera, and, in the main, the two
seem to be phylogenetically coherent. As long as it is
not shown that the large genera are polyphyletic, I see
no convincing reason for breaking them up. If there
were profound morphologic gaps in them there would
be good cause for segregation. There seems to be no valid
objection to so-called ‘‘cumbersome’’ genera. Person-
ally, I find large genera with recognizable morphological
characters much easier to handle than are swarms of tiny
ill-defined ones.
MICRONESIAN PTERIDOPHYTA 135
The Micronesian species are few enough so that they
are fairly easily identified. A few range extensions, some
notes on the status of certain entities, and a new name
for one species are here placed on record.
HYMENOPHYLLUM alternatum Fosberg, nom.
Trichomanes dichotomum Kunze, Bot. Zeit. * 285.
i dichomines dichotomum (Kunze) Copel.
Not H. dichotomum Nees & Blume (1823), nor Cav.
1802)
There seems little doubt that Microtrichomanes belongs
with Hymenophyllum rather than Trichomanes.* In
Micronesia it is known only from Ponape.
HYMENOPHYLLUM HOLOCHILUM (v.d. Bosch) C. Chr.
Caroline Islands: Kusaie, Mt. Matanta, on tree trunk,
dense primary forest, Fosberg 26605 (US, Hon, Fo) ;
same loe., open ridge-top, Fosberg 26638a (US). Pre
viously known in Micronesia only from Ponape.
HYMENOPHYLLUM POLYANTHOS (Swartz) Swartz.
Caroline Islands: Kusaie, summit ridge of Mount
Matanta, abundant on vertical rock-face on open ridge-
top, 550-600 m., Fosberg 26633 (US, Hon, Fo). Previ-
ously known in Micronesia from Palau and Ponape.
This Kusaie collection has unusually narrow fronds.
HyMenopuytium Retnwarptt v.d. Bosch
Mecodium Reinwardtii (v.d. Bosch) Copel.
Known in Micronesia only from Hosokawa’s report
from Palau.
TRICHOMANES BECCARIANUM Cesati
Caroline Islands: Palau, Babeldaob, ‘‘Gaspan”’ [ Ngat-
pang?], Hosokawa 9666 (A). I can not find that this
has been previously reported from Micronesia.
e. 1 See Popeland’s meng Phil. Journ, Sci. 51: 153-4. 1933;
12. 1937; 67: 35-36. 1938.
136 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
TRICHOMANES BIMARGINATUM v.d. Bos
Caroline Islands: Palau, Baheldanb, iced | Ngat-
. pang?|, Hosokawa 9667 (A). Hosokawa, himself, re-
duced his Crepidomanes pseudo-nymani to synonymy
under Microgonium craspedoneurum (Trichomanes ¢.),
where the type and other Ponape specimens properly be-
long. The Palau specimen cited, however, at least the
Arnold Arboretum sheet of it, is 7. bimarginatum.
TRICHOMANES BIPUNCTATUM Poi
Caroline Islands: Palau, Babeldaob, ‘*Gaspan’’ [Ngat-
pang?], Hosokawa 9644 (A). Known previously in Mi-
eronesia from Ponape.
TRICHOMANES BREVIPES Baker
Caroline Islands: Truk, ‘‘Suiyo-to,’? Hosokawa 8318
(A). Previously known in Micronesia from Guam.
Whether this is really distinct from T. bilabiatwm Nees &
_ Blume is not very clear from Copeland’s treatment.”
TRICHOMANES CRASPEDONEURUM Copel.
Caroline Islands: Truk, Tol, ‘‘Uriribot,’’ Hosokawa
8267 (A), 8291 (A) ; ‘‘Wara, Mt. Tukuman,’’ Hosokawa_
8462 (A). Previously known in Micronesia from Ponape.
TRICHOMANES GRANDE Copel.
Caroline Islands: Kusaie, Mt. Fenkol, 1000 ft.,
Hosokawa 6382 (A) ; “‘Utuwa-kyahon,’’ Hosokawa 9375
(A). Not previously reported from Micronesia, though
No. 6382 was reported by Hosokawa*® as 7. maximum
Blume.
TRICHOMANES JAVANICUM var. a goa: (Kunze) Fos-
berg, comb. nov.
Trichomanes Boryanum Kunze, Fame: 237, pl. 97.
1847.
Trichomanes alatum Bory in Bot. Duperr. Voy. 282, t.
38, f. 2. 1826, non Swartz eee
2 Phil. Journ. Sei. 51: 174-184.
3 Trans. Nat. Hist. Soe. ia on 48. 1936.
MICRONESIAN PTERIDOPHYTA 137
Kunze’s 7. Boryanum, based on T. alatum Bory, differs
from 7. javanicum Blume in the flaring mouth of the
involucre and in being slightly less variable in other
characters. Specimens from Guam, according to Cope-
land* and Wagner & Grether® vary toward T. atrovirens,
of the Philippines, in the not greatly dilated mouth of
the involucre. However, several specimens that seem
otherwise to be 7’. javanicum have somewhat flaring in-
volueres. Such are Ramos 1268 and Boden-Kloss 19170
from Borneo, and H. M. Smith 206, 611, 601 (all US)
from Siam. Only the Boden-Kloss collection could be
T. atrovirens in Copeland’s sense. These specimens prob-
ably do not represent the same variant as 7. Boryanum,
but they certainly simulate it. To recognize the slight
differences that actually exist and at the same time not
to overemphasize them, it would seem a better disposi-
tion to regard at least what have been called 7. Boryanum
and T. atrovirens as geographical varieties of T. javani-
cum. Even as such they are rather weak. This seems
searcely the place to make the combination for the Philip-
pine variety, so only the Micronesian one is considered
here. The type locality of Bory’s 7. alatum is Ualan
(Kusaie). The range of the variety, as known at present,
is Guam, Kusaie, Ponape and Palau. The latter record
is based on Hosokawa 9253 (A), from Mount Elsum,
Palau.
TRICHOMANES MINUTUM Blume
Caroline Islands: Nukuoro Atoll, Nukuoro Islet, rare
on tree-trunks, Fosberg 26219 (US, Hon, Fo). This has
not been known previously from any atoll in Micronesia,
though reported from Guam by Wagner and Grether as
Gonocormus minutus and from Palau, Ponape, Truk, and
Kusaie by oe as T. parvulum.
* op. cit.,
*B. P. Bishop Mus. Oce. Pap. 19: 38. 1948.
138 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
TRICHOMANES RIGIDUM Swartz
Copeland’ says ‘‘after examining very many specimens
of most of the species in great detail, I am satisfied that
no other sharp line can be found separating T. rigidum,
T. mandioccanum, T. cupressoides, T. obscurum, T. den-
tatum, and T. elongatum, save those that can be drawn on
amap.’’ Then he went ahead and maintained them as
separate species. This would not be objectionable if
the resulting species were distinct enough except for
fuzziness around the lines drawn on the map. However,
after examining the extensive collection in the U. S.
National Herbarium, including much material annotated
by Copeland, I can see nothing but a great mass of vary-
ing individuals. The Old World specimens generally
have stipes more congested on the rhizome than Jamaican
ones do, but the two populations overlap one hundred
percent in this character, as well as in all others that I
have studied. Since there seems to be no tangible geo
graphic separation of the variations in the group I see
no reason for keeping them separate. In Micronesia
T. rigidum is known from Palau, Yap, and Ponape.
GLEICHENIACEAE
Several authors of treatises on ferns, such as Presl,
Maxon, Ching, Copeland, Christensen, Chrysler, and
others have divided the genus Gleichenia, following, in
general, recently, the arrangement of sections and sub-
genera by Hooker and Baker and by Diels. So far as I
know, no one has suggested that these groups have a dif-
ferent ancestry, but merely that they can be separated
by means of key characters. Chrysler’ has pointed out
some real but mostly rather inconstant anatomical dif-
ferences. One can agree with Copeland that ‘‘a genus
is a convenient group of related species.’’ There has
6 op. cit., 232.
MIcRONESIAN PTERIDOPHYTA 139
been no suggestion that the species of Gleichenia‘are not
related. It remains to be shown that the group in its
broad sense is not convenient.
In Micronesia, heretofore, two species have been re-
ported, one of which is the widespread G. linearis; the
other, G. ferruginea, is here considered a variety of G.
linearis. In addition to those, I found on Kusaie a
highly different-looking daa which seems desery-
ing of specific ran
GLEICHENIA LINEARIS (Burm. f.) Clarke
Marianas Islands: Rota, highest hill on island, near
Sabana, common on banks of old excavation in weathered
voleanic material, 480 m. alt., Fosberg 25032 (US, Hon,
0)
This species is already known from almost all of the
other high islands in Micronesia, except Tinian and most
of the voleanic northern Marianas. According to Dr.
Josiah Bridge, this species and its variety (below) are
frequently associated with bauxite deposits in Micronesia.
All of the specimens that I have seen from Palau have
been of the following variety.
GLEICHENIA LINEARIS var. FERRUGINEA (Blume) v. Ald. v.
Rosenb. Mal. Ferns 59. 1908.8
Gleichenia ferruginea Blume, Enum 249, 1828.
Dicranopteris ferruginea (Blume) Hosokawa, Trans.
Nat. Hist. Soe. Formosa 25: 435. 1935.
This resembles the Hawaiian plant usually called
Gleichenia emarginata Brack. (which certainly 1 is not
more than a variety of G. linearis in my sense) in the
rusty tomentose under sides of the fronds, but the Palau
Plant differs in its long-caudate blades (pinnae), in the
Amer, Journ. Bot. 31; 483-491. 1944.
Pag may consider a combination to have been made by
etistensen, Ind. Fil. 321, 1905, where he says ‘¢Gleichenia ferru-
ginea Bl. Enum. 249, 1828 = G. linearis var.’
140 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
less venulose upper surface of the pinnules, and in the
less generally and less prominently emarginate tips to
the pinnules. There seems to be a tendency in many
places for G. linearis to show more or less rusty-tomentose
forms. It seems probable that strongly tomentose popu-
lations. have arisen independently in several regions.
Caroline Islands: Palau, Babeldaob, Garamiscan
Colony, very abundant on red clay soil, dominant in
eroded and disturbed areas, 75 m. alt., Fosberg 25692
(US, Hon, Fo) ; Koror, north section, in open places in
forest, 50 ft. alt., Hosaka 3333 (US, Hon, Fo). Previ-
ously reported from Babeldaob by Hosokawa, not as yet
known in other parts of Micronesia. :
GLEICHENIA Weatherbyi Fosberg, sp. nov. f
Planta robusta, rhizomate 5-6 mm. crasso dense lanato,
stipitibus 30-40 em. distantibus ad 1 m. longis ad apicem
furecatis, segmentis penultimis 4—5 mm. crassis, lamina
40-50 em. longa, chartacea, segmentis ad 9 em. longis, 6-7
mm. latis. zs
Extremely robust plants forming dense tangled masses
of fronds; rhizome sub-superficial, sparsely clothed with
roots, extensively creeping, about 5-6 mm. thick, with a
thin sclerified cortex and a wide soft pithlike stele which
readily disappears, leaving the rhizome hollow in its
older parts, densely clothed with a loose golden-chestnut-
brown wool, the hairs 5-7 mm. long; fronds 30-40 em.
apart, several meters long; stipes 1 cm. thick, densely
ferruginous-woolly, fistulose when young, up to 1 meter
long or more to first forking, forked 3 or more times, be-
coming somewhat glabrate above, bearing at each forking
2 or even 3 pairs of stipular pinnae, one of these small,
erect, surrounding the brown-woolly terminal bud, pal-
mately veined and lobed, the lobes pinnately and irregt-
larly lobed, the other two pairs somewhat reflexed from
lower sides of the forks, straight, pectinate, the larget
MICRONESIAN PTERIDOPHYTA 141
pair as much as 35 em. long and 12 em. wide, subequally
pectinate on both sides, becoming smaller and more ir-
regularly or unequally pectinate on successive forkings,
the smaller pair only occasionally present on lower fork-
ings, borne on inner sides of bases of the larger pair,
often unequally developed; penultimate segments of
rhachis 4-5 mm. thick in greatest diameter, somewhat
compressed ; ultimate pinnae with pectinate lamina up to
40-50 em. long, the pinnules chartaceous, up to 9 cm.
long, 6-7 mm. wide well above base, narrowed in distal
half to a blunt or emarginate point, expanded and con-
fluent at base for 1-2 mm., the sinuses rounded to
pointed, calloused, the margins somewhat revolute, the
veins forked once at base, the distal branch forked again
Shortly above base, the proximal branch of this forking
forked again half-way to its extremity ; sori on veins 3 to
2 way to the margin, comprising 7 to 15 sporangia; hairs
of stipe and part of those sparsely scattered on under
_ Side of blade stellate, bur-like under high magnification,
their branches irregular in length, multicellular, terete,
glistening red-brown, the others on pinnules of blade
transparent, simple or branched; hairs of rhizome and
basal part of stipe simple or rarely branched, glistening,
multicellular, the cells tending to collapse decussately ;
hairs of roots unicellular, stiff, glistening.
Caroline Islands: Kusaie, south slope of Mount
Tafayet, easternmost high peak in range culminating in
ount Crozer, south of Lela Harbor, 500 m. alt., Aug.
oe 1946, F. R. Fosberg 26672 (type in US, isotypes Hon,
0),
This plant was observed in a large colony on a steep
slope and was strikingly different from @. linearis as ob-
Served growing on the same island. It would undoubt-
edly be called a Dicranopteris by those who split Glei-
chenia. Its closest relative is probably G. linearis, which
142 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
it resembles, but is several times larger in all parts. The
soft, pith-like stele in the rhizome is much thicker in pro-
portion to the sclerified cortex than in G. linearis. In
its size it resembles another relative of G. linearis, G.
splendens of Indo-China and Yunnan, but in the latter
the pinnules are broader, thinner, differently shaped, fur-
ther apart, and very glaucous. The two are probably
parallel offshoots, possibly polyploids, of the widespread
G. linearis. The species is dedicated to the memory of
Charles A. Weatherby who was, at the same time, one of
the most level-headed and careful scholars and one of the
most charming and distinguished personalities in Ameri-
can botany. \
SCHIZAEACEAE
LiyGopIuM CIRCINNATUM (Burm. f.) Swartz
Caroline Islands: Palau: Group, Angaur, in brushy
secondary vegetation on elevated limestone, 25 m. alt.,
Fosberg 25901 (US, Hon, Fo) ; Arakabesan Island, west
side, in secondary woods, 1-20 m. alt., Fosberg 25632
(US, Hon, Fo). These are apparently the first records
from these islands of the Palau Group, though Hosokawa
recorded it on Koror and Babeldaob. It is also known
from Yap and Truk.
LyGopIUM CIRCINNATUM var. semihastatum (Cav.) Fos-
berg, comb. nov.
Ugena semihastatum Cav. Ie. 6: 74, t. 594, £1 1801.
-Lygodium semihastatum (Cay.) Desv. Prodr. 203.
1827
Comparison of a considerable number of sheets of this
Guam plant with a large series of L. circinnatum from
over its extensive range shows that all of the obvious
characters of the former are well within the range of
variation of L. circinnatum, excepting the strong tet
dency toward an obliquely lobed or ‘‘semihastate’’ base
MICRONESIAN PTERIDOPHYTA 143
to the fertile and, at times, the sterile segments. The
only tendency toward a lobed base observed on material
from outside Guam was a slight one on a few specimens
from Borneo and China. Some of the latter have been
referred by Ching to L. digitatum Presl. Sterile pinnae
have not often been collected on Guam specimens, and
those present are cut more deeply than in many sheets
from elsewhere, but this is by no means rare in the rest
of the range of the species. Since the variation is only
in one character, and that not a seemingly fundamental
one, and since Guam is on the periphery of the range of
L. circinnatum, where somewhat distinctive populations
may be expected, it would seem best not to overemphasize
this difference by according the Guam population specific
rank. Therefore I am regarding it as a geographical
variety. ,
Scuizaka picooroma (L.) J. E. Smith
At first sight the plant referred by Hosokawa’ to 8.
Biroi Richter appears to be a satisfactorily distinct spe-
cies, characterized by its few (not over four) ramifica-
tions, open branching habit, short terminal segments, few
fertile pinnae, and absence of sterile fronds. Plants of
this nature are found in Guam, Ponape, and (according
to Hosokawa) Kusaie, while the ordinary form is found
on Palau and Yap. I have not seen authentic material, or
even the description, of S. Biroi, so do not know if this
material is properly associated with it. Examination of
the extensive material of 8. dichotoma in the U. 8. Na-
tional Herbarium, however, shows that specimens more
or less similar to this are found through much of the
range of §. dichotoma. Such specimens come from
Tahiti, Fiji, Java, the Philippines, Australia, etc. Inter-
Mediate plants are available from Tahiti, Samoa, Su-
eee
® Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Formosa 31: 468. 1941.
144 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
matra, ete. Viewed broadly, the specific distinctness of
this plant becomes doubtful, and it seems likely that at
least some of the specimens are merely depauperate
forms from unfavorable habitats. However, the Micro-
nesian occurrence, at least, suggests genetic distinctness.
The strikingly distinct appearance of the specimens, with
no intergrades, and the distinct geographic range would
leave one no choice but to call it a distinct species, if the
remainder of its range were not studied. My present in-
clination is to regard the Micronesian plants as a ge0-
graphical variety. None of the names applied to such
forms—S. Forsteri Spreng., S. cristata Willd., S. Biro
Richt., or S. kikuzatonis Ogata—are. based on Micro-
nesian material. Since it is permissable to ignore earlier
names in other ranks, and since it is likely that the plants
from other regions are not really connected with this
variety, I take pleasure in naming it for the present day
authority on this genus, Dr. Olaf Selling, of Stockholm.
ScCHIZAEA DICHOTOMA var. dichotoma (L.) Fosberg, nom.
nov.
Acrostichum dichotomum L. Sp. Pl. 1068. 1753.
This is the typical, ample form with long segments and
five to nine ramifications and a close branching habit.
In Micronesia it is found on Palau and Yap.
SCHIZAEA DICHOTOMA var. Sellingi Fosberg, var. nov.
Folia 3-4 furecata, laxa, segmentis brevibus, pinnis fer-
tilibus paucis.
Caroline Islands: Ponape, Mount Tolun Nanket, above
Nanipil, 600 meters alt., under trees on wet, mossy ridge-
top, Fosberg 26422 (type, US; Hon, Fo); ‘Mt. Ringel
humoto Gensei rin, 100 m.,’’ Hosokawa 9558 (A) (same
number published with locality Reitau River, near Mata-
lanim by Hosokawa in 1941). Also reported from Kusai¢
MICRONESIAN PTERIDOPHYTA 145
by Hosokawa, but I have not seen any Kusaie material.
Marianas Islands: Guam, 4 mile s.w. of Mount Santa
Rosa, on ground in moist, dense woods, Moore 375 (US) ;
Ylig Valley, on rotten log in dense shade, 200 ft., Steere
51 (US); headwaters of Ylig River, on rotten log in
shady place, Rodin 621 (US).
SCHIZAEA PONAPENSIg Hosokawa, Trans. Nat. Hist. Soe.
Formosa 81: 39. :
S. inopinata Selling, Svensk Bot. Tidskr. 40: 274-278.
1946.
This species may no longer be considered a Micro-
nesian endemic, since it appears in all characters to be
identical with Selling’s species, which has a much wider
range, extending from Malaya and the Philippines. It
superficially resembles 8. digitata, which also occurs in
Palau, but differs in the two (instead of four) rows of
much larger sporangia in each fertile segment.
LYCOPODIACEAE
Lycopoprum cernuum L.
Caroline Islands: Palau, Arakabesan, w. side, on steep
slope, on soil derived from volcanic breccia, 1-20 m. alt.,
Posberg 25638 (US, Hon, Fo). With this record this
Species is known from most of the high islands of Micro-
nesia, excepting the northern Marianas other than Ala-
magan.
Lycoroprum puynuantuum H. & A.
Caroline Islands: Ponape, Tolun Nanket, Not Distr.,
epiphytic on tree-trunk in wet mossy ridge-top forest,
600 m. alt., Fosberg 26415 (US) ; ‘Coloma [Colonia ?]—
Palkier kan Nanponmaru sisakuti hukin,’” Hosokawa
9597 (A). This species is principally found in Hawaii,
though specimens are known from the southwestern Pa-
146 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
cific. It is a coarser plant with notably thicker spikes
than L. Phlegmaria, with which it grows on Ponape.
LYCoPopDIUM SQUARROSUM Forst.
Lycopodium Hippuris Desv.
Lycopodium ulicifolium Vent.
Urostachys cunninghamioides (Hayata) Herter ex
Nessel
Nessel®® recognizes about fifteen species and a nunniae
of varieties and forms in his ‘‘ Untergruppe Squarrosa”’
of Urostachys. After examining the material in the U.S.
National Herbarium I fail to find much basis for such a
classification. Capt. van Alderwerelt van Rosenburgh,”
likewise, proposes a classification on the basis of the de-
gree of contraction of the fertile spike, which places L.
diel L. ulicifolium, and L. Hippuris in three
‘‘oroups’’ arranged in two subsections. This seems UD
natural, and seems not to have any geographical signifi-
eance. L. squarrosum is undeniably variable, certain
specimens having somewhat longer leaves, and others,
especially Philippine ones, having finer leaves, but the
impression I have is of a somewhat variable single species.
One would, of course, expect variability in a species rang
ing from Africa to Tahiti and Kusaie. The variations
are not much restricted geographically. I am, therefore,
treating this complex, of which four ‘‘species’’ have
been reported from Micronesia, as Lycopodium squa™
rosum Forst. sens. lat.
Caroline Islands: Kusaie, slopes of Mount Tafayet, 0”
mossy ‘tree trunks in thick wet forest, Fosberg 26670
(US, Hon). Previously recorded in. Micronesia from
Palau and Ponape.
10In Die Birlappgewiichse ao 1939.
11 ‘Mal. Fern Allies 27-46.
MICRONESIAN PTERIDOPHYTA 147
PSILOTACEAE
PsILOTUM COMPLANATUM Swartz
Caroline Islands: Ponape, Mount Tamatamansakir,
epiphytic in primary forest, 150-250 m. alt., Fosberg
26300 (US, Hon, Fo); Nukuoro Atoll, Shenukdai Islet,
rare on dead log in shade (mixed with P. nudum),
Hosaka 3481a (US). Previously known in Micronesia
from Alamagan, Palau and Kusaie.
PstLorum Nupum (L.) Griseb.
Caroline Islands: Truk, Pis Islet, rare at bases of coco-
nut trees in edge of forest on flat coral debris, 1-2 m.,
Fosberg 24677 (US, Hon, Fo); Nukuoro Atoll, She-
nukdai Islet, on dead log in shade, 5 ft. alt., Hosaka 3481
(US). Previously known in Micronesia from Guam,
Rota, Truk (Fefan), Yap, and Palau. Dr. Alan Burges
of the University of Sydney, Australia, informs me (in
litt.) that he collected it in 1934 on Nauru. It is likely
that it will eventually be found on most of the other
islands excepting possibly some of the drier atolls of the
Marshalls and Gilberts.
Paciric VEGETATION Progect, CATHOLIC UNIVERSITY OF
' AMERICA, Washington, D. C.
148 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
State and Local Fern Floras of the United States.
Supplement I
S. F. Buaxe
In 1941 the writer published in this journal’ a list of
state and local fern floras of the United. States, geo-
graphically arranged and briefly annotated. It con-
tained 217 primary and 88 supplementary titles, a total
of 305.7 The present supplement contains 81 new titles,
of which 42°are primary and 39 supplementary. Besides
full lists and descriptive floras, it includes references to
all additions to state lists (excluding those in monographs
and revisions) that have come to my attention. As be-
fore, state lists are distinguished by an asterisk. A dag-
ger is placed before the entries of local lists already in
the 1941 bibliography for which supplements are here
recorded. With the latter, and with the state lists which
are cited in connection with additions directly following
the names of the respective states, parenthetical refer-
ences are given to the pages of the original bibliography
on which they were mentioned. The only greatly con-
tracted abbreviation used is A. F. J., for the name of this
journal, —
The introduction to the earlier bibliography included
mention of various general works on United States ferns.
The following titles should be added: Morton, Conrad V.
Index of illustrations, American Fern J ournal, volumes
1-38. A. F. J. 39: 75-82. 1949. (Alphabetical list of
all illustrations of Pteridophyta published in the Amer-
ican Fern Journal, 1910-1948) ; Wherry, Edgar T., comp-
American Fern Journal. Cumulative index, volumes _
1-25, 1910 to 1935 inclusive. A. F. J., v. 29, no. 4, suppl.,
1 Amer. Fern Journ. 31: 81-90, 131-143. 1941. ‘
_ 2. These figures relate to the list proper. The figure of 314 give”
in A. F, J. 31: 84 is ineorrect.
FERN FLorAs oF UNitrep States 149
88 p. 1939. (Includes author, subject, geographic, and
systematic indices. )
' Each of the 48 states, as well as the District of Colum-
bia, now possesses at least a nominal list of its fern flora ;
but those for Nevada and the District of Columbia are
unusable in their present condition. Two-thirds (aetu-
ally 34) of these have been produced in the twenty years
from 1930 on; the greatest number for any 5-year period
was 12 for the 1936-40 lustrum. The 15 fern floras of
older date are the following: Minnesota, 1903 (with later
lists, without data on distribution, in 1909 and 1946) ;
Montana, 1904; Georgia, 1905; Connecticut, 1910 (sup-
plement in 1931) ; Michigan, 1912; Washington, 1913-14;
New Mexico, 1915; North Dakota, 1918; District of Co-
lumbia, 1919 (includes adjacent areas in Maryland and
Virginia) ; Alabama, 1920 (Filicineae and Lycopodium
only); Nebraska, 1923; Mississippi, 1921; California,
1923; New York, 1924; Nevada, 1925 (combined with
Utah). Of these, those for Connecticut and New York
are quite full and probably still give a sufficiently de-
tailed picture of our knowledge of the fern flora, and
there are some of the other states, such as Mississippi and
New Mexico, in which not much collecting has been done
Since their floras were issued. Of the 34 lists or full
floras published from 1930 on, the great ‘majority are
3 The records for Nevada are so inextricably combined with those
oa Utah that from the published flora alone (Tidestrom’s Flora of
d N . . * .
‘0 indicate the occurrence of Osmunda, Pteridiwm, Pellaea, Poly-
ea Polypodium, Onoclea, and others in the Distriet of Co-
ia.
150 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
quite satisfactory ; however, those for Idaho* and Rhode
Island have little or no data on distribution, those for
Rhode Island, Maine, and Tennessee cover the Filicineae
only (but there is a contemporaneous list of vascular
plants of Maine that includes the fern-allies), the two
for Delaware have their records confusingly intermingled
with those for adjacent regions, and, of the two for Mary-
land, one is a bare list of names and the other (by Reed)
has its records combined with those for Delaware and the
District of Columbia; the picture of Maryland fern life
is not much obscured thereby, however, since every form
listed, except nos. 15 and 118, is recorded from Maryland.
n the preceding paragraph mention has been made
of the states that seem to be most in need of new fern
floras; it is hoped that members of the American Fern
Society who are favorably situated will be moved to pro-
vide some of these. A few points should be borne in
mind in preparing them. Whoever writes a fern flora
should by all means cover the whole group of Pterido-
phyta, not merely the Filicineae. The practical con-
venience of having all the vascular cryptogams together
in one work far outweighs the theoretical consideration
that the Filicineae are less closely related phylogeneti-
cally to the ‘‘fern-allies’’ than they are to the phanero-
gams. The author, in presenting his statistics as to num-
ber of species, varieties, and so on, should remember that
a species represented in a given flora by a single variety
or form is counted as a species, not as a variety or form.
Disregard of this elementary principle renders unreliable
the statistics in Broun’s otherwise very useful Index to
North American Ferns. Let the author cover a single
state or part of a state at a time, not try to comprehend
two or more states or parts of states in the same list;
his deficiency is remedied by D mber of
ea Geil (a. ] y Dr. Flowers in this nu
FERN FLorAS OF UNITED STATES NEE
whatever profit the ecological or phytogeographical point
of view may derive from this procedure is likely to be
more than discounted by the floristic obscurity that seems
almost invariably to attend such endeavors. The author,
when deciding whether to follow a systematic or an
alphabetical arrangement for his list, should remember
that the order of generic and family arrangement
changes, but the composition of the families and larger
groups is fairly stable. The most satisfactory arrange-
ment, in the writer’s opinion, is systematic for families,
alphabetical for the genera and species under them; but
the number of families ordinarily recognized is so few
that it makes little difference, from the point of view
of convenience, whether they are arranged alphabetically
or systematically. The placing of all the genera, fern-
allies as well as ferns, in a single alphabet is undesirable,
as it gives a less clear picture of the composition of a
ora.
An attempt has been made to work out the number of
species and forms known from each state, on the basis
of the floras listed in the earlier bibliography and in
this supplement, but the figures can not be regarded as
More than approximately correct. To make them as
nearly comparable as possible, Broun’s Index to North
American Ferns has been followed for specific delimita-
tion. These figures are inserted for all the states, even
for those with no addition to their bibliography, in the
Supplement that follows. The total number of species
18 given first, followed in parenthesis by the respective
numbers for ferns proper (Filicineae) and for fern-
allies, separated by a dash, and these are followed by the
number of subspecies, varieties, forms, and hybrids that
have been recorded, combined under the term infra-
Specific forms and hybrids. The last figure varies in the
different states from zero to 109 (Vermont) ; although
152 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
of no great importance in itself, it may be in some cases
a guide to the thoroughness with which a given flora has
been worked up, although in others it is merely an indi-
cation that the author chose to disregard minor vari-
ations.
A certain interest attaches to these figures, but it must
be emphasized that they are only approximate, there
being often a leeway of 1, 2, or 3, except when the figure
is based on a single authoritative modern list; conse-
quently, the relative standing of the different states,
based on the number of species in their respective floras,
is really much less definite than appears in the following
list. The counts in all cases are the present writer’s own,
and have been ‘repeated until at least two counts of the
same list agreed; the original authors’ own counts, in
many cases, were either flatly erroneous or required alter-
ation to bring their specific categories into agreement
with Broun, or both. The figures given include the more
or less naturalized (but not the adventive or casual)
species, which in several of the eastern and southern
states amount to from 1 to a maximum (Florida) of 11
species ; if these were subtracted from the totals, the rela-
tive standing of several states would be changed. The
list of states, with the approximate total numbers of
known species, is as follows:
Florida, 127 species; Texas, 103; New York, 93; Cali-
fornia, 85; Arizona, 84; Michigan, Vermont, 81; New
Jersey, Pennsylvania, 78; Connecticut, Maine, Virginia,
Wisconsin, 77 ; Massachusetts, 76 ; Maryland, New Hamp-
shire, North Carolina, Ohio, 74; Minnesota, Washington,
72; Alabama, Oregon, West Mirgiial 68; South Carolina,
66; Idaho, 63; Illinois, 62; ulens, Tennessee, 61;
Georgia, 60; Avishee Montana, Rhode Island, 57;
Missouri, 56 . Colorado, Oklahoma, 54; [District of Co-
lumbia], Iowa, Kentucky, Utah, 53; Delaware, Indiana,
Fern FiLoras oF UNITED STATES 153
51; New Mexico, 41; South Dakota, 37; Mississippi, 36;
Wyoming, 34; aniae! 31; Nevada, 29) orbs are 27;
North Dakota, 19.
ALABAMA
Total fern flora 68 species (53-15) and 10 phe 20% forms
and hybrids; includes 5 introduce = species of Filicineae.
The latest state lists are: Grav Wak pene pret flora of
Alabama. A.F.J. 10: 65-82. pl. 1. 1920. (A.F.J. 31: 84. 1941);
: (
Herb. v. 6. 921 p. 13 pl. (inel. map). 1901. (Reprinted as ‘‘ Ala-
bama edition,’’ publication of Alabama Geological Survey.)—In-
eludes (p. gent annotated list of Pteridophyta, with localities
for scarcer speci The list includes Azolla, Equisetum, Sela
ginella, and Tsodtes, omitted by Graves (1920).
ARIZONA
a fern flora 84 ins . 1-13) and 6 infraspecific forms.
Phillips, Walter S. heck-list of the ferns of Arizona.
8
A.F.J. 36: 97-108. 46 Nie ). 1946; 37: 13-20, 39-51. 1947.
—Previous publications, local herbaria, gazetteer (with map) ;
annotated list of Pteridophyta, with citation of localities —
exsiecatae, the whole arranged in a single alphabet; list of doub
ul and excluded species; bibliography.
ARKANSAS
Total fern flora 57 species (49-8) and 12 infraspecifie forms and
hybrids.
The latest state list is: Moore, Dwight M. Arkansas Sethe
phyta. A.F.J. 30: pa 1940. (A.F.J. 31: 85.) 1941.)—
For additions, see Demaree, Delzie. Arkansas fern pene ne FJ.
33:75. 1943. (Adds 2 iniaspest forms. )
CALIFORNIA
Total fern flora 85 species (57-28) se 20 infraspecifie forms.
The latest state lists are: Jepson, Willis L. A manual of the
flowering plants of California. 1923-25. (Pttidaphyia; p. 25-44.
154 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
f. 1-33.) (A.F.J. 31: 85. 1941); Parish, Samuel B. The pe
flora of California. Fern Bull. 12: 1-15. 1904. (A.F.J.
86. 1941.)—For addition, see Ewan, J re Asplenium sotee
ieee in Californ A.B. 33: 29. 1943.
John T. a key to the peridot = Marin County,
3 19 Rare
flora. Manual of the flowering plants and ferns of Mari
County, California. Berkeley, Los eaves 1949 inelie
(p. 49-55) annotated, keyed list of pteridophytes.
CoLoRADO
Total fern flora 54 species (38-16) and 2 infraspecific forms.
CoNNECTICUT
Total fern flora 77 species (51-26) and 48 infraspecific, forms
and hybrids.
DELAWARE
Total fern flora 51 species (34-17) and 13 infraspecific forms
and hybrids.
See also *Reed, C. F., under Maryland.
* Tatnall, Robert R. Flora of Delaware and the Eastern Shore.
An annotated list of the ferns and flowering plants of gs -
Pea of Larne Lata poe and Virginia. xxvi, 313 p. 9 pl., map-
3.5 € . p-, 1946 [1947].—Includes (p. 1-10) motte list
Pee [56 species known from the whole area]. The
species known from Delaware are not Slincaiehed Erenes ie
from the other
District oF COLUMBIA
Total fern flora ee 1919) 53 species (40-13), but this
neludes a number not found in the District; Reed (1943) defi:
aos lists only 16 (11-5), far too small a number
The latest lists are: ue William R. Fora! of the District
of Columbia. A.F.J. 9: 38-48. 1919. (A.F.J. 31: 87. 1941);
eed, C. F. County Pas is of the ferns and fern-allies 10
Maryland, Delaware and District of Columbia. 1943. (See be
low, under Maryland.)—For addition, see Irving, Fran :
Pteris vittata hardy in Washington, D. C. A.F.J, 33: 28. 1943.
(Adventive.)
FERN Fuoras oF UNITED STATES 155
FLORIDA
Total fern flora 127 species (111-16) and 6 oe ey forms
and hybrids; includes about 11 introduced Filicineae. The total
figure includes 9 species of Gitaben and Deine: recognized
by Broun, that were published by E. P. and R. P. St. John and
by Small after Correll’s list was writt
The latest state list~is: Correll, Necneas S. A county check-
on of Florida ferns and fern wt! x ‘ J. 28: 11-16, 46-54, 91-
100. map. 1938. (A.F.J. 31: 87. 1941.)—See also Ewan,
Joseph. On the occurrence of pele adiantum-nigrum in
Florida. A.F.J. 36: 18-19. 1946. (Record is considered er-
roneous. )
Murrill, William A. Ferns of Alachua County. In his Ferns.
p. 64-67. 22.5 em. Gainesville, Fla., 1947 —Keyed list of Pterido-
phyta, annotated as to abundan
Simpson, Charles T. Ferns ie Highlands Hammock. Jn Don
aldson, ey S., and others. The plant life of Highlands Ham-
mock. p. 58-61. 23 em. Lake Wales, Fla., 1934.—Annotated
list of Pteridophyta, arranged alphabetically. (Highlands
County.)
Spurr, Stephen H. Notes on the distribution and habits of the
ferns of northern peninsular Florida. Proe. ori ead. Sei.
5: 62-72. 1941 .—List of numerous species of ilcinsae with
hotes on habitat, distribution, and localities.
GEORGIA
ha fern flora 60 species (45-15); includes 4 introduced Fil-
The. latest saa eee is: Harper, Roland M. The ferns of Georgia.
Fern Bull. 13: 1905. (A.F.J. 31: 87. 1941.)—For addi-
a see lag Wilbur H, New records of two ferns in
ia 38: 69-70. 1948. (Equisetum laevigatum and
IDAHO
Total fern flora 63 5 Gime (35-28) and 8 infraspecific forms.
“Flowers, Seville. A list of the ferns of Idaho. A.F.J. 40:
121-130, 1950.—Annotated list of caked bs with citation of
localities and collectors ; ae aphy. Includes 63 species, of
Which 5 are given on the basis of previous me unaccompanied
by localities or names of callooite Replaces his Pteridophytes.
156 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
Contributions toward a flora of Idaho no. 27. 1 p. 1., 37 p. 28 em.
Pocatello, Idaho, 1949. (Keyed descriptive flora, the Idaho range
given only in the most general terms. Processed ‘publication. )
ILLINOIS
Total fern flora 62 species (48-14) and 2 infraspecifie forms and
hybrids.
* Jones, ieee N. An po ane of Illinois Pteridophyta.
Amer. Midl. _ 88: 76-126. 1947.—-Annotated, keyed, briefly
descriptive ra se ae with references, citation of col-
lectors and localities; bibliography.
INDIANA
Total fern flora 51 species (34-17) and 26 infraspecifie forms
and hybrids.
The latest state lists are: Deam, Charles C. tee of Indiana.
1940. (Pteridophyta, p. 37-66.) (A.F.J. 31: 88. 941); Greene,
Frank C. The fern flora of Indiana. Fern Balk 19: 102-115.
map. 1911 [1912]. (A.F.J. 31: 88. 1941.)—For addition, see
Pm . N. Lycopodium tristachyum in Indiana. J
6s 17+ 946.
Iowa
Total fern flora 53 species (38-15) and 2 infraspecifie forms.
KANSAS
Total fern flora 31 species (25-6).
The latest state list is: Gates, Frank C. Annotated list of the
plants of Kansas: ferns a flowering plants. 1940. Co
phyta, p. 104-10 05). (A.F.J. 31: 89. 1941.)—For addition,
MeGregor, Ronald L., and Worthie H. Horr. Selaginella mee
in Kansas. A.F.J. 39: 16-17. 1 fig. (map). 1949
KENTUCKY
Total fern flora 53 species (45-8) and about 10 infras specific
forms and hybrids; ineludes 1 introduced species (Marsile we
quadrifolia).
_ Haskins, C. wo day’s [sic] excursion. Bull. Torrey
Club 6: 123-194, 1876. Ber of 24 Filieineae from Big Clift,
paid County.
arland, Frank T. A heen of the vascular ‘plants of
Kentucky. Castanea 7: 77-108. 1942.—Includes (p. 78-80) "©
annotated list of 63 species, varieties, forms, and hybrids of Pter-
idophyta, based only on specimens in the Department of Botany
Fern FLoRAS OF UNITED STATES 157
of the University of Kentucky and the Department of Entomology
tucky. Bot. Gaz. 2: 62-63. 1876.—List of 32 pteridophytes col-
lected by Miss G. H. Rule, with notes on several of the rarer
species. Sth County.)
- LOUISIANA
Total fern flora 61 species (49-12) and 5 infraspecific forms;
includes 4 introduced species of Filicineae and 2 of Selaginella.
* Brown, Clair A., and Donovan 8. Correll. Ferns and fern
=" of an xii, 186 p. 48 fig. (fig. 1, map), front. 23.5
Baton Rouge, 1942.—Botanical explorations, etc.; eyed
leeigiire oeacnt of Pteridophyta, with citation of localities
and exsiccatae; bibliography.
MAINE
Total fern flora 77 species (50-27) and 73 infraspecifie forms
and hybrids; includes 1 introduced species eevee quadrifolia).
wide, near cea! in Oxford County.)
ott, Jeanne A. Soil reactions of the pteridophytes of the
one Lake region near Camden Maine. Butler Univ. Bot.
Stud. 9: 93-107, 1949.—Includes annotated list of 38 species of
Pteridophytes. (Knox County.)
* Ogden, Edith B. The ferns of Maine. Maine Bull, v. 51, no.
3. 128 p.10 pl, map. 1948. (Univ. of Maine Studies II, 62.)—
Brief account of meres topography, ete., and general account
of the uses, ete., of fer
for those reported in literature; bibliography.
* Ogden, Eugene C., Ferdinand H. 8 aie and Fay Hyland.
ie — of ra bina Rae of Maine. Bull. Josselyn Bot.
+9. Lp. . (map). Tose rashides (p. 3-6)
tabuias list 7? Se showing occurrence in each county
of the state. (Processed publication.)
Scamman, Edith. Ferns in my pine lot. Maine Naturalist 3:
48-20, 192 3.—Running account of Filicineae [24 species and
3 varieties and hybrids] of Saco and Hollis, York County.
~
158 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
MARYLAND
Total fern flora 74 species (54-20) and 43 infraspecific forms
and mee includes 2 introduced species and 1 variety of Fil-
icinea '
See Be Delaware (Tatnall).
* Norton, John B. S., and Russell G. Brown. A catalog of the
vascular TEs of Maryland. Castanea 11: 1-50. 1946. (Re-
gs ted, 1 p. 1., 50 p. College Park, Md., 1946.)—Includes (p.
—5) anwinotated list of Pteridophyta, in part with references
a the bases for the records.
* Reed, Clyde F. County distribution of the ferns and fern-
allies in Maryland, Delaware and District of Columbia. Bull.
t. Hist aryland 13: 47-54. 1
phyta, with distribution by counties. There is no statement of
the basis for the records; those the District of Columbia
are obviously incomplete. All the plants listed are recorded
fr ryand, except nos. 15 8.—See also Wagner, War
ren H. 1
Castanea 11: 59-60. 1946. (Notes on Pellaea glabella atl
some other “BUA
ns and fern-allies of the Gunpowder River region,
Bal Fduare Giuat nty, Maryland. Castanea 12: 76-88. 1947.—Topog-
and Biggomcenice — of Precliphyta: Covers area
within 8 miles of Tow
MASSACHUSETTS
Total fern flora 76 aN es (50-26) and 44 infraspecific forms
ybrids; includes 2 introduced species (Marsilea, Azolla).
(Salvinia rotundifolia, si below, is not counted.)
The latest state list is: Churchill, Jin oseph R., and others. a
: ze odora
35: 351-359. 1933. (A.F.J. 31: 131. 1941.)—For addition, se¢
Smith, Lyman B. Salvinia rotundifolia in Massachusetts. Rhodora
43: 556. 1941. (Adventive.)
MICHIGAN
Total fern flora 81 species (55-26) and approximately 45 infra-
specific forms and hybrids.
+ Farwell, Oliver A. Fern notes, III. Ferns and fern allies
of the Keweenaw Pesala, Michigan. A.F.J. 27: 11-20. 1937.
FerN FiorAs OF UNITED STATES 159
(A.F.J. 31: 132. 1941.)—See also his Fern notes, IV: Supple-
mentary remarks on the ferns of the Keweenaw Peninsula, Michi-
gan. l.c. 33: 8-10. 1943.
MINNESOTA
Total fern flora 72 species (47-25) and 34 infraspecifie forms
and hybrids.
The latest state lists are: Lyon, Harold L. The Pa
of Minnesota. Minn. Bot. Stud. 3: 245-255. 1903. (A
132. 1941); Moore, J. W., and R. M. Tryon, Jr. A eae
check list of the aA plants, ferns and fern allies of Minne-
sota. 1946, (See below) ; Rosendahl, Carl O., and Frederick K.
Butters. Guide to oe ferns and fern allies of Minnesota. 22 p.
illus. 1909. (A.F.J. 31: 132. 1941.)—For addition, see Moore,
Jr. A new record for Isoétes melano-
*“Moore, John W., and Rolla M. Tryon, Jr. A panenend check
list of the Sugied Lage ferns and fern allies of Min ta
1p. 1, 99 Minneapolis, 1946.—Includes % 2-5
unannotated re e “Plaridephgta: (Mimeographed publication.)
MISSISSIPPI
Total fern flora 36 species (27-9) and 1 infraspecific form.
(Ineludes 2 species from Addenda to Lowe’s flora.
MISSOURI
Total fern flora 55 species (44-11) and 15 infraspecific forms
and hybrids.
MONTANA
Total fern flora 57 species (34-23) and 5 infraspecifie forms.
NEBRASKA
Total fern flora 27 species (20-7).
NEVADA
Total fern flora 29 species (21-8).
N The latest state list is: Tidestrom, Ivar. Flora of Utah and
evada. Co ntr. U. S. Nat. Herb. v. 25. 1925. (Pteridophyta,
.)—For
Jinoides
160 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
New HAMPSHIRE
Total fern flora 74 species (47-27) and 67 infraspecifie forms
and nchcieay
th. The ferns ee i: allies of New Hampshire.
Bull. New isaehis Acad. Sci. 2. 96, [2] p. incl. 18 pl. 1947.
Annotated, keyed list of rede ents with localities for scarcer
species; bibliography.—See also Rugg, Harold G. Some New
Hampshire Kee A.F.J. 38: 92-93. 1948. (x Asplenosorus
ebenoides).
NEw JERSEY
Total fern flora 78 species (53-25) and 27 infraspecific forms
ue hybrids.
Chrysler, Mintin A., and James L. Edwards. The ferns of
New Jersey including the fern allies. vii, 201 p. 187 fig. (inel. 77
maps), front. 24 em. ‘New Brunswick, N. J., 1947.—Factors af-
nearly all species a pho aph (often in. natural habitat) a
map showing local range; face one glossary
New Mexico
Total fern rcs 41 igh naa and 1 infraspecifie form
“Wooton, Elmer 0. Standley. Flora of New
exico. Contr. v. 8. Nat ge a wh 1915.—Includes (p- 1
30) annotated list of Prartdanhyte; wth citation of localities; ¢oR
tains a few corrections to their The sei Se New Mexico. A.
5: 65-78. pl. 5-6. 1915. (A.F.J. 3 4.)
New York
“Total fern flora 93 species (62-31) and 60 infraspecifie forms
and hybrids; includes 1 introduced species (Marsilea quadrif lia).
NortH CAROLINA
Total fern flora 74 species (56-18) and 18 infraspecifie forms
and hybrids; includes 2 introduced Filicineae.
Nort Dakota
Total fern flora 19 species (12-7) and about 5 infraspecifi¢
orms.
OHIO
Total fern flora 74 species (52-22) and 12 infraspecifie forms
The latest state lists are Schaffner, John H. The pteridophytes
Fern Fioras oF UNITED STATES 161
of Ohio. Proc. Ohio Acad. Sci. v. 5, pt. 5, spec. paper no. 16.
p- ea illus. 1910. (Contr. Bot. Lab. Ohio State Univ. 52.)
(A.F.J. 31: 136. 1941); Schaffner, Hbchase catalog of Ohio vas-
cular Se Bull. Ohio Biol. Surv. 25 (v. 5, no. 2): 87-215. 3
1932 io
XIV in Ohio Journ. Sei. v. 33-45, 47. 1933-47.)—For nore
see Bartley, Floyd. oo ’s spleenwort in ie A.F.J. 34: 62.
1944, (Asplenium bradleyi.)
Laug. ae ora of Barnesville, Belmont County,
cluding parts of Belmont, Guernsey, and Monroe Counties. (Proe-
essed publication.)
Pro orge R. Check list of the ferns of ee
Set
st of
Puridophyta, with localities and occasional annotations. ries
essed publica mn)
Renn a nsus of a city block. A.F.J. 32: 10-71, 1942.—
List of 21 ace of Pteridophyta found growing in a thickly
built residential block in Marietta, Washington aie: Ohio;
of these 8 were spontaneous and 13 were planted only.
OKLAHOMA
Total fern flora 54 species (45-9).
OREGON
Total fern flora 68 species (45-23) and 4 infraspecifie forms.
Baker, William H. Ferns of Fairview Mountain, Calapooya
Range, Oregon. A.F.J. 38: 89-91. 1948—Geology, ete.; an-
notated list of Polypodiaceae; short bibliography. (Lane
County.)
PENNSYLVANIA
Total fern flora 78 species (56-22) and 78 Pe forms.
* Canan, A key to the ferns of Pennsyly In-
eludes a non-technical key for Suge sia of each of grin fifty-
nine species found in the state; directions for use of the key ;
an outline for aid in ecu ae of ferns by sterile fronds alone;
distribution of species throughout the state; and a list of ferns
found in the vicinity of Johnstown, Cambria County. 3 Pp. 1,
162 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
112 p. incl. 61 pl. 22 em. Philadelphia, 1946—Annotated key
to. Filicineae, and plate of each species; additional key, based on
sterile fronds; grouping of species pepo o abundance; sys-
matic list of species; glossary; ices; annotated list of
sig list of Wikeiness of J as and vicinity. No authori
ties for hots anical names are given
ata Wi The ferns of Wayne County, Pou
ALF .JS. 37: a 1947 -—Topograny geology, botanical e
plorations; annotated list of Pteridoph
Gruber, Calvin L. Fern and ee ‘alfies in the a ae
Fleetwood area, Berks yen Pennsylvania. A.F.J. 30: 41
89-98. 1940. (A.F.J. 31: 138. 1941.)—See also his ee
ferns in the Kutztown- Snead area, Pa. l.c. 32: 151-152, 1942.
* Wherry. ieee se he ferns od lycosphens of Pennsylvania.
scene as 21: 11-37. 1, f. 2. 1942.—Annotated list of Pterido-
phyta, with oe a rarer species. Authorities for botanie
names are not given. The name ‘‘lycosphen,’’ here first published,
is intended to replace ata ally.’’—See also his The discoverers
of new Pennsylvania ferns. A.F.J. 32: 148-149. 1942. (Names
of collectors and references to published records for ferns recorded
as new to Pennsylvania in the above paper.)—Also his Me: ium
sabinaefolium in Pennsylvania. l.¢. 32: 111-113. 1942
Ruope Istanp
Total fern flora 57 species (42-15) and 16 infraspecific forms
and hybrids.
Palmer, Ernest J. Ferns and fern allies of Cumberland, Rhode
Island, A.F.J. 37; 33-38. 1947.—Topography, ete.; annotated list
of 40 Pteridophyta (including 37 species.) (Providence County-)
SoutTH CAROLINA
Total fern Sesion 66 species (51-15) and 1 hybrid; includes 3
introduced: Filicine
The latest state sat is: Matthews, Velma D. The ferns and ferm
1940-
allies of South Carolina. A.F.J. 30: 73-80, 119-128. map.
41; 31: 4-11. mage (A.F.J. 31: 139. 1941.)—For addition, seé
Bloat, Hugo Asplenium monanthes in South Carolina
A.F.J. 38: patel indi: pl. 14-15.
unt, Kenneth W. Ferns of the vicinity of Charleston, South
Carolina. Charleston Mearns Leafle 1 ae
17.. 15) p.
notated list of 31 species and varieties of Pteridophyta within @
radius of 25 miles of Charleston, with citation of localities and 4
FERN FLORAS OF UNITED STATES 163
o the species; bibliography. (In Berkeley, Charleston, and
_.... Counties. )
SoutH DakoTa
Total fern flora 37 species (25-12) and 1 hybrid.
TENNESSEE
Total fern flora 61 species (50-11) and 15 infraspecifie forms and
hybrids.
The latest state lists are: eects. William A., Jr. A list of
Tennessee ferns. A.F.J. 143-150. 1930 [1931]; 21: 11-20,
64-71. 1931. on Ed, 31: ae 1941.) (Filicineae only); Gat-
tinger, A. The flora of Tennessee. 1901. (See below.)—See also
ight, William A. Woodsia scopulina in Tennessee. A.F.J. 2
27-28. 1933.
Frick, T. A. Some ferns of hepremiay County, Tennessee.
Journ. Tennessee Acad. Sci. 21: 266-267. 1946.—Topography,
ete.; running account of Filicineae including partial list of known
species.
*Gattinger, Augustin. The flora of Tennessee and a philosophy
of botany. Nashville 1901. —lIncludes (p. 27-31) annotated list
of Pteridophy
* Shaver, Jesse M. Some general notes on ferns. Journ. Ten-
nessee Acad, Sci. 17: 310-336. fig. 1-9(fig. 9, sree lige 1942.—
e filmy and polypody ferns in Tennessee. 1c. 215-222. fig.
10-13 (inel. maps). 1943; 19: 167-174. fig. on go maps).
1944
hessee. le. 19: 203-227. fig. 21-38 (incl. maps). 1944. —Some notes
on the Tennessee lipferns [Cheilanthes]. l.c. 19: 306-322. fig. 39-47
(incl. maps). 1944.—Some notes on Tennessee cliffbrakes, chain-
ferns, and the American hartstongue. l.c. 20: 174-202. fig 4
(inel. maps). 1945.—Tennessee spleenworts. [I]-ITI. l.c. 20: 243-
260, 326-362. fig. 62-91 (inel. maps). port. 1945.—The sae gis
silvery spleenwort, Le. 21: 143-177. fig. 92-109 (incl. maps). 1946,
—The sagged lady fern, the New York fern, and the marshfern.
; 5-256.
le. 21: 297-318. fig. 110-120 (incl. maps). 1946; 22: 25
fig. 121 gee oe study of Tennessee ferns belonging to
the genus Dryopteris. le. 22: 257-302. fig. 122-143 (incl. maps).
164 . AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
1948; 24: 17-194. fig. 161-168 (incl. maps). 1949.—General
3
ct
a
a
ey
=
nm
Da
°
5
°
RR
8
=
La}
=
ia")
3
OQ
®
@
5
a
au
ll
S
oq
3
°
mn
f.
©
o
is
gr b
tures, very detailed descriptions, account of local variations and
bibliography for oe ee also maps showing range, line draw-
ings including details, and in most cases ee photographs; al-
together the most EO treatment of the family in American
literature. Still in process of publication.
TEXAS
Total fern flora 103 species (82-21) and 15 infraspecifie forms
or ag includes 3 naturalized or established Filicineae.
rrell, Donovan 8. A prelim ay survey of the distribution —
of fess ope gabe Wrightia 1: 247-278. fig. 14-17 (fig. 14
16, maps). .—Previous work, botanical “eee local distri-
bution, table ines distribution by botanical regions; annotat
list of known pteridophytes, with habitat GA distribution; bibli-
ography.
UTAH
Total fern flora 53 2nd ane and 1 riage form.
* Flowers, Seville. Ferns of Utah. Bull. Univ. Utah v. 35, no.
7. (Biol. Ser. v. 4, no. 6). 87 p- incl. 164 fi 1014: 6eee
g-, Map.
morphology, local ecology and Hatritution: ne aoe keyed, de-
seriptive flora of Pteridophyta with citation of exsiccatae and
localities—See also his A new Selaginella from southwestern Utah.
A.F.J. 39: 83-86 incl. pl. 7. 1949, (Selaginella utahensis.)
RMONT
Total fern flora 81 species (53-28) and 109 infraspecifie forms
and hybrid
IRGINIA
Total fern flora 77 species (58-19) and 34 infraspecifie forms
and hybrids.
See also Tatnall, - R., under Delaware.
, Arthur Whe fore and fern allies of Virginia.
Bull. Va. via tietitete ¥. 37, no. 7. 110 p. 21 fig. 1944
(Cover title, Virginia ferns and fern allies. )—Fern structure, eul-
tivation, and collection, ete., check list of species and forms; anno
tated descriptive list of Pte teridophyta, with detailed citation of
specimens ; key to species and forms; bibliography, list of herbaria
cited. Vielutes 110 species, varieties, forms, and hybrids.—See also
FERN FLorRAS OF UNITED STATES 165
Wagner, Warren H., Jr. Botrychium multifidum in Virginia.
A.F.J. 36: 117-121 inel. pl. 9. 1946.
: WASHINGTON
Total fern flora 72 species (43-29) and 13 a heats forms.
WEST VIRGINIA
Total fern flora 68 species (53-15) and 22 infraspecific forms
and hybrids.
The latest state lists are: Brooks, Maurice G. The oan t onli
of West Virgina. West Virginia Univ. Bull. ser. 39, no. 2. 60
p-, 16 pl. 1938. (Contr. Herb. West Virginia Univ. no. 3) (A.F.J.
31: 142. 1941); Core, E. L. A catalogue of the vascular plants
of West Virginia. 1940. (See below.)—For additions, see Legg,
William ©., and M. G. Brooks. New Botrychium finds in West
Virginia. A.F.J. 33; 140-141. 1943. (Botrychiwm simplex var.
tenebrosum.)—Also Hunnewell, Francis W. Botrychium matri-
cariaefolium in West Virginia. Castanea 13: 93. 1948.
Core, Earl L. A catalogue of the vascular plants of West
Virginia. Castanea 5: 31-73. 1940.—Includes (p. 33-34) un-
annotated list of Pteridophyta (90 species, varieties, and forms),
in part with references to the bases for the records. See also Ad-
ditions . . . I-VI. In Proe. W. Va. Acad. Sei. v. 15-20. 1942-48.
WISCONS
Total sag flora 77 species eae and 29 infraspecifie forms
and hybr
: sen. Edith W., and = I. Walker. Preliminary reports
on the flora of Wisconsin. XII. Polypodiaceae. Trans. Wise.
Acad. Sei., Arts & Lett. 26: 263-273. 30 figs. (maps). 1931—
Annotated list, the range of' each species shown on a smal] map.
Total fern flora 34 species esa) and 1 infraspecific form.
The latest state lists are: Hanna, Leo A. Distribution of the
ferns of Wyoming. A.F.J. 22: 1- 11, map. 1932. (APJ. 31: 143.
1941) ; Porter, Cedrie L. The sagdegs nies of Wyoming. Torreya
32: 116-118 1982... (A..F, Shs: 143. Madore )—For addition, see
Holmgren, anes H. A rare Selaginella from northeastern
Nevada. A.F.J. 32: 86-87. 1942. * (Selaginella selaginoides,
recorded also from. Wyoming.)
Division or PLant EXPLORATION AND INTRODUCTION,
U. S. DepartMENnT of AGRICULTURE,
BELTSVILLE, MARYLAND.
166 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
American Fern Society
NEw MEMBERS
spin a L. Alger; 1758 Wendell Avenue, Schenectady 8, New
hy nae Boivin, Division of Botane and Plant Pathology, Cen-
tral Experimental Farm, Department of Agriculture, Ottawa,
nada
Mr. Richard Brewer, 1506 Edith Street, Murphysboro, Illinois
Mrs. Bailey B. Burritt, 16 Prospect Drive, Yonkers 5, New York
Mr. Lloyd C. Crawford, Box 1587, University, Alabama
Dr. Helen F. Criswell, Route 2, Box 33, Los Gatos, California
Miss Amelia Mesa de Ponce, Calle Juan “Delgardo 455, wide Ha-
bana, Cub
Dr. Walter J. Eyerdam, 7531 19th Avenue, N. E., Seattle 5, Wash-
ington
Mrs. eee M. Frehse, 506 West Maplehurst Street, Ferndale 20,
Mie
Mr. Ded P. Grether, diving of Botany, University of Wis-
consin, Madison, Wise
Mr. rete E. Hamilton, aes Dellwood Avenve, Jacksonville,
Flor
Prof. ag M. Harvill, shes Department of otithed! University of
Alabama, P. O. B 2047, obras Alabam
Dr. Herbert H. Holl iger, H
Mrs. Norman meat hit a Re Farms, R. D. 2, South-
bury, Conne
Dr. Nicholas Poni, Department of Botany, MeGill University,
Montreal, Cana
Dr. Clyde F. or Mordnad Teachers College, Box 226, Morehead,
Kentucky
Miss Wilma Schields, 21 Chickatabot Road, Quincy 69, Massachu-
setts
Mr. pon os as Schreiter, Box 111, University Station, Syracuse
10, New Yor
Mr. ites % poe Box 2047, University, Alabam
Dr. Arthur L. Shuck, Department of Biology, kc State
College, Weathrtr Oklahoma
Mr. Jesse F. Sm 347 Main Street, Suffield, Connecticut
Mr. Kenneth Stover, 2140 Spruce Street, Murphysboro, Tilinoi
Dr. Harry N. Sto linens of Biology, Temple ive
Philadelphia $s, pie, viva
AMERICAN FERN SOCIETY 167
CHANGES OF ADDRESS
Dr. Eula eee Box 739, sous Methodist University,
Dallas 5, T
Mr. A. W. Pesiet, ht Meridian Road, wT! Florida
Mr. Bill Bauer, Route 1, Kimmswick, Mis
a oe 18 (dingo. ae Menoher Senne Johnstown, Penn-
ed Genter E. Christopher, 9920 Northern Boulevard, Cleveland
8, Ohio
Dr. Donavan 8. Carrell, Mt. Pisgah Road, Avenel, Silver Spring,
Marylan
Mr. Henry F. Dunbar, Box 14, RFD 3, Kingston, New York
Dr. Donald A. Fraser, Forest Inseet Laboratory, Sault Ste. Marie,
Ontario ;
Dr, Francis O. Holmes, pecdnee Institute for Medical Research,
66th Street and York Avenue, New York, N. Y.
Mr. Robert H. Me senna Jr., Box 477, Manning, South Carolina
Mr. Gladstone W. MeD ell, c/o Federal Power Commission, 417
Grant Building, ye 3, Georgia
Miss Gladys H. Ranuidnetier: 288 Preston Avenue, Pittsfield, Mas-
Mr. sea Sidney, 923 Henry Clay Avenue, New Orleans 18, Loui-
Me. cic C. Stockman, II, 153 High Street, Newburyport, Mas-
sachusetts
ERRATA
Volume 39, Number 3.
Cover, Table of Contents, line 5: For ‘‘Utha,’’ read
“ re oe 6, 1948, ane 2418; Oct. 3, 1889, Minnie
MissouRr: Carr GERARDEAU: Limestone bluffs, June 21, 1920,
E. J. Beige Cass: On limestone rocks, 14 miles west of
Belton, ccd 5, 1949, McGregor 3441. Cuiay: Near Excelsior
T. Duncan.
PER; Moist fenelae ledges, 5 miles northeast of Webb City,
. J, Palme 6
ocks, Aug. 12, AN:
Livonia, Sept. 21, Bit Bush 8 STONE: Sheltons ravine, May
20, 1916, S. F. Prince 277. Sv. CHARLES: Oct. 21, 1897, Trelease.
TANEY: On rocks near Branson, aa 27, 1908, a 5375
CYSTOPTERIS FRAGILIS (L.) sou var. simulans
(Weatherby) McGregor, comb. n
Cystopteris — forma simulans eWakeue ‘Rho-
dora 37: 1935. /
While i ee on the above new variety of CystoP-
teris fragilis, Mr. Weatherby and the author were faced
- with the problem of the plant designated as C. /r agilis
forma simulans by Mr. Weatherby. The known range
of this form had been extended and many specimens
CYSTOPTERIS FRAGILIS 205
were available for study. As a result it was decided to
raise forma simulans to the status of a variety. This
raise in rank seems advisable since the characteristics
that distinguish the plant, are found to be more con-
stant than at first a a and its geographic range is
more clearly defined.
Variety simulans seems to be closely related to variety
tennesseensis. It is distinguished from all other varieties
of the species by its broadly deltoid obtuse pinnae, which
are often half as wide as long, obtuse secondary seg-
ments, the outer with nearly parallel sides, and uni-
formly large and conspicuous sori. In some cases it.
intergrades from this striking leaf form back to typical
C. fragilis. In other cases it is known to produce small
bulblets on the rachis, but minute white glands have not
been found. Such plants closely resemble specimens of
var. tennesseensis. The latter intergradation is the most
common of the two types encountered. The ranges of
var. simulans and var. tennesseensis overlap considerably.
However var. simulans is predominant in eastern Mis-
souri and northern Arkansas, whereas var. tennesseensis
is most abundant in eastern Kansas, western Missouri
and northeastern Oklahoma.
Since varieties fennesseensis and simulans do occupy
nearly the same geographic area and since the bulblets
characteristic of Cystopteris bulbifera are of common
occurrence on yar. tennesseensis and not unknown on
variety simulans, it seems possible that in the general
Ozark plateau region a self-perpetuating bulbiferous
strain more or less intermediate in characters between
C. fragilis and-C. bulbifera has arisen. This has split
ito two subsidiary lines in the matter of leaf form, one
var. simulans, the other variety tennesseensis. In the
matter of leaf form var. tennesseensis closely resembles
typical C. fragilis, but has retained the bulblets and
glands of C. bulbifera, though these structures are some-
206 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
‘what modified. Variety simulans has a leaf form more
like young specimens of C. bulbifera, but is without
glands, and bulblets are very rare. In other characters,
except those which distinguish it as a variety, it resem-
bles typical C. fragilis. The two varieties as indicated
above seem to indicate a a es toward a geographic
separation.
REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS :
ILLINOIS: Limestone rock zoe J Nea uf H. Feriss; Salt
Creek, near Urbana, June, 1913, 8. F. Pri
ARKANSAS: eo Sha ron Seucias cliffs, Sulphur
Springs, Sept. 5, 1913, E. J. Palmer 4137. IzArp: Rocky ledges
a :
K AS: iuivets UQUA: On sa uiiastons ida en miles north-
e n, July 8, 1946, McGregor 944. GREENWOOD: On
1949, Me-
M N: Si
ton, May 15, 1913, Stevens 496. CreEK: East of Sapulpa Country
Club, June 11, 1932, Featherly 10. Latimer: Robbers Canyon,
near Wilburton, July 9, 1931, Featherly 49. Murray: Limestone
yer near ie Arbuckle Mountains, Oct. 10, 1933, #. J. Palmer
OrTawa: On moist face of overhanging bluff, near Drip-
oh eee ae 27, 1913, se 2410, Payne: Near Cush-
ing, June 17, 1932, Featherly
MISSOURI: Barry: Roa ring River, Sept. 7, 1898, Trelease.
CAMDEN: Sept. 17 ‘an Treeee CEDAR: Tiiniesto e bluffs along
134 ly 10, , Woodson 66 AR.
ay Summit, June 16, 1927, J. H. Kellogg 807 ENE: near
Turners, 19 FP. Prince 268. Hickory: L *
along Niangua River east of Jordan, July 10, 1934, Steyermark
3292. JASPER: Moist limestone ledge, 4 miles south age,
UpricgHt PsmLoTuM — 207
E. J. Palmer 31621. McDoNAup: Limestone cliff, 1 mile north-
east of Noel, Aug. 13, 1949, ee 8657. Miuuer: Bagnell,
OzaRK: M
Sept 1897, rebeees oist shaded dolomite ledges
ear Pontiac, Oct. 11, 3 Palmer 33095 KE: Dry
rocky ledges, baer h June pal 1911, John Davis. Poux:
ee along P erre River, + mile north of
estone
Burns, July 17, 1934, pone eth PULASKI: Near Onyx
’ 1897 Trelease. RALLS: Bear Creek bluff, near
et. 18, 1915, John Davis. ST. CHARLES: Limestone
blu oat | Watson n, Oct. 21, 1897, Trelease. ST. GENEVIEVE: Aug. 30,
1898, "Trel STonE: Moist limestone rocks near Galena, Oct.
, 1913, E os. sa 4692. Tangy: Forsythe, Aug. 7, 1897,
Trelease. WAsH Gton: Near Irondale, 1867, Edward Harrison.
University or Kansas, LAWRENCE, KANSAS
The Upright Psilotum
AuEx D. Hawkes AND Otto DEGENER*
The members of the genus Psilotwm (Psilotum Fam-
ily), of which two types—the Upright Psilotum (P.
nudum), the subject of the present note, and the Flat-
Stemmed Psilotum (P. complanatum)—grow in the Ha-
waiian Islands, form a remarkable group of plants
which are neither ferns, clubmosses nor flowering plants,
but seem to resemble more closely certain primitive,
long-extinet plants that are known only as fossils.
These Psilotums grow either on the ground or as epi-
phytes ‘on trees, often forming rather large, grass-like
clumps. The leaves are small and scale-like; in the
Upper part of the plant they are deeply divided and
bear three-chambered yellowish sporangia, which when
Mature, split open to shed a cloud of dust-like spores.
hese spores germinate under favorable conditions into
minute gametophytes, or prothalli, which grow entirely
hidden under ground, in the crevices of rocks, or in the
terial used he rein, as well as the accompanying line
1 The
acl is larger ncnaon from the writers’ forthcoming book,
ANTS OF THE TROP
PLATE 18
VOLUME 40,
JOURNAL
AMERICAN FERN
PSILOTUM NUDUM
AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL VOLUME 40, PLATE 19
y CAkwai
PsILOTUM NUDUM
210 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
decaying trunks of trees. At maturity the gametophyte
produces microscopic antheridia and archegonia. Within
the former numerous motile sperms develop, while
within each archegonium rests a single egg. The sperms
are finally liberated in wet weather and then actually
swim to the archegonia to unite with the eggs. From
this union arises the next sporophytic generation, the
plants here illustrated.
The Upright Psilotum furnished the Hawaiians with
two medicines. A tea, derived from boiling the plant,
was given to babies suffering from the common disease
called ea in Hawaiian and thrush in English; it was
also drunk as a laxative or cathartic. The oily spores,
on the other hand, were given to infants as a remedy
for diarrhoea, and were also used like taleum powder
to prevent chafing which occasionally occurred from
wearing the malo or loin cloth.
The Upright Psilotum was also used in playing the
Hawaiian game of ‘‘fighting cocks.’’ Two players each
took a branch of the plant and removed all but a single
side twig. Then, holding the branch by the tip, the m-
verted twig acted as ahook. The two contestants locked
hooks and slowly pulled until one or the other branch
should break. The owner of the branch that remained
intact thereupon declared his victory by crowing like
a rooster. :
In southern Florida and throughout the West Indies,
the Upright Psilotum is very commonly found growin
as a semi-epiphyte on or around the bases of the baat
of the wild strangler-figs (Ficus aurea, F. brevifolia,
et al.). It is occasionally collected and transplanted
to collections of rare plants. It thrives under cultiva
tion if treated like an epiphytic orchid, and soon forms
a large and peculiar-appearing specimen which may
grace any greenhouse or lathhouse.
Coconut Grove, FLora.
AZOLLA CAROLINIANA ra
Azolla caroliniana in Kentucky
THomas N. McCoy
On June 14, 1948, I discovered a small colony of Azolla
caroliniana Willd. in Kentucky. For several years it has
been known to be very plentiful at Reelfoot Lake, Ten-
nessee, but so far as the writer is aware this is the first
record for Kentucky. The plants were collected in the
sloughs and ponds in Fulton County which borders this
area. The station was near ‘‘ Floating Bridge’’ on Run-
ning Slough, Fulton County, Kentucky. I suppose there
Were about 1000 plants in this group. Specimens were
sent to Dr. Henry K. Svenson, who identified them as
Azolla caroliniana Willd. None of this material was
fruiting and his determination was based on vegetative
characteristics. Specimens have been deposited in the
following herbaria : Gray Herbarium, Missouri Botanical
Garden, and U. §. National Museum. Specimen were
Sent to the University of Kentucky Herbarium, but,
sone with all others, they were destroyed in the recent
re,
In Dr. Svenson’s revision of the genus (1944), we are
warned, “‘Nothing is known of the boundary between A.
caroliniana and A. mexicana, which probably lies in the
exas-Louisiana region. ‘Finally, the reader must not
be too optimistic about the identification of sterile ma-
terial.’ Reference to the convenient list of State and
Local Fern Floras of the United States (Blake 1941),
Yielded the following information. The known stations
based on authentic specimens deposited in different
herbaria were in Florida, and up the Coast toward New
York; then after a gap of a hundred miles from the
mouth of the Mississippi River up the river to Lowa.
In an effort to see why Mississippi, Alabama, and
Georgia were not represented in this distribution a letter
Was sent to each of the state universities with a request
212 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
for a list of specimens of A. caroliniana in the different
herbaria. Then the idea was expanded to include sixteen
different institutions including four of the large herbaria.
Replies were received from ten or twelve correspondents
but only one of the herbaria had been arranged according
to Svenson’s detailed evaluation of the species.
Broun’s Index to North American Ferns lists only
two species. Svenson (1944) recognized four North
American species. The material in the Brooklyn Botanic
Garden Herbarium has not been arranged according to
_ this paper. The label data there shows A. caroliniana
Willd., from Lake Ontario to Florida and west to New
Mexico. The specimens in the Missouri Botanical Garden
have not (Dec. 14, 1948) been identified in accordance
with Svenson’s treatment, and so they considered a list
of localities worthless. The Gray Herbarium is arranged
according to Syenson so far that was possible.. The
Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences Herbarium
is not arranged according to Svenson, and specimens are
listed as A. caroliniana Willd., from Massachusetts to
Florida and west to Texas and Nebraska.
Again let me call attention to Svenson’s paper in that
at least the fruiting specimens from central United
States he refers to .A. mexicana Presl. I should suppose
that a Kentucky plant would be more likely to belong to
this species. I am grateful to him for the determination
of my material as A. caroliniana Willd., and since our
geographic position is on the border line, I shall g°
ahead and try to find both species.
LITERATURE CITED
BLAKE, 8. F. 1941. State and local fern floras of the United
States. Amer. Fern Journ. 31: 81-90, pment
Broun, Maurice. 1938. Index to North American Fer
Svenson, H. K. 1944. The New World species = * anole
Amer. Fern Journ, 34: 69-84,
ELKTON, KENTUCKY.
FERNS OF EASTERN UNITED STATES 213
Notes on the Ferns of the Eastern United States
C. V. Morton
In September, 1946, Dr. H. A. Gleason, of the New
York Botanical Garden, invited me to prepare the treat-
Ment of the ferns and fern allies for his new Illustrated
Flora. Dr. William R. Maxon had worked up the ferns
for the second edition of Britton and Brown’s Illustrated
Flora. Dr. Maxon had been invited to prepare a revi-
sion, but he did not feel up to it. I accepted and for-
warded the completed manuscript in December, 1948
(some corrections and additions were forwarded in Janu-
ary, 1950) :
The work, although it covers the same ground as Dr.
Maxon’s treatment, is essentially my own, for all the
descriptions and keys were redrawn. Dr. Maxon would
perhaps not always agree with my treatment. Now that
Dr. Gleason’s work is about ready to be published it
Seems desirable that I should give in advance some ex-
planation of my treatment of certain groups, especially
Since a few new combinations are needed.
T am reviewing elsewhere Professor M. L. Fernald’s
new Gray’s Manual of Botany, which covers essentially
the same range as Dr. Gleason’s Flora. Those who are
hoping for a complete agreement in the taxonomy and
nomenclature of the species are going to be disappointed.
It is perhaps inevitable that independent workers will
hot come to the same decisions, even on a group as well
known as the ferns of the eastern United States. Nat-
urally in some genera there is complete agreement be-
. tween Dr. Fernald’s treatment and my own; im most of
the larger genera there is more or less disagreement. Dr.
Fernald recognizes 130 species of native ferns and I 116."
Dr. Fernald also recognizes a great many more forms and
ea ’s Manual (7th edition) had 114, Dr, Maxon’s treatment
214 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL,
varieties than I have mentioned (in accordance with Dr.
Gleason’s instructions to be ‘‘temperate’’ in the recogni-
tion of subspecific categories). Dr. Fernald’s detailed
treatment of minor forms is certain to be of great use-
fulness.
GY MNOCARPIUM
For a long time now botanists have maintained the
genus Dryopteris essentially as defined in Christensen’s
Index Filicum, although realizing that this vast genus
might not be wholly homogeneous. Christensen himself
suggested that it should be divided along natural lines.
This has been done by Ching, Copeland, and others. The
necessity for such a treatment will not appear obvious to
some students. We have been accustomed to thinking
that these plants all belong together. However, it seems
likely that when we see a specimen, perhaps of a species
unknown to us, and say ‘‘That is a Dryopteris,’’ we are
recognizing not a fundamental generic character of a
genus Dryopteris, but a similarity to a certain species .
that is commonly referred to Dryopteris. If such species
as D. Thelypteris and D. noveboracensis had always been
referred to a distinct genus (e.g., Thelypteris) we should
not perceive a very close similarity to true species of
Dryopteris, sach as D. marginalis or D. Filia-mas. In
fact we should probably consider a suggestion to unite
them into a single genus as preposterous. For Thelyp-
teris not only has a different aspect but has distinet
morphological and anatomical characters.
I have hesitated a long time before making this seem-
ingly radical change in classification. I obtained my
views on fern classification largely through my associa-
tion for many years with Dr. William R. Maxon, who was
notably conservative. Dr. Maxon always opposed the
segregation of Dryopteris. So did that other conserva-
tive student, Mr. Weatherby, for many years, but he did
FERNS OF EASTERN UNITED STATES 215
eventually change his mind. In response to my request
for his opinion as to what treatment I should use in the
new Illustrated Flora, he replied (Nov. 21, 1947): ‘‘As
to your immediate problems, so far as the flora of north-
eastern America is concerned I should be willing to accept
Thelypteris and Dryopteris as separate genera, with
Gymnocarpium as a very real difficulty, but probably
to be placed with the former on habital grounds. There
isn’t any Dryopteris I can think of which has a running
rootstock and solitary fronds. . . . I realize that I am
far from definite; I haven’t been able to make up my
own mind yet,’’
Mr. Weatherby’s opinions coincided with my own, ex-
cépt as to the disposition of Gymnocarpium. The generic
name Gymnocarpium will be unfamiliar to many readers.
The genus was described by Newman in 1851 and in-
cluded three species, G. Dryopteris, G. Robertianam, and
G. Phegopteris. As treated by Newman it was essen-
tially the same as the genus Phegopteris (Presl) Fée,
which must be typified by the beech-fern (Polypodium
Phegopteris L.). Now, up to the present time certain
writers, mostly those concerned with local floras, have
maintained the genus Phegopteris to include both the
beech-fern and the oak-fern (Polypodium Dryopteris L.).
These two plants have in common an elongate, creeping
rhizome and exindusiate sori. These two characters are
obvious, but not fundamental ones in this group of
Plants. The beech-fern is closely allied in structure with
typical Thelypteris (the marsh-fern). The oak-fern, on
the contrary, differs widely. Ching realized this and
Published a paper entitled ‘‘On the Nomenclature and
Systematic Position of Polypodium Dryopteris L. and
Related Species.’’? He proposed that the oak-fern be
Tegarded as a distinct genus, and revived the name Gym-
nocarpium for it, typifying the genus on Polypodium
* Contr. Biol. Lab. Sei. Soc. China 9: 30-43. 1933.
216 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
Dryopteris. He may be followed in this typification.
The oak-fern is intermediate in many ways between
Thelypteris and Dryopteris. I found that I could hardly
_ define either genus satisfactorily if it was included, but
it seemed to be nearer to Dryopteris, contrary to Mr.
Weatherby’s suggestion. This observation agreed with
Holttum’s comments in his exceedingly valuable paper
‘*A Revised Classification of Leptosporangiate Ferns.’”
Holttum places Thelypteris in a separate family (The-
lypteridaceae) from Dryopteris which is placed in the
Dennstaedtiaceae, tribe Dryopteridoideae. In comment-
ing on Gymnocarpium, Holttum wrote : ‘‘Gymnocarpium
has the rachis-pinnule characters of Dryopteris and its
immediate allies, and scales like Dryopteris, for which
reasons a relationship to Dryopteris is indicated, though
Gymnocarpium has a simpler anatomy than Dryopteris
and a creeping apparently dorsiventral rhizome. In any
event, it is not near Thelypteris and needs further in-
vestigation.’”*
Mr. Weatherby finally agreed and wrote me (March 9,
1948) ‘Have you noticed that Holttum agrees with you
in putting the oak-fern with Dryopteris? It has some
traces of a new character which he uses for Dryopteris—
grooved upper surface of the costae, as opposed to convex
ones in Thelypteris. I somehow can’t imagine that this
is a very important character, but in the few species I
have looked at it seems to hold. I am inclined to think
that, if I had to write a fern-flora of this region, Id
3 Journ. Linn. Soe. Bot. 35: 123-158. . . ‘
4In regard to'putting Thelypteris and Dryopteris into differen
families Mr. Weatherby had this to say: ‘‘I cannot peg these
i do t
going to lead you. ... I am still waiting for some phylogenist
even to attempt to explain how so many lines of descent, a7
such different ancestors, managed to produce an almost perfectly
uniform sporangial structure.??
Ferns or EASTERN UNITED STATES 217
follow Ching (somewhat) and make a separate genus for
the oak-fern. It seems to me to make difficult the defi-
nition of either Dryopteris or Thelypteris, if included.’’
I distinguish these three genera as follows:
Acicular, unicellular hairs present on costae above; segments
iliate; sti undles two, these united below base of blade;
rhizome scales ciliate (sometimes sparingly) ; rhizomes slender,
creeping; fronds membranaceous; veins reaching the margin.
THELYPTERI
Acicular hairs absent on costae above; segments not ciliate; stipe
u hed.
membranaceous, deltoid; indusium none GYMNOCARPIUM
Lowest pinnae not articulate; stipe bundles 3-7; veins ending
short of the margin in elongate hydathodes; rhizomes thick,
short-creeping to erect; blades herbaceous to coriaceous,
ovate to lanceolate; indusium present. ............. DRYOPTE
It should be emphasized that this key accounts only for
the species of the northeastern United States. The inclu-
sion of certain tropical groups would modify the key to
Some extent. I believe that Cyclosorus and Goniopteris
Should be included in Thelypteris. In the tropics there
is also a third major genus, Ctenitis, to consider.
As to the name Thelypteris, it should be noted that Dr.
Copeland® has revived the name Lastrea for this genus.
He rejects Thelypteris on the ground that Schmidel did
hot use the binomial system of nomenclature and that he
did not form a binomial. According to the Rules a genus
May be validly described even though no species is
named. The requirement that an author must be using
the binomial system applies only to questions involving
the validity of species names. It does not apply to
Seneric names. Copeland states—‘‘Of still more recent
authors who, adopt the name [Thelypteris], Alston, Kew
ee. +
. Genera Filieum 135. 1947. Copeland includes Gymnocarpium
m Lastrea, <
218 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
Bull. (1932) 309, alone seems to have presented justifi-
cation.’’ Dr. Copeland evidently overlooked the paper
by M. L. Fernald and C. A. Weatherby entitled:
Schmidel’s Publication of Thelypteris.’”® Fernald and
Weatherby show conclusively that Schmidel’s publication
is valid. Professor Fernald does not use Thelypteris in
his new account in Gray’s Manual, because he continues
to maintain the marsh-fern in Dryopteris, and Dryopteris
is a conserved name. However, the conservation of
Dryopteris over Thelypteris does not prevent the use of
the latter when the two genera are held to be distinct.
Our two species of Gymnocarpium are not always
easily distinguished. The character assigned by Milde
and adopted by Hultén and others, namely ‘‘ First pin-
nule on lower side of basal pinnae about equal in length
to the third primary pinnae”’ [G. Dryopteris| as opposed
to ‘‘first pinnule on lower side of basal pinnae about
equal in length to fourth primary pinnae’’ [@. Robert-
ianwm] does not hold very well. The difference in the
division of the blade is usually rather easy to observe
but hard to express quantitatively. I find that the fol-
lowing holds fairly well:
First pinnule on lower side of basal pinnae about equal to one third
of the total length of the frond [i.e. the length of the primary —
Pieminia |r TOW ee eres G. Dryopters
First pinnule on lower side of basal pinnae about one fourth as
long as the frond or shorter G. Robertianum
DRYOPTERIS
In my treatment of Dryopteris (ie. Eudryopteris) I
have recognized seven species: D. fragrans, D. Filix-mas,
D. marginalis, D. cristata, D. Goldiana, D. Clintomana,
and D. austriaca (D. spinulosa). Small and some other
botanists have recognized a number of others (¢.8- D.
celsa, D. Boottii, D. atropalustris, D. separabilis) which |
sem to be hybrids. Natural hybrids between these sP&
6 Rhodora 31: 21-26, 1929,
FERNS OF EASTERN UNITED STATES 219
cies were noted by Dowell’ and Benedict.’ The first two,
D. fragrans and D. Filix-mas, mostly do not grow with
the other species, so hybrids are consequently few; but
‘the other species have apparently combined in almost
all possible ways. Hybridity in these plants has been
postulated chiefly on the basis of the possession of char-
acters intermediate between the presumed parents, ab-
normalities, and putative sterility. A worthwhile dis-
cussion along modern lines is not possible at the present
time. Such a study would require extensive genetic and
cytological work.
At the same time it is scarcely to be doubted that nat-
ural hybrids do occur. Clinton’s fern, D. Clintoniana,
is recognized today either as a distinct species or as a
variety of D. cristata. As Small points out, it is quite
as much like D. Goldiana as D. cristata, a fact observable
in the frequently abruptly acuminate blades, these only
slightly reduced toward the base, the relatively large size
of the plants, the larger, darker scales, and inframedial
sori. It is more like D. cristata in the shape of the
pinnae. It seems likely therefore that D. Clintoniana
originated as a cross between D. cristata and D. Goldiana,
and it therefore should not be regarded as a variety of
D. cristata. It is perfectly fertile and reasonably con-
stant; it is apparently an allopolyploid which can rank
as a species. However, if this is true, it is evident that
if D. Clintoniana is able to cross with other species, as
Seems likely, the resulting hybrids with D. marginalis,
D. austriaca, and the back-crosses with D. cristata and
D. Goldiana will defy analysis by ordinary herbarium
techniques.
The most that can be done is to make guesses. From
the abundant series of specimens collected in the Dismal
wamp area of Virginia by William Palmer and others
ASO teen oe ee
‘ Bull, Torr, Club 35: 135-140. 1908.
Bull. Torr. Club 36: 41-49. _ 1909.
220 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
I would guess that the controversial plant described as
D. Goldiana subsp. celsa W. Palmer (D. celsa Small) is
D. Clintoniana x Goldiana, as suggested by Wherry
(Guide to Eastern Ferns). Dr. Fernald (in the new
Gray’s Manual) has recognized it as a valid species.
Another criticat plant, also described from the Dismal
Swamp, is D. atropalustris Small. Dr. Wherry identifies
this as D. cristata x Goldiana, i.e. the same cross that re-_
sulted in D. Clintoniana, but it does not look like Clin-
toniana. The type specimen in the New York Botanical
Garden does not show characters of cristata, but seems to
me to have an evident strain of D. marginalis. I take it
to be D. Goldiana x marginalis.
Another dubious plant is D. Clintoniana var. australis.
Wherry (D. australis Small), originally described from
Alabama, but now reported from North Carolina, Louisi-
ana, and Arkansas. Here again I see a strain of ae
marginalis present, and there is a suggestion also of
D. ludoviciana and D. Clintoniana. The plant may be,
as Wherry diffidently suggested, a mixture of several spe-
cies. Some other hybrids have received specific names
(among them D. Slossonae, D. pittsfordensis, D. sepa
rabilis, D. Boottir).
From the above it might seem that the eastern United
States population of wood-ferns is a ‘‘hybrid swarm,”
but such is scarcely the case. The great majority of
plants in any locality are obviously referable to one or
other of the basic species. The hybrids in most cases
are rare or local.
DRYOPTERIS AUSTRIACA (Jacq.) Woynar ex Schinz &
Thell. Vierteljahrssch. Naturf. Ges. Ziirich 60: 339.
1915.
In Christensen’s Index Filicum, Polypodium austr -
acum Jacq.® is referred with a query to Dryopteris spy
losa. Later Woynar transferred the species to DryoP-
9 Obs. Bot. 1: 45. 1764.
FERNS OF EASTERN UNITED STATES 221
teris. Since austriacum has priority over Polypodium
spinulosum Miill. it must be adopted for our spinulose
shield-ferns if it really applies to this group. The origi-
nal description is as follows (translated) :
Polypodium austriacum. Fronds decompound, pilose ;
leaflets [i.e. pinnules] opposite or alternate ; pinnae |seg-
ments] pinnatifid, lanceolate, the lower opposite and dis-
tant, the upper alternate and confluent into a leaflet ;
stipe lanuginose at base. Gaeg:
Habitat in subalpine woods of the Etsch. Fruits m
October. Frond about 2 feet long, composed of about 8
opposite leaves [pinnae] and 3 terminal, the lowest
[pinnae] about 8 inches long, the others decreasing in
It must be remembered that in 1764 fern terminology
had not been standardized. A check with all the ferns
growing in the Alps shows that Dryopteris dilatata is the
only fern that corresponds at all with this description,
and that it does agree in most respects. The description
of the fronds as ‘‘pilose’’ is confusing, but I judge that
Jacquin was refering to the scales; this is more or less
Shown by his statement that the base of the stipe is en-
veloped in a ‘‘silky wool’’; this ‘‘wool’’ could only be the
conspicuous basal scales of Dryopteris dilatata. It has
been tentatively suggested that possibly Jacquin had a
flowering plant rather than a fern in hand, but I do not
believe that this is credible.’ J acquin was a distinguished
and accomplished botanist. He was unquestionably fa-
Miliar with the genus Polypodium in the Linnaean
222 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
sense.?° If his material had been sterile one might have
some vague doubts, but he says ‘‘fruits in October’’ and
he surely knew the difference between the fruit [dots]
of Polypodium and the fruit of any flowering plant.
The name Dryopteris austriaca has been adopted by
several European botanists and by Hultén in his ‘‘ Flora
of Alaska.’’ It is unfortunate that the well-known name
D. spinulosa should be displaced, but there does not seem
to be any alternative.
The varieties will be known as follows:
DRYOPTERIS AUSTRIACA var. DILATATA fate ) Fiori,
Flora Italica Cryptogama 5: 117. 1943."
DRYOPTERIS AUSTRIACA var. SPINULOSA Serer ) Fiori,
Flora Italica Cryptogama 5: 115. 1948
DRYOPTERIS AUSTRIACA var. swevenieaia (Muhl.) Mor-
ton, comb. nov. Polypodium intermediuwm Muhl. ex
Willd. Sp. Plant. 5: 262. 1810.
DRYOPTERIS AUSTRIACA var. fructuosa (Gilbert) Mor-
ton, comb. nov. Nephrodium spinulosum fructuo-
sum Gilbert, List No. Amer. Pterid. 37. 1901
DRYOPTERIS AUSTRIACA var. concordiana (Davenp-)
Morton, comb. nov. Nephrodium spinulosum vat.
concordianum Davenp. Rhodora 6: 33. 1904
WOoopDsIA
Woopsta orecana D. C. Eaton var. Cathcartiana (B. L
Rob.) Morton, comb. nov.
Woodsia Cathcartiana B. L. Rob. Rhodora 10: 30.
1908.
Since the time of its original discovery by Miss Ellen
Cathcart at Taylor’s Falls of the St. Croix River, Minne-
It will be recalled that oe placed such plants as Dryop-
sents marginalis in Polypodiu
11 Fiori attributed this conietaacias to Underwood (1893); ob:
viously an error. It may be that Fiori’s varietal com mbi seni pee
not the earliest, ty ; have a unable to fin d another. be .
dila
12 Attributed 6 nies (189 1) i rror. Sehin 7 and reliend
made the combination D. austriaca shes. splasdiud.
FERNS oF EASTERN UNITED STATES 223
sota, in 1874, Woodsia Cathcartiana has puzzled fern
students. D. C. Eaton originally referred the specimen
to his W. scopulina (in Gray’s Manual, ed. 6, 691. 1890),
but B. L. Robinson realized that it was different and
described it as new.
Recently Dr. T. M. C. Taylor’ has considered it a
variety of W. pusilla Fourn. (1880). Woodsia Cath-
cartiana does resemble W. mexicana [pusilla] in many
ways, but it is even closer to W. oregana D. C. Eaton, as
noted by R. M. Tryon, Jr.;?° in fact, these two are sepa-
rable only with difficulty and by characters of probably
secondary importance. The rhachis and costae of W.
oregana are very sparingly glandular and the leaf sur-
face entirely eglandular, whereas these are conspicu-
ously glandular in W. Catheartiana. The indusial seg-
ments in W. Cathcartiana are rather long (but by no
means so long as in W. mexicana), and often overtop
the sporangia. Those of W. oregana are shorter and
mostly concealed; they are variable, sometimes prin-
cipally of beadlike cells,"* but more often broader and
hairlike only at the tip.
Dr. Taylor’? indicates that true W. oregana is egland-
ular in all stages and deseribes a f. glandulosa, based
on material from Ontario, for those plants exhibiting
glands. However, all specimens that I have examined,
including those from Oregon, show some eapitate-glands,
although these may be very few and most noticeable at
13 Amer. Fern Journ. 37: 86. 1947. : :
14 Taylor uses the name pusilla in place of W oodsia onebiaag
Fee (1875), on the ground that the latter is a lates homonym 0
L i Rar. 1: 41.
priority
15 Amer. Fern Journ. 38: 168. 1948 [1949].
16 As illustrated by Maxon, in Abrams’ Tllustrated Flora of the
Pacifie States. d i
17 Op. cit. 85.
224 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
the bases of the pinnae. It seems, therefore, that f.
glandulosa may be disregarded.
It seems, therefore, that Woodsia Cathcartiana is best
considered as only a somewhat geographically isolated
variety of W. oregana, although it must be admitted that
the interrelationships in the section Perrinia are far from
satisfactorily settled. .
Woopsta scoputina D. C. Eaton var. appalachiana (T.
M. C. Taylor) Morton, comb. nov. :
Woodsia appalachiana T. M. C. Taylor, Amer. Fern
Journ. 37: 88. 1947.
The fern from the Allegheny Mountains which has
commonly been referred to W. scopulina has been char-
acterized as a new species by Professor T. M. C. Taylor. —
Although fern students have realized that it differs from
typical western specimens of W. scopulina, the differ-
ences have not seemed conspicuous or fundamental. The
rhizome scales are somewhat narrower and the indusial
segments broader, but the plants agree with W. scopulina
in so many features, in particular, in dissection and in
the presence of long, articulate hairs on the costae and
costules of the pinnae, that they seem better treated as
a geographically isolated variety. The variety is rare
and found only in a limited area in the Allegheny Moun-
tains in Virginia, West Virginia, North Carolina, and
Tennessee; there is an outlying station in the Ozark
Mountains in Arkansas.
Woopsia oprusa (Spreng.) Torr. In Broun’s Index
to North American Ferns, W. obtusa is said to range
from Alaska to British Columbia. So far as I know this
statement has no basis in fact, but strangely enough it
appears again and again, e.g. in Maxon in Britton and
Brown, Illustrated Flora, in Small’s Ferns of the South-
eastern States, in Wherry’s Guide to Eastern Ferns, in
Tryon et al. Ferns of Wisconsin, in Brown and Correll,
FERNS OF EASTERN UNITED STATES 225
Ferns and Fern Allies of Louisiana, in Ogden’s Ferns
of Maine, and elsewhere. All these records apparently
go back to a misidentification by William Trelease as
W. obtusa of an Alaskan specimen of Cystopteris fragilis.
The Arizona record of Broun is based on a misidentifi-
cation of W. Plummerae. The range is correctly stated
by Professor, Fernald in the new Gray’s Manual.
ATHYRIUM
ATHYRIUM THELYPTEROIDES (Michx.) Desv. The sil-
very-spleenwort is widely distributed in the eastern
United States, although not exactly common. There are
two forms, in their extreme development almost suggest-
ing two species—the typical form, which is the common-
est and most widespread, has the segments of the pinnae
With nearly straight, scarcely toothed sides and a rounded
or subtruncate apex; the veins are mostly simple and the
indusia rarely athyrioid; the other form, known as f.
acrostichoides (Swartz) Gilbert, is more northerly in
range, being known chiefly from Quebec to northern New
ngland, west to Ontario and Wisconsin ; it has broader,
Strongly toothed segments, with curved sides, and an
obtuse or acutish tip; the veins are often forked in the
Sterile blades and the indusia are more often. athyrioid.
These two forms have been noted oceasionally,'® but ap-
parently no serious field study has been made. Authors
have assumed by their recognition of acrostichoides as
merely a form, that these variations have little genetic
Significance but are ecological adaptations, but this re-
mains to be demonstrated. It is particularly desirable
to collect young stages as well as mature plants. These
ferns Should prove a suitable subject for ‘‘mass collect-
ing”’ and statistical analysis. _
To be continued.
Te area
7 8 CE. Gilbert, Fern Bull. 8: 9. 1900; Winslow, Amer. Fern
oe 1: 79-82. 1911; Weatherby, Amer. Fern Journ. 26: 131-
- 1936; Gruber, Amer, Fern Journ. 27: 27. 1
,
226 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
Ctenitis vellea, a Neglected West Indian Fern
GEORGE R. PROCTOR
In his ‘“‘A monograph of the genus Dryopteris,’”
Christensen diseusses briefly a rare West Indian fern
first named Aspidium velleum by Willdenow in 1810.
He states that the species ‘‘was founded on PLUMIER
tab. 9, which plate illustrates a plant from San Do-
mingo,’’ and goes on to say that Hooker’s V ephrodium
aureovestitum, described in 1862 from Cuban material
(Linden no. 1901) probably represents the same entity.
However, he says that the only specimen he had seen
was a single sheet collected by Jenman in Jamaica, now
deposited at the U. S. National Herbarium
G Jenman, a nineteenth-century specialist on
Jamaican ferns, who published (in serial form) the
first (and, to date ,the last) somprebenetys belie on these
plants,” states that the species is ‘‘common’’ in the region
the Manchester Mountains, at 2000 ft. elevation.
However, the only specimen in the herbarium of the
Jamaican Department of Agriculture (with which Jen-
man was connected, 1873-1879) is labeled as being from
a cultivated plant at Castleton Gardens. Apparently
William R. Maxon, who contributed so much to our
atlas of Jamaican ferns, never collected this species,
though he visited localities where it occurs. However,
he was acquainted with it from a number of old ceollee-
tions at the British Museum. My own attention was
brought to this plant during the early part of March of
this year, when, during the course of botanical collecting
in the remote interior of the so-called ‘‘ cockpit country”
of southern Trelawny Parish, I was interested to find
the species in question quite common there, growing in
scattered colonies on shaded rocky hillsides, and a g0°
series of specimens was obtained.
1 Vid. Selsk. Skr. VII. 102: 101. 1913.
2 Bull. Bot. Dept. Jamaica, 1890-1898.
\
CTENITIS VELLEA 227
Dryopteris vellea (Willd.) Kuntze (1891) (as it has
been called) belongs to the distinct group of fern species
separated as the genus Ctenitis by Christensen in 1938.°
When Copeland dealt with Ctenitis in his ‘‘Genera Fili-
cum’’ (1947, pp. 123-125), he listed a large number of
species, making new nomenclatural combinations wher-
ever necessary. However, D. vellea was omitted from
this treatment. It therefore seems desirable to make the
transfer at this time; the plant eg be known as Ctenitis
vellea (Willd.) Proctor, comb. no
To bring the known duteiioiion up date, the following
records may be cited. The symbol ‘‘BM”’ refers to
British Museum (Natural History), ‘‘K’’ to the Royal
Botanic Gardens, Kew, ‘‘US’’ to the United States
National Herbarium, ‘*H’’ to the herbarium of the
Botanical Hepartinent of Jamaica, situated at Hope
- Gardens, and ‘‘J’”’ to the herbarium of the Institute of
Jamaica, Kingston. I am indebted for the use of Dr.
Maxon’s notes for citation of the material at the British
Museum and Kew, and to Mr. C. V. Morton for helpful
Suggestions.
CUBA: Province of Oriente: ‘‘Mt. Leban [Lebanon], St. Yago
[Santiago] de Cuba, 1844. Linden n. 1901’? (K). This is the
ype of Hooker’s Nephrodiuwm aureo-vestitum; however, as Hooker
himself pointed out, only part of Linden’s 1901 is this entity.
The rest is Dryopteris velata oe Kuntze.
JAMAICA: Parish of Trelay wny: Alps district, R. V. Sherring
(BM, K, US); Windsor Cave, Proctor 4720 (J); 5 miles north
of Quick Step, Proctor 4064( J, US). Parish of St. Elizabeth: 1
mile south of Ipswich, Proctor 4619 aid Parish of Manchester:
Interior’ ’, Wm. Purdie in 1844 (BM, K); ‘‘Manchester Hills’’,
Jenman 34 (K). Without locality : Wilson 67, in 1845 (BM, K,
. US) ; also ‘‘Cult. Hort. Castleton ?? Jenman, ‘*J. P. 2051”?
Mati: «Grand Riviere, au quartier. de Leogane,’’ Plumier (type,
probably not extant, represented by t. 49 of ‘‘Traitté des Fougéres
Rm aCe
3 Verdoorn *s Manual, p. 544.
228 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
was actually a form of the species commonly knowr as Dryopteris
submarginalis
Ctenitis vellea is distinguished from all other West
Indian members of Ctenitis, except C. submarginalis
(L. & F.) Copeland, by having pinnate-pinnatifid (rather
than at least bipinnate-pinnatifid) fronds. From
submarginalis it differs by its much smaller, sealier,
rather dimorphic fronds, and by the rhizome-scales being
entire and having a pocket-like base. The former species
has seales which are always more or less toothed, and are
flat at the base. It is known in the West Indies only from
Hispaniola. Typically, these species are not dimorphic,
but in the plant under consideration the’ fertile fronds
are somewhat contracted. It is interesting to speculate °
that the extremely rare genus Atalopteris, known to sei-
~ ence from less than a half-dozen specimens (supposedly
representing 3 species!), may have arisen directly from
C. vellea, or at least have been derived from the same
stock. Such a possibility is supported by the weak (oF
incipient?) dimorphism of this species, for one of the
features of Atalopteris (as distinguished from Ctenitis)
is its pronounced dimorphism. And it may be noted that
the sterile fronds of A. Mazoni (Christ) C. Chr. (the
only Jamaican representative of its genus, and collected
but twice) and of C. vellea are very similar.
Ctenitis vellea is a beautiful and distinctive species,
and deserves to be better known. It am not surprise
that Jenman thought it worthy of cultivation at Castle-
ton Gardens, but it seems strange that it has been 80
nearly lost sight of since his day.
Science Museum, INSTITUTE oF JAMAICA.
4 Kungl. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 162: 33. 1937.
SHortEeR NoTE 229
Shorter Note
SELAGINELLA RUPESTRIS IN GREENLAND.—In Meddelel-
ser om Greenland, 147, no. 3 (1948), Dr. Tyge W. Bocher
records a very striking extension of range. Near the
southern tip of Greenland a great fiord runs far inland;
near its head, some 80 kilometers from the sea, there is
a considerable lateral valley in which, during the war,
the United States had a military air-field. In this valley,
on dry shelves of rock in very thin soil, Selaginella ru-
pestris (L.) Spring was found in such quantity as to
form the dominant element in the vegetation of the
shelves.
Hitherto, the northeastern known limit of this species
has been Nova Scotia. A number of other species, of
relatively southern range otherwise, occur in Greenland ;
but their nearest stations on the mainland of North
America are in Newfoundland or southern Labrador. In
the case of the Selaginella, the gap is unusually wide.—
C. A. WEATHERBY.
Recent Fern Literature
The New Gray’s Manual..—The eighth edition of
Gray’s Manual of Botany, issued 100 years after the first
edition and 42 years after the seventh edition, has re-
cently appeared. It represents the life work of one of
the most distinguished of American botanists, Professor
M. L. Fernald. Professor Fernald’s productivity during
the last forty years has amazed botanists. A continuous
Stream of papers from his pen has appeared in Rhodora
and elsewhere. The end result of all this work now ap-
pears in the new Manual, which includes also a vast
oo of material which has not been previously pub-
S
t 1Gray’s Manual of Botany. Eighth Noteen'sime!§ Edition Ilus-
dora Sap argely rewritten and expanded by Merri t Lyndon Fer--
= in i-lxiv, ep , many figs. American Denk Company,
ew York, 1950. $7.
230 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL 3
Professor Fernald’s work has always been outstanding
for its attention to bibliographic detail and for accuracy
in observation. It is not to be expected that all taxono-
mists will agree with Fernald either in nomenclatural
matters or in specific delimitations. The reviewer be-
lieves, to pick one instance, that few botanists will ap-.
prove the adoption of Bartram’s names, such as Hera-
hyponyms. But Fernald’s work will certainly have to be
carefully considered by all working on the plants of the
eastern United States.
The treatment follows the seventh edition rather
closely as to typography and general format. The im-
portant generic and specific characters are placed in
italics, as before, a helpful procedure. A much larger
number of forms and varieties are recognized (The cate-
gory subspecies is not used). The illustrations are in
general by no means equal to the text in quality.
One praiseworthy feature, not carried out consistently
in most manuals, is the recognition of indebtedness in
certain genera to the work of other authors. Thus in the
treatment of Salix mention is made of help received from
the work of Schneider, in Rumex to that from Rechinger,
and in other cases too numerous to mention. However,
in very few, if any instances, has Professor Fernald
copied the work of other authors exactly; he has always
considered it critically. These supplementary references,
_ given in footnotes, will be useful in leading the student to
more detailed revisions and discussions than appear in
the Manual.
The treatment of the ferns and fern allies is conserva
tive. Dr. Fernald has never considered himself as 4
‘‘pteridologist,’’ although he has studied the ferns of the
manual range and has published notes on them from time
to time. The reviewer disagrees with Professor Fernald
RECENT FERN LITERATURE 231
_ on some taxonomic points, some of which will be men-
tioned elsewhere. A few minor criticisms may be noted.
he key to genera is not always wholly accurate or
usable. Dryopteris and Polystichum are said to have the
“indusium peltate or attached at its center, orbicular
to reniform’’; to the reviewer ‘‘attached at its center’’
is synonymous with ‘‘peltate’’ and is not properly de-
scriptive of Dryopteris, which has the indusium attached
at a point on one side and not in the ‘‘center.’’ Pellaea,
Notholaena, Cheilanthes, and Cryptogramma are said to
have the ‘‘rhizome very short’’ (as opposed to Pteridium,
with ‘‘rhizome elongate, forking and extensively creep-
ing), but Cheilanthes lanosa (C. vestita of Fernald’s
treatment) has a forking, creeping rhizome, and Crypto-
gramma Stelleri an even more elongate one. Pellaea is
distinguished from Notholaena, Cheilanthes, and Crypto-
gramma solely by having the ‘‘pinnules and segments of
the frond articulated at base.’’ This is sure to be a stum-
bling block to the user, for this character is not obvious,
and the reviewer is doubtful if it is true at all.
Keys are provided for most of the genera. However,
there is inconsistency in the treatment of genera with two
Species only. Some, as for instance, Cryptogramma,
Woodwardia, and Pellaea, have no keys, and others, like
Adiantum and Polypodium do. This is evidently not
due to certain species being more easily distinguished
than others, for surely Adiantum pedatum and A. Capil-
lus-veneris, or Polypodium virginianum and P. poly-
podioides, which are keyed, are more easily distinguished
than Pellaea atropurpurea and P. glabella, which are
not keyed.
It can not be presumed that the new Manual says the
last word on the flora of the eastern United States. Much
remains to be learned, both about the taxonomy and the
distribution of our plants; doubtless, Professor Fernald
232, AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
will himself continue to add to our knowledge. But the
Manual is certainly a landmark in the history of plant
taxonomy and is a ‘‘must’’ for all serious students.
American sta! Society
NE
Mrs. re E. Bankston, No. 262, eaaale. Louisiana
r. Woon-Young Chun, Director, Botanical Institute, Sun Yatsen
University, 416 a Tou Wai Road, Kowloon, Hongkong, China
Mr. Charles W. ile 17 O’Hara Street, Greensburg, Penn-
sylvania
Mr. Samuel Pegi 140 South Hamilton Avenue, Greensburg,
Pennsylvani
Mr. J. D. Snieet Jr., 5093 Polk Street, Amarillo, Texas
CHANGES OF ADDRESS
Mr. Phillip H. Humfeld, 311 West 11th Street, Hutchinson, Kansas
Professor Eugene N. Kozloff, a of Biology, Lewis and
Clark College, Portland 1, Ore
Mr. Ed Lee, 3542-A Marksi: tia iba Francisco 14, California
Dr. Harold Seki Box 155, aaa Station, Moscow, Idaho
Dr. Clyde F. Reed, 3522 Hayward Avenue, Baltimore 15, Maryland
Dr. Paul C. Standley, ren Agricola Panamericana, Apartado
93, El Zamorano, Hondur
Dr. William C. Steere, Departmen of Biological Sciences, Stanford
University, Californ:
Dr. Paul O. Schallert, Altamonte Springs, Florida, 9
disposing of duplicates from his herbarium. These
clude fungi, lichens, algae, bryophytes, ferns, and flower-
ing plants from all over the United States, but chiefly
from Florida, Georgia, Alabama, North and South Caro-
lina, California, Arizona, and Washington. He is ask
ing $10.00 a hundred.
THE BRYOLOGIST
PUBLISHED BY THE
AMERICAN BRYOLOGICAL SOCIETY
The only magazine in Englis eo hg gor’ to Mosses, ., Hepaties,
and, Licks ns. Bi-monthly ; jilust trate inner | ;
ree the professional. Yearly subscription on the United States. $2.50, es
i oe membership in the Ameri n Bryological Society, with free
£ Curators for beginners.
oe me hgg : dress Se ah
i eS WINONA H. WELCH, DePauw University, Greencastle, |
ana, . ee
CASTANEA
Published by the
( to the bot: f ter thera
Puttiond on ae rae the in esting South
REPARATION
BOTANICAL SPECIME
a
5 October-December, 1950 3
+
merican Fern Journal —
A QUARTERLY DEVOTED TO FERNS ; s fae
ieee Published by the
AMERICAN FERN SOCIE
Che American Heru Society
Counril for 1950
eae OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR
JoserH Ewan, Department of Botany, Tulane University, New
Orleans, La. President
: CORRELL, Mt. Pisgah Road, Avenel, ees Spring, _
OM Eprre ScamMAN, Gray Herbarium, Harvard University, ¢ Cam-
. ET pidge, Massachusetts Secretary
Wines S. ALLEN, 144-19 35th Ave., Flushing, N. Y. Trews
_C. -V. Morton, Smithsonian Institution, Washington 2
jap ‘Chief
American #eru Journal
Vou. 40 - OCTOBER—DECEMBER, 1950 No. 4
The Chemical Composition of Certain Ferns and
Fern Allies of Central Pennsylvania
Hston-Yu Hov'
Certain ferns and fern allies normally occur on acid
soils, whereas others appear to be intolerant of acidity
and grow on neutral or calcareous soils (Wherry, 1942).
The former are frequently referred to as calcifugous and
the latter as calcicolous plants. Other species are essen-
tially indifferent to soil reaction.
A chemical study, with special reference to the alumi-
num, iron, manganese, phosphorus, calcium, and potas-
Slum content, of several species which grow on soils of
contrasted pH values has been undertaken. It was hoped
to obtain in this way a possible explanation as to why
individual species thrive only on soils with a limited
range of reaction. :
MATERIALS AND METHODS
All the plants investigated were collected between J uly
8 and July 25, 1948, in central Pennsylvania. The sam-
Ples were dried for 48 hours at a temperature of 60-7 0°
C. in a steam heated oven. The dried samples, after
gtinding, were ashed in Pyrex beakers at approximately
BO C. overnight. The small amount of carbon remain-
ing present was destroyed by perchloric acid digestion.
The calcium and potassium were determined by the
Use of a flame photometer (Toth et al. 1948). Alumi-
ts The author is indebted to Dr. F. G. Merkle and Dr. J. P. Kelly,
of Pennsylvania State College, for their invaluable assistance and
eranee throughout this work. :
at olume 40, No. 3, of the JouRNAL, pp. 201-282, was issued
ptember 21, 1950.]
234 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
num, iron, manganese, and phosphorus were determined
colorimetrically by means of the Coleman Spectropho-
tometer. Aluminum was determined by the use of the
aluminon method (Winter et al., 1929; Peech and Eng-
lish, 1944). Iron was determined by the o-phenanthro-
line method (Saywell and Cunningham, 1937). Manga-
nese was determined by the simplified periodate method
(Willard and Greathouse, 1917). Phosphorus was deter-
mined by an adaptation of the method of Fiske and Sub-
barow (1925).
CALCIFUGOUS SPECIES
1. Lycopoprum cLavatum (Running clubmoss). One
chemical characteristic of this species is a high content
of aluminum, which varies with the soil condition. The
plants growing in site 1 and site 2 contain 0.2633% and
0.0790% of aluminum on a moisture-free basis, or 6.24%
and 2.43% of aluminum on the ash basis respectively.
The aluminum content of this species growing in site 1
is thus about three times that of the plant growing in .
site 2, which corresponds with the latter site being on
peat soil, which is known to have a poor supply of
aluminum (Magistad, 1925).
2. LYCOPopIUM FLABELLIFORME (Running pine). This
species is characterized by the highest content of alumi-
num among the plants investigated: 0.7925-0.7613% of
aluminum on the moisture-free basis, or 15.23-15.75%
on the ash basis. —
3. Lycopopium oBscURUM DENDROIDEUM (Round-branch
ground-pine). This species also contains a large amount
of aluminum. The plants growing in the three sites con-
tain, respectively, 0.1230%, 0.1962%, and 0.3711% of
aluminum on the moisture-free basis, or 10.72%, 6.48%,
and 11.35% of aluminum in the ash. Again the one
containing the smallest amount of aluminum was grow
ing on the peat soil. .
Taste 1. The chemical composition of certain ferns
(p
r cent on moisture-
and fern-allies most
free basis)
frequently
growing on acid soils
Plant part
ow
as
Siteno. pH of soil Ash Al
1. Lyeopodium clavatum
(1) : Whole plant 4.23 0.2633
(2) 3.3 Whole plant 3.25 0.0790
. Lycopodium flabelliforme
(1) 3.8 Whole plant 5.02 0.7925
(2) 7-85 Whole plant 4.79 0.7613
. Lycopodium obseurum dendroideum
(1) 3.9 Whole plant 3.0 0.3290
(2) 3.3 Whole plant 3.34 0.1692
(3) 4.0 Whole plant 3.20... 0.3711
. Dennstaedtia punctilobula
(1) 4.2 Pinnae 9.00 0.0472
Stipe & rootstock 5.01 0.0263
(2) 4.8 - Pinnae 9.78 0.0402
(3) 3.4 Pinnae 9.53 0.0276
Stipe & rootstock 5.00 0.0047
5. Phegopteris hexagonoptera
(1) 5.4 Pinnae 11.72 0.0231
6. Osmunda Claytoniana
(1) 5.3 Pinnae 8.90 0.0340
Fe
0.0178
0.0100
Mn
0.0318
0.0366
0.0103
0.0230
0.0116
0.0156
0.0192
0.0104
0.4388
Ca
0.1196
0.0988
0.0712
0.0503
0.1225
236 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
4. DENNSTAEDTIA PUNCTILOBULA (Hay-scented fern).
This species is characterized by a relatively large amount
of manganese, which varies markedly with the soil con-
dition. The manganese content of the plants collected
in site 3 is about six times that of plants growing on the
other two sites. This result corresponds with the lowest
pH being exhibited by the soil of site 3; for it has been
shown by many investigators that, as the pH of the soil
decreases, the availability of manganese in the soil in-
creases
5. PHEGOPTERIS HEXAGONOPTERA (Southern _beech-
fern). No special chemical feature of this species has
been found, although it is somewhat high in ash content.
6. OsMUNDA CLAYTONIANA (Interrupted-fern). This
species contains 0.4388% of manganese on the moisture-
free basis, or 1.31% of manganese on the ash basis, a per-
centage greatly exceeding all the other plants analyzed.
The chemical composition of the ferns and fern allies
mentioned above is shown in Table 1.
CALCICOLOUS SPECIES
7. CYSTOPTERIS BULBIFERA (Bulblet-fern). It is notable
that this species is very low in manganese content, an
by far the highest in calcium content of all the plants
studied.
8. PELLAEA ATROPURPUREA (Hairy cliff-brake). The
lowest manganese content among all the plants examined
is definitely shown by this species, which grows with its
roots extending deeply into the limestone rock. Remark-
ably enough, however, it is not especially high in calcium.
The chemical composition of the above two calcicolous
ferns is shown in Table 2.
INDIFFERENT SPECIES
9. DRYOPTERIS MARGINALIS (Marginal wood-fern).
The analyses of samples of this species growing in two
TABLE 2. The chemical composition of two ferns growing most frequently on ealeium-rich soils
(pe 8)
cent on moisture-free basi
Siteno. pH of soil Piss pes’
analyzed Ash Al Fe Mn 14 Ca K
7. Cystopteris bulbifera
(1) Pinnae 12.20 0.03385 0.03871 0.00385 0.1757 1.8615 1.7297
8. Pellaea atropurpurea
(1) 2 Pinnae 6.65 0.0221 0.0206 0.0023 0.1368 0.5893 1.6626
Taste 3. The chemical composition of two ferns growing on soils with varying pH
(per cent on moisture-free basis)
Siteno. pH of soil genet Ash al Fe Mn P Ca K
9. Dryopteris marginalis
(1) 4, Pinnae 7.39 0.0218 0.0095 0.0374 0.3099 0.7687 2.0431
2 6.3 Pinnae 7.34 0.0233 0.0222 0.0044 0.2334 0.8654 1.9671
10. Polystichum acrostichoides
ql 4. Pinnae 8.26 ps oe 0.0077. 0.0377 0.2827 0.4786 2.4367
(2) 6.7 Pinnae 7.62 0189 «0.0164 0.0088 0.2976 0.6700 2.1785
(3) 6.8 Pinnae 7.62 0. 08 318 0.0143 0.0032 0.2078 0.6660 2.2648
238 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
sites differing widely in pH show that there is no note-
worthy difference in the aluminum, phosphorus, calcium,
and potassium content. However, this species contains
nearly nine times as much manganese yet half as much
iron when growing on the strongly acid soil than on the
slightly acid soil.
10. PoLysticHUM ACROSTICHOIDES (Christmas fern).
On comparing the results of analyses of plants growing
in the three different sites, it is evident that a definite
relationship exists between manganese and the pH of
the soil. On the other hand, the greater absorption of
iron takes place in soil having the highest pH value.
The content of aluminum, phosphorus, calcium, and
potassium is rather uniform among the plants in the
three sites.
The chemical composition of the above two ferns
growing in soils with varying pH is shown in Table 3.
DISCUSSION OF ELEMENTS PRESENT
ALUMINUM. Certain of the calcifugous plants, espe-
cially the three species of Lycopodium, are extraordi-
narily high in aluminum, whereas the aluminum content
of some other calcifugous species is not significantly
higher than that of the calcicolous ones. These findings
are in agreement with those of Hutchinson and Wollack
(1943), who referred to Lycopodiums as ‘‘biological ac-
eumulators of aluminum.’’ In general, no definite cor-
relation was found between the soil pH and the alumi-
num content in any one species.
Tron. No distinctive difference between the eal-
cifugous and calcicolous ferns was found when iron 1s
considered. However, more iron was absorbed by 4
given species when growing on a soil of the higher pH.
This relation is shown not only in the two ae. be in-
different reaction, but also in the ealeifugous on
MANGANEsE. It is evident from the data resent
CHEMICAL COMPOSITION OF FERNS 239
that the manganese content of the calcifugous ferns is
markedly higher than that of the calcicolous ferns, con-
stituting the most pronounced chemical distinction be-
tween these groups. In addition, when the same species
growing in different soils is considered, there is a definite
correlation between manganese and pH, the lower the
pH of the soil the greater the percentage of manganese
in the plant.
PuospHorus. Although no significant difference in
phosphorus content of the calcifugous and calcicolous
ferns has been found, the higher content of phosphorus
in the plants, in some instances, was associated with a
higher pH of the soil.
Caucrum. The calcium content of the calcifugous
ferns is not necessarily lower than that of calcicolous
ones. However, there is an indication that more calcium
occurs in a given species growing on the less acid soil.
This is well shown in the two ferns of indifferent reaction.
_ Porasstum. No chemical distinction as to potassium —
was found between the calcifugous and calcicolous ferns.
In the ferns of indifferent reaction, however, the higher
the pH of the soil, the smaller the amount of potassium
was found in the plant.
CoNCLUSION
A tentative suggestion may be made that the ecological
distribution of ferns and fern allies may not be related
to the supply of iron, phosphorus, calcium, or potassium
in the soil, inasmuch as no chemical distinction between
ealcifugous and calcicolous ferns has been found with
reference to these four elements.
The distribution of certain calcifugous types, such as
_ the lyeopodiums, containing or requiring a large amount
of aluminum, is most likely associated with the fact that
= acid soils this element is highly available. The cal-
cifugous behavior of most ferns and fern allies seems,
240 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
however, to be connected with the relatively high avail-
ability of manganese in the acid soils. On the other
hand, the calcicolous ferns may well be very susceptible
to the toxicity of manganese, and so are not found grow-
ing on acid soils, while the indifferent species may be
tolerant of manganese.
LITERATURE CITED
Hutcuinson, G. E., AnD A. WoLLACK. 1943. Biological accumu-
lators of Cr hics Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts & Sci
73- ee
Maaistap, O. The aluminum content of the soil solution =
its Jr ia to soil reaction and plant growth. Soil
20: 181-212.
Precu, M., anp L. Enauisu. 1944. Rapid microchemical soil
tests me Sci. 57: 167-195.
SAYWELL, L. G., anp B. B. CUNNINGHA 1937. Determination
of aac oetuaesh 0- phenanthrotine method. Indus. &
Engin. cay Ed. 67-69.
Torn, ok Accs ba: cE; A. WALLACE, AND D, S. MICKKELSEN.
1948, oa Paldliine aie tse of eight mineral
elements in plant tissue by a systematic procedure involv-
1 Sei i
in
Wherry, E. T. 1942. Guide to Eastern Ferns. The Seieries
Press ere 5 Company, Lancaster, Pa. ‘
WILLARD, H. H., L. H. GreatHouse. 1917. The colorimetric
pany of manganese by oxidation with periodate.
6-2
mination of aluminum in plants. 1. A study of the use
of aurintricarboxylic acid for the colorimetric determina-
tion of aluminum. Journ. Amer. Chem. Soe. 51: 2721-
2731
PENNSYLVANIA STATE COLLEGE.
Ferns or EASTERN UNITED STATES 241
Notes on the Ferns of the Eastern United States
(concluded)
Cc. V. Morron
Aruyrium Fuurx-remina (L.) Roth var. CYCLOSORUM
(Ledeb.) Moore, Ind. Fil. 183. 1860. The Alaskan
form of the lady-fern, which occurs also in Newfound-
land and Quebec, has been commonly called var. sitchense
Rupr. ex Moore, Ind. Fil. 183. 1860. It has been over-
looked that Moore did not recognize var. sitchense. This
name appears only in the synonymy of var. cyclosorum,
a name attributed to Ruprecht by Moore. Moore was the
first author to unite these two varieties, and since he
adopted the epithet cyclosorum and placed sitchense in
synonymy, he must be followed, provided that these two
names do refer to the same variety. It seems possible
that cyclosorum as delimited by Ledebour (and Ru-
precht) included some material of typical A. Filix-
femina, but it was mostly based on the same form as
sitchense. Consequently cyclosorum is the legitimate
varietal epithet. However, Moore was in error in at-
tributing the combination to Ruprecht, for Ruprecht
published it as Athyrium Filix-foemina y Athyrium
cyclosorum, a binomial nomenclature for subspecies con-
trary to the present International Rules of Nomencla-
ture. The first valid publication is that of Ledebour’”
= Asplenium Filix-femina y cyclosorum. As a subspe-
cles, the plant ought to be known as A. Filix-femina
Subsp. cyclosorum (Ledeb.) C, Chr, in Hultén, Fl. Aleut.
Isl. 50. 1937.
ArHyrium Frurx-remina (L.) Roth var. MicHAUXII
(Spreng.) Farwell. In 1917, Dr. F. K. Butters * pub-
lished a detailed study of the North American lady-ferns.
19 Fl. Rossica 4: 519. 1853
20 Rhodora 19: 170-202. 1917. : :
24? AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
He concluded that two forms oceurring in the eastern
states could be distinguished from A. Filiz-femina as
species, one of more northerly range, A. angustum
(Willd.) Presl, and one commoner in the south, A.
asplenioides (Michx.) Desv. He has been followed by
most fern writers since that time, but almost always with
some reservations, for the two not only intergrade with
each other where their ranges meet, but also both are
decidedly similar in most important respects to typical
European A. Filix-femina. I recall that two of our most
experienced and conservative fern students, Dr. Maxon
and Mr. Weatherby, both told me in conversation that
they would prefer to regard these plants as merely va-
rieties. Recently, Professor Fernald?! has boldly and,
I believe, justifiably, done just this.
The rootstock characters emphasized by Butters need
confirmation by field study both in the United States
and Europe. They are not evident in herbarium mate-
rial. The presence of darkish reticulate spores in A.
asplenioides does not indicate a character of specific im-
portance, for similar spores are found in A. Filix-femina
var. californicum Butters. The characters of frond
shape and indusia hold fairly well, but may best be re-
garded as indicating only a partial differentiation result-
ing. in regional subspecies. The tropical American and
Asiatic representatives of this group need further study.
Dr. Wherry has protested? against the ‘‘lumping’”’ of
our lady-ferns, but he has not brought out any new char-
acters distinguishing them. In fact his description of
A. asplenioides f, ellipticum only serves to draw attention
to the close similarity between A. asplenioides and A.
angustum.
The varieties and forms of A. angustum that have been
described do not appear to represent — entities.
"21 Rhodora 48: 389-391. 1946.
22 Amer. Fern Journ. 38: as a 1948.
Ferns or EasteRN UNITED STATES 243
Some are merely teratological states (such as f. lacinia-
tum), some persistent juvenile states (var. laurentia-
- num), and some ecological variants (e.g. the sun form,
typical A. angustum). It is unfortunate that the well-
known epithet angustum cannot be used in a varietal
sense. However, as a variety it dates from February,
186072 and Michauzii dates, as a varietal epithet, from
1859.4
ATHYRIUM FILIX-FEMINA (L.) Roth \ var. ASPLENIOIDES
(Michx.) Farwell. The choice of name for the southern
lady-fern presents an unusual complication. Sprengel,
in transferring N ephrodium asplenioides Michx. to
Asplenium changed the name to Asplenium Athyrium,
considering that the name Aspleniwm asplenioides would
be unsuitable. Sprengel’s name is illegitimate under the
Rules as superfluous when published. However, when
Mettenius considered the plant as a variety he-used the
name Asplenium Filix-femina var. Athyrium, and thus
Athyrium is the oldest varietal name available. When
the lady-ferns are referred to a genus Athyrium, as is
universally done at present, the use of such a varietal
epithet as ‘‘Athyrium’’ would be confusing and most
unfortunate, Such a case as this must be very rare and
is not envisioned in the International Rules. I think
though that it may be assumed that the prohibition in
Article 68, Section 3, against the repetition of the generic
name as a specific epithet (tautonym) can carry over
to epithets of subspecific or lower rank. The legitimate
epithet is therefore Athyrium Pilix-femina var. asplenio-
ides (Michx.) Farwell.?®
———_.
ae Athyrium asplenioides var. angustwm Moore, Ind. Fil. 179.
4 Asplenium Filia- -femina var. Michauzii (Spreng.) Mett. Abh.
4 + 248. 1859.
25 Papers Mich. Acad. Sci. 2: 13. 1923.
244 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
ASPLENIUM
A good many reputed hybrids have been noted in
Asplenium. The best known of these is A. Trudelli
Wherry, which is considered to be A. montanum x pin-
natifidum. I cannot see that there is any real trace of
A. montanum in it, at least so far as the type specimen
is concerned. I regard it as the most highly developed
state of A. pinnatifidum, the frond being pinnate-pin-
natifid at base instead of merely pinnatifid as in typical
A. pinnatifidum. Asplenium Stotleri Wherry, which is
essentially bipinnate, is regarded by Dr. Wherry as A.
pinnatifidum x platyneuron, but I cannot see how a
hybrid between two essentially simply pinnate species
could be bipinnate. I consider it very likely A. Brad-
leyi x pinnatifidum. On the other hand x A. Gravesu
Maxon, which Dr. Wherry considers to be A. Bradley x
pinnatifidum, seems to me to be more like A. pinnati-
fidwm x platyneuron. These fundamental differences of
opinion indicate that these questions will probably not
be definitely settled until controlled artificial crosses can
be made between the species.
An unusual form may be described as follows:
ASPLENIUM PINNATIFIDUM Nutt. forma elongatum Mor-
ton, f. nov.
Pinnis basalibus valde elongatis, fortasse interdum
radicantibus.
Basal three of four pairs of pinnae elongate and long-
tapering, after the manner of Camptosorus rhizophyllus
f. auriculatus. These elongate pinnae may perhaps some
times take root at the tip.
Type in the U. 8. National Herbarium, no. 517,449,
collected at Bowling Green, Kentucky, on moist sand:
stone cliff, August 21, 1892, by Sadie F. Price.
Ferns of EasteRN UNITED STATES 245
PHYLLITIS
In 1913 Dr. Copeland published a paper’® entitled:
‘‘On Phyllitis in Malaya and the Supposed Genera
Diplora and Triphlebia.’’ In this paper he indicated
that certain’ plants from the South Pacific that were
currently referred to the genera Diplora and Triphlebia
were not distinct from Phyllitis. Now in the new Genera
Filicum he reverses himself on this statement, merging
Phyllitis with Asplenium on the ground that these South
Pacific species are not intimately related to typical Phyl-
litis Scolopendrium, but are so superficially similar as to
make the recognition of Phyllitis impossible. His con-
clusion is justified in that in soral characters these species
can hardly be distinguished from Phyllitis, yet they can
be in other ways. The hart’s-tongue fern has the clath-
rate scales and stelar structure of Asplenium, but the
Species of the South Pacific genus Diplora have the seales
and steles of the Athyrium type. I consider Diplora to
be allied to Diplazium. In fact Boniniella, a genus of
this alliance also reduced to Asplenium by Copeland,
Seems to be hardly more than an aberrant Diplaziwm
itself, for ‘‘scolopendrioid’’ sori are exceptional and
“‘diplazioid”’ sori normal.
Admittedly, this question deserves more extensive
study than I can give it at the present time. However,
the existence of Diplora need not invalidate Phyllitis
and I prefer to retain that name for the hart’s-tongue
fern. Evidently Professor Fernald agrees, for he also
retains Phyllitis.
MATTEUCCIA
Recently in this Journal?’ Dr. Wherry has called the
ostrich-fern ‘‘our most renamed fern,”’ and it doubtless
has this dubious honor, due to the uncertainty as to the
proper generic name and also as to the distinctness of the
ne
- Phil. Journ. Sci. Bot. 8: Lnakeare' 1913.
*7 Amer. Fern Journ. 35: 128. 1945.
246 _. AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
American plant from the European. There are four
generic names to consider: Onoclea L. (1753), Struthi-
opteris Willd. sate Pteretis Raf. (1818), and Mat-
teuccia Todaro (1866). There is no question of the
validity of the genus Onoclea, but fern students usually
consider now that the ostrich-fern is not congeneric with
the sensitive-fern. The two are similar in many respects,
especially in vascular anatomy and soral structure. The
ostrich-fern differs chiefly in habit (erect rhizome with
underground stolons and numerous fasciculate fronds)
and in being free-veined. I believe the venation char-
acter is sufficient to justify generic recognition. The
first generic name applied especially to the ostrich-fern
is Struthiopteris Willd., but this is a homonym of Struthi-
opteris Scopoli (1760). Hultén has maintained Strutht-
opteris (Fl. Alaska and Yukon 1: 19. 1941), but this.
can be done legitimately only by conserving the name,
which is unwise because the older genus Struthiopteris
Scop. has sometimes been taken for the deer-fern, Blech-
num. Spicant, and its allies, and thus some confusion
could result.
Rafinesque’ s genus Pteretis is, I believe, untenable.
It was a renaming of Willdenow’s genus for the stated
reason that Struthiopteris is composed of two words
struthio (ostrich) and pteris (fern). This is not a valid
reason, for by the International Rules (Art. 59) a name
must not be rejected because it is badly chosen. Thus
Rafinesque’s name is illegitimate. It is true that
Struthiopteris Willd., was in need of being renamed
(because of its being a homonym), but that was not
Rafinesque’s reason. It may be claimed that this is 4
mere quibble, but if so it is worth while if it results in
the rejection of the name Pteretis, which has been
adopted by Fernald, Small, and some other American
botanists, but which has little chance of world-wide ac-
ceptance. The name Matteuccia has a firm place in fern
Ferns or EASTERN UNITED STATES 247
literature, both taxonomic and morphological, due to its
adoption in Christensen’s Index Filicum, and it may be
considered the tenable generic name by strict application
of the Rules.
Professor Fernald has maintained that the American
ostrich-fern is specifically different from the European,
but the differences he points out? are not convincing.
Hultén who knows the European plants at first hand,
writes (loc. cit.) ‘‘No doubt the population of the species
in America is somewhat different . . . from the European,
but I cannot see that the difference is so large that it
justifies a specific separation. A wide variation in the
characters concerned is found in the European speci-
ens.’’ The single significant character appears to be
in the scales of the rhizome and stipe base,”? which have
a black central portion in the European specimens eX-
amined. Such scales are not seen in American speci-
mens. This difference is not so important that the needs
of taxonomy are not fulfilled by regarding the two popu-
lations as merely varietally distinct. The interests of
plant geography are furthered thereby. It seems, there-
fore, that another new nomenclatorial combination 1s
needed.
Marreuccta STRUTHIOPTERIS var. pensylvanica ( Willd. )
Morton, comb. nov. .
Struthiopteris pensylvanica Willd. Sp. PI. 5: 289.
1810.
_ Pteretis pensylvanica Fernald, Rhodora 47: 123. 1945.
The plant called f. pubescens is not worthy of nomen-
clatural recognition. The rhachises of the ostrich-fern
are not glabrous, as sometimes stated, but always bear
white, jointed hairs, which vary from few to many (the
f. pubescens). Alaskan specimens have particularly
long hairs,
*S Rhodora 17: 161-164. 191
5, ; age
ae remarked by G. N. Jones, Amer. Midl. Nat. 38: 97.
248 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
PELLAEA
PELLAEA ATROPURPUREA var. BusHit Mackenzie. In
1914, Mr. F. L. Pickett®® called attention to two forms
of the cliff-brake and gave a detailed discussion of their
characters. He left the question of their nomenclature
open, but in a later article*! he came to the conclusion
that the smaller, more northern form ought to be re-
garded as distinct under the name P. glabella Mett. In
this he was followed by Dr. F. K. Butters,®? and most
recent authors, including Wherry, Small, Rydberg, and
Fernald, have followed suit.
It must be admitted that there is a good deal of justi-
fication for this viewpoint. Nevertheless, the differences
between these forms are by no means constant, and are
chiefly of a quantitative rather than qualitative nature.
, The most constant character is the more glabrescent stipe
and rhachis of P. glabella, but hairs are present in vary-
ing abundance, and these are identical with those of
typical P. atropurpurea. The rhizome scales of P. gla-
bella are somewhat broader and slightly different in
color. It is claimed by Pickett that they are 10 to 20
cells wide at base and that those of P. atropurpurea are
only 2 to 10 cells wide, but it is not hard to find scales
of typical atropurpurea 20 cells broad. For the rest,
P. glabella is on the whole smaller and less divided.
The characters stated are on the whole not coordinate
with the characters separating undoubtedly distinct sp
cies of Pellaea, such as P. intermedia or P. sagittata. It
seems probable to me that typical P. atropurpurea is a
tetraploid race, although I know of no cytological data,
more vigorous and widespread than P. glabella, and st
intergrading beeause of its apogamous reproduction.”
30 Amer. gba he gy 4: 97-100. 1914.
31 Op. cit. tty
32 BA Eg nae
vas at , Apogany in Pellaea atropurpurea, Bot. Gaz.
3 Cf. W
52: 400-401.
Ferns or EASTERN UNITED STATES 249
When regarded as a variety, the proper name for P.
glabella is P. atropurpurea var. Bushii Mackenzie. The
diminutive form of South Dakota, Montana, and Wy-
oming is P. atropurpurea var. occidentalts E. Nels. (P.
pumila Rydb.).
PELLAEA DEALBATA (Pursh) Prantl. When I was
writing up my account I consulted with the late Mr.
C. A. Weatherby concerning the disposition of the plant
usually called Notholaena dealbata. Mr. Weatherby was
recognized as the chief (in fact, only) authority on the
genus. He replied February 23, 1948, ‘‘In spite of the
fact that Dr. Maxon and I kept Notholaena for it [1.¢.
dealbata|, I would, in a manuscript like yours, follow
Prantl and put N. dealbata into a section of Pellaea,
defining the genus on habit, type of rhizome and scales,
elongate sorus, and generally rugose spores. Some day,
when phylogenists get around to it, the group will ap-
pear as the genus Argyrochosma (J. Smith). It is easily
defined. ’’
Later, in March, 1949, when I was working on the
ferns for the second edition of Dr. Kearney’s Flowering
Plants and Ferns of Arizona, I again wrote him about
this group of plants, and he replied: ‘‘I think it would
be wholly correct to transfer Notholaena limitanea to
Pellaea ; only I think NV. Jonesii should go with it. The
presence or absence of ceraceous indument seems to be
no more important than the presence or absence of any
other epidermal outgrowth and in habit, structure of
Sorus, seale characters and spores it agrees with the
Species Prantl put into Pellaea. In fact, this is one of the
two groups (and the better of the two) which I can see
clearly as a segregate genus. If to the group of N. nivea,
N. dealbata, N. Fendleri, et cetera, you add N. Jonesii,
N. Lumholtzii, Pellaea microphylla, and P. formosa, you
get a coherent and, I think, natural group, which as a
¢
250 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
genus, should bear the name Argyrochosma (J. Smith). .
I may live to publish on this.
‘‘The second genus which I might maintain is for the
eroup of N. trichomanoides, ranging in habit from that
species to N. Schaffneri, and characterized by pectinate
seales and the presence of ceraceous indument, which, in
this case, is constant. This is not so clear as the other,
but might stand. 7
‘Wor the rest, I can so far see only a welter of forms
which might conceivably be segregated into a dozen or
fifteen microgenera, but which I should prefer to leave
for the present in one polymorphic genus or in the two
conventional ones, Cheilanthes and Notholaena. Actu-
ally, with the exception of a few species, the groups hith-
erto referred to Notholaena do not fit well with anything
in Cheilanthes. Aleuritopteris suffers from the fact that
neither Ching nor Copeland, both experts on oriental
ferns, have attempted to define it in regard to American
species. As they have it, the sole character which keeps
such a species as N. Standleyi out of Aleuritopteris is the
absence of a false indusium. Copeland’s reference to 4
reflexed margin is, I think, misleading. It is not the
reflexing which is significant, but the modification of the
margin into a hyaline band. :
‘* As to the Arizona species, V. sinuata is a true Notho-
lanea, if there is any such thing, at least if you take N.
Marantae as the type of the genus, and I think even if
you follow Copeland in taking one of the Australian
species. It has, like N. Marantae, more or less elongate
sori and rugose-reticulate spores, an association of char-
acters which is pretty constant, and, I think, has been
too much neglected by Prantl and Copeland. N otholaena
Parryi I should be inclined to put into Cheilanthes. The
others would, for the purposes of a local flora, probably
best be left in their conventional place in V otholaena.””
Ferns oF EasteRN UNITED STATES 251
I followed up Mr. Weatherby’s informative letter by
saying that I intended to accept his recommendations,
and asking if he did not wish to make the necessary trans-
fers himself, but he never replied to this. Doubtless, he
felt that he was not ready to do so. Since however some
name must be used for these species in Dr. Kearney’s
publication, I venture to make the following new com-
binations, admitting that I can add little or nothing to
Mr. Weatherby’s summary of the situation. The whole
question is highly involved.
PELLAEA limitanea (Maxon) Morton, comb. nov.
Notholaena limitanea Maxon, Amer. Fern Journ. 9: 70.
1919.
PELLAEA LIMITANEA var. mexicana (Maxon) Morton,
comb. nov.
Notholaena limitanea subsp. mexicana Maxon, Amer.
Fern Journ. 9:72. 1919.
PELLAEA Jonesii (Maxon) Morton, comb. nov. —
Notholaena Jonesii Maxon, Amer. Fern Journ. 7: 408;
PELLAEA DENSA (Brack.) Hook. This species has
troubled taxonomists for many years. It has been vari-
ously referred to Onychium, Pellaea, Cryptogramma, and
Cheilanthes, but perhaps it does not really belong in any
of them. I am using the name Pellaea until someone
makes a definitive study of its relationships.
CHEILANTHES
In the new Illustrated Flora I use the name Cheilan-
thes lanosa (Michx.) D. C. Baton in its accustomed sense.
Professor Fernald decided that the plant originally de-
Seribed as Nephrodiwm lanosum Michx. was not the hir-
Sute species that has commonly been associated with the
name, but the more southern, densely woolly species
known as ©. tomentosa Link. He therefore changed the
“pplication of the name C. lanosa to the tomentose spe-
252 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
cies, and called the hirsute species C. vestita (Spreng.)
Swartz. As Dr. Wherry has rightly pointed out,” this
confusing change is by no means certainly necessary.
As Dr. Fernald admits, the specimens in the Michaux
Herbarium belong to the hirsute species, but he main-
tains that these specimens have been mislabelled, basing
this assumption solely on Michaux’s use of the descrip-
tive words ‘‘totum lanosissimum.’’ As is well recog-
nized, the concepts of descriptive terms among botanists
are highly subjective matters, and it does not seem be-
yond reason that Michaux would call the fronds of the
hirsute plant ‘‘lanosissimum.’’ As Dr. Wherry pointed
out, after all the indument is not really fundamentally
dissimilar. As a matter of fact, the original description
of Adiantum vestitum Spreng., the basis of Cheilanthes
vestita, the name adopted by Fernald for the hirsute
plant, also strongly suggests C. tomentosa in the state-
ment that the blades are tripinnate and covered with fine,
woolly hairs on both sides. It seems better to regard the
named specimen in the Michaux Herbarium as authentic
until the contrary can be convincingly demonstrated. It
is unfortunate that Dr. Fernald has maintained his posi-
tion in the new Manual, for this is bound to lead to con-
fusion in the use of the name C. lanosa.
Dr. Wherry indicates that the easiest way to distin-
euish between OC. tomentosa and C. lanosa is in the eut-
ting of the blade rather than in the pubescence. There
is a difference in cutting, but there are more important
and obvious differences. The stipe and rhachis of C.
tomentosa bears numerous flattened linear scales in addi-
tion to the hairs, whereas those of C. lanosa are hairy
only. The rhizome of C. tomentosa is condensed and
multicipital, but that of C. lanosa is elongate and ereep-
ing, with the fronds more or less scattered.
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION.
34 Amer. Fern Journ. 37: 77-79. 1947.
DICRANOPTERIS EMARGINATA 253
Notes on Dicranopteris emarginata’
ALEX D. HAWKEs AND OTTO DEGENER
At least four species of the Gleicheniaceous genus
Dicranopteris Bernh. grow in the Hawaiian Islands.
These interesting ferns, known locally as wluhe or False
Staghorn Fern, are D. glauca, D. linearis, D. owhyhensis,
and D. emarginata. It is with the last of this group
that we wish to deal in this paper.
Dicranopteris emarginata was originally described in
1854 by Brackenridge as Mertensia emarginata (not to
be confused with Mertensia emarginata Raddi, 1825).
Since that time it has been known under several names,
now all reduced to synonymy under D. emarginata
(Brack.) Robinson. These are the following: Gleichenia
emarginata Moore (1862), ‘‘Gleichenia emarginata
(Brack.) Hbd.’? MacCaughey (1918), Gleichena di-
chotoma var. tomentosa Luerss. ex Wawra (1875), Glei-
chena dichotoma E. Bailey, pro parte (1882), Gleichenia
dichotoma var. emarginata Hilleb. (1888), and Dicranop- .
teris sandwicensis Degener (1940).
The uluhe fern is now known to be native to the islands
of Hawaii, Oahu, Maui, Kauai and Lanai, where it often
grows rampantly in a variety of situations. It is a to-
mentose species which is readily distinguished from the
much more common D. linearis by its hairy fronds. The
muricate, basally slightly villous stipes measure about
a meter high in most instances, though when they are
Supported by entangling vegetation they sometimes be-
come twice or thrice as high. They branch profusely in the
Upper portions. The pinnules are rather fleshily cori-
aceous, and are covered below with a fulvous wool com-
Posed of branching hairs, but become glabrous with age.
The ultimate pinnae vary from 9 to 23 em. long and 4 to
Tem, wide, and are elliptic-oblong to elliptic-lanceolate
Ss bce n in part from the writers’ forthcoming ‘*Plants of the
opics,’’ volume I.
AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL VoLuME 40, PLATE 20
li Ze RSG
Bo Ai Mh re (S tS .
iN PS
~sa
j
su est
myn
,
ue
Wn)
ino
Sey rn,
Ca Wee ¥
vs
it |
nl
ail
\
AS
te,
aN
\ AS
NSN a
ne Ww S ae
S i
NS
SS
ae
os +
& Qass
SESS
ELS,
Liam Sir CA i]
il HEHTHHH
FOES es i
LoS |
iG.
SVE
DICRANOPTERIS EMARGINATA
DICRANOPTERIS EMARGINATA 255
inshape. The lateral pinnae are variable in dimensions,
usually one third as long or as long as the ultimate ones,
and are pinnatifid or more rarely dentate or subentire.
The bud produced in each fork of the frond is glossily
castaneous and densely pubescent, and is enclosed be-
tween a pair of small ovate crenate foliar bracts. The
sori are often close, borne in a single row on each side of
the midrib of the pinnule on a raised punctiform recep-
tacle; they are usually composed of eight or fewer spor-
angia. The veins are prominent above, and mostly two-
or three-branched ; they sometimes unite to form a costal
areole.
The uluhe ferns, particularly D. emarginata, are
among the most objectionable of all plants in many parts
of the Eastern tropics. Their thickets may be so dense
as to be impassable, and they kill out low-growing species
which chance to fall within their range. When such
tangled thickets become dry during periods of drought,
a carelessly discarded cigarette or a neglected campfire
may ignite them, thus starting a devastating forest fire.
When Dicranopteris grows in relatively open country,
~ numerous dormant buds on the fronds seldom de-
velop further, and hence the fronds rarely exceed a
meter or so in height. But in localities where shrubs and
trees tend to shade the plants, these buds quickly awaken
Into growth to produce complicated frond systems that
clamber in a virtually impenetrable mass over the ob-
structing vegetation to a height of three meters or more.
Furthermore, it is extremely difficult to control these
rapidly growing ferns. They may be kept within bounds
"hen found in small patches by continually digging up
es sTowing, brittle rootstocks which hold with aggravat-
ey to the soil. Or, if strong plants, such as
nS gee hte of bamboos, can be planted among the
ne ee ickets, the dense shade produced frequently kills
és . ferns, but then difficulty is often experienced in
ntrolling these gigantie grasses themselves!
256 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
Shorter Notes
A New SrATIon For MARSILEA QUADRIFOLIA IN ILLINOIS.
—In October 1947, Marsilea quadrifolia L. was collected
in Spring Lake, McDonough County, in the west central
part of Illinois. It has been observed in subsequent
years, but has not become abundant. Jones (1950)
lists one previous collection for Illinois, in Vermilion
County in the east central part of the state. Neither
Muenseher (1944) nor Fassett (1940) indicate its
occurrence in Illinois. Identification was made from
sterile material. Specimens have been placed in the
herbarium of Western Illinois State College and sent
to the herbarium of the Illinois State Museum at Spring-
field—R. Maurice Myers, Western Illinois State Col-
lege, Macomb, Illinois.
LITERATURE CITED
Fassert, N. D. 1940. Manual of Aquatic Plants.
Jones,G. N. 1950. Flora of Illinois. 2nd ed.
MuENScHER, W, C. 1944. Aquatic Plants of the United. States.
A Fern CoMMUNITY IN PENNSYLVANIA.—Fern Society
members may be interested in a rather unusual combina-
tion of plants found on Piney Island, which is located
in the Susquehanna River about 25 miles south of
Lancaster, Pennsylvania, and about 20 miles above Con-
owingo, Maryland. The island is owned by the Penn-
sylvania Water and Power Company. The site was
located by Mr. Alexander N. Shealy and the author.
The following species were all on one sheer cliff 0
schist facing east and southeast: Pellaea glabella, As-
plenium Trichomanes, A. pinnatifidum, Polypodium
virginianum, Dryopteris marginalis, Dennstaedtia pune
tilobula, Rhododendron maximum, Aquilegia canaden-
sis, and Mitchella repens——ANDREW SIMON, 7727 york
Road, Towson, Maryland.
RecEenT FERN LITERATURE BOT
Recent Fern Literature
Dr. R. E. Holttum, the distinguished fern student of
the Botanic Gardens, Singapore, who is now connected
with the University of Malaya, has published a paper
entitled ‘‘The Classification of Ferns.’’' This is es-
sentially a comparison of his own scheme of classification
with that of Bower, Christensen, and Copeland. Dr.
Holttum’s earlier paper on classification was discussed
briefly by Mr. Weatherby in the Journal.2—C. V. M.
Spores of Selaginella have been studied by Mrs. Alice
F. Tryon. The spores of all the species of the United
States are described and photographed and tentative
keys based on spore characters are given. The spores —
of the few United States species of the subgenus Stachy-
gynandrum are all readily distinguishable, but a num-
ber of species of Euselaginella can not be separated by
spore characters. These characters are not well corre-
lated with the groups of species defined on habital char-
acters.—C. V. M.
Two new handbooks have been received for review
from G. P. Putnam’s Sons, New York. ‘‘Field Book of
Nature Activities’! gives instructions concerning sup-
Plies, collecting and mounting plants, photography, and
identification of plants, and similar instructions are given
regarding birds, mammals, reptiles, and insects. The
Work will make an ideal gift for the youngster and many
GRU
e Classification of Ferns, by R. E. Holttum. Biological
Reviews (Great Lagat be 267-296. 1949
THIs JouRNAL 38: 1948.
snore of the Genus Selaginella in tp Sg America, North of
vpn Ftd er F. Tryon aia Mo. Bot. Gard. 36: 413-431.
pl. 23-30. 949.
1 ‘Field Book of Nature Activities, by William Hilleourt.
fant Many figs. 1950. G. P. Putnam’s Sons, New Yor
258 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
older readers will find much of value, simply stated.
‘Wield Book of Seashore Life’! is by a well-known
scientist, Dr. Roy Waldo Miner, Curator Emeritus,
American Museum of Natural History. In contrast to
the preceding work, the content of the present is fairly
technical, and will appeal to the serious student of marine
life (only animal life is treated). The territory covered
is from Nova Scotia to Cape Hatteras, thus including all
the temperate waters of the eastern seaboard.—C. V. M
American Fern Society
The British Pteridological Society is again actively
publishing the British Fern Gazette, after a lapse of ten
. years due to the war, under the editorship of the Rev.
E. A. Elliot, who is also a valued member of the Ameri-
ean Fern Society. The British Society was organized in
1891, two years before the Fern Society and the Gazette
began publication in 1909, just one year before the Fern
Journal. It is not published as frequently as the Jour-
nal, two numbers usually appearing in a year, and is
somewhat informal in style. The articles deal mostly
with British ferns, especially with the cultivated forms,
but articles on exotic ferns appear occasionally. ev
Elliot has written that he and the President, Mr. A. H.
G. Alston of the British Museum (Natural History),
will be glad to weleome members of the Fern Society if
they should chance to be in England. Our own Trea
surer, Mr. Allen, is a new member of the British Society,
and others may wish to join. The Rev. Elliot is acting
as Secretary at the present time.
ur new member Dr. E. R. Grose has informed us
of the untimely death of Robert Marshall Tetrick, I,
on June 23, 1950. Mr. Tetrick, although extremely
1 Field Book of Seashore Life, by Roy Waldo Miner. pp. 1-888,
many figs. 1950. G. P. Putnam’s Sons, New York. 6.00.
AMERICAN FERN SOCIETY 259
young (born June 9, 1929) had been interested in ferns
for years and joined the Fern Society in 1946. He was
recognized at the University of West Virginia, where
he was a student, as an authority on ferns. He con-
tributed a couple of short articles for the Journal, in-
cluding the description of a new form of Asplenium
platyneuron.
In the review of Gray’s Manual in the last issue of
the Journal the pricé was incorrectly quoted as $7.60.
The American Book Company, 88 Lexington Avenue,
New York, informs us that the price is $9.50, a very
modest price indeed for such a large and useful book.
Mr. F. H. Sargent, 2423 North Underncod Street,
Falls Church, Virginia, wishes to dispose of his col-
lection of Puerto Rican ferns (265) and flowering plants
(1483). This is a good representation of the flora of
the island. The specimens are all named and mounted.
The price is $275 for the lot or $20 per hundred. A
sample will be sent on request.
NEw MEMBERS
Mrs. W. B. Gresham, 2862 Ionie Avenue, Jacksonville 5,
Florida
Dr. E. R. Grose, Sago, pet Virgini
CHANGES OF nee
Sr. José Sanchez, Oclieie Ignacio = Ree Hidalgo sur 405,
Saltillo, Shoes Mexico
Mr. s eymour L. Schreiter, 505 Comstock Avenue, Syracuse 10,
Mr, Warren H. W gner, Jr., Gray Herbarium, Harvard Univer-
sity, Cambridge, Macacen setts
Mrs. Elsie G. Whitney, 104 Adams Place, Delmar, New York
260
AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
Index to Volume 40
Acrorumohra, 17; diffracta, 18
Acrostichum calomelanos,
Marantae dogs
Sete tetackye
Aevstopteris, "8 japonica, 18
Additio orrections to the
85:
~
rsohtany Filicum nf
Adiantum, 231; Capillus- ipsa
231; pedatum, 126, 231
aleuticum, 126; tene “92:
trichiatum, 92; tricholepis, 92;
vestitum, 252
Aleuritopteris, 20, 63, 250; fari-
nosa,
Allen, igh gas S. Report of Treas-
Alsophila, 116
Anapausia, 18; decurrens, 18
wing. 8 adiantifolia, 92; mexica-
na
netiu 110
Angiopteris angustifolia, 133;
parrat 133; Du urvilleana,
133; 133: palauensis, 133 ;
pa sinttormie 133
Antrophyum
Arachnio des, 17; aspidioides, 17
Ar rochosma, 249, 250
Aspidium Boottii, 118; ees
Pass. ntonianum, 118, 120;
226
Asplenium, ab Neo a 5 Re BC ess Fats
phi acuminatum, 31; Adian
nigrum, 31; anisophyllum,
yrium, — 2Ai; con’
chomanes,
2. unilaterale, 31: viride
osorus ebenoides, 166
Atslopteris, zr Maxonii,
Athy
ane
- var.
es, 243, ‘var. | californi-
subsp, sn aa va
Filix:
as-
25, 242,
?, cycloso R
LAM, they
el steroid.
225, f, acrostichoides 4
‘a caroliniana a Kentucky,
zolla, 20, 153, 158; earolinians.
Ane 22), 212; mexicana, Zal, 2i2
Ball lard, F “Ly yeopodium caro-
um in TOs Africa, 74
Benedict J. E., Jr. A New Form
of Lorinseria, 17.
nedict, R. C. Ferns, Micro-
and Brownian Move-
, oo
: State and Local Fern
Floras of ee States.
Sch om-
bi
pin , 15, Bere
Boivin, Bernar
Generic Segregates i in i Form-
Gen a s Lycopo
naiau: a,
Botry chium lanceolatum, 57; Lun-
rae 121, var. minganense,
92: matricariifolium, 121; ul-
tifidu var. silaifolium, 44;
silaifolium v oulteri, 121;
simplex, 121, tenebrosum,
eke virginianum, 121, var.
paeum, 57,
Camptosoras rhizophy lus f. auri-
culatus, 244
Ceratopt eris, 63
Ceterach Dalhousiae,
venosum,
Ceterachopsis, 19; Dalhousiae,
aucive 19
Chncica A ‘Alfred Weatherby, 1875-
Weath
19; pauci-
19;
erby —
12, 20, 185, 231, 250-
Cheilanthes, ae ae 91,
iquosa, 127;
Bi : 252; vestita,
» tion of Certa ain
Cheniieal "compos orice of Cae
eee
; exico, 89
Kagitions ‘and
Co hemaag gS 5 a Fili-
orrections to the Gen
cum, "a
Coptidipteris, se Rides pee
a a it ue Alas kan Highway,”
idomanes pseudonymanil, 136
Crepidophy lla ;
‘repidopteris,
Gryptogramma, 231, 251; "act?
strichold at creDR TL 2 t
strichoides,
Ctenitis velles, Neglected aye
Indian Fer 06
INDEX TO VOLUME 40
seem 217, sh Re ath submar-
ginalis, 228; iy
Cyclope itis
Peivcoras’ 217; callosus, 18
igen keris, 38 , 110; a chggosha ~
ragi 8
ar. tennes-
seensis, 202, 205 ; “aponion: 18;
tenn hesseensis, 201, 202, 205
Davallia, 2 2
esnstandtia punctilobula, 99, 235,
Dicranopteris, 253-5; emarginata,
253-5 ; ferruginea, 139; flexuosa,
176, 177; glauca, 253; linearis,
; revoluta,
253 —
6, 29; nod:
: laciniata, 23, 29;
Mannii, 29, 35, 39, 32; pumila, 22
Diplazium, 116, 24:
Diploblechnu ae
33
th hiana, 31
fal! pedata, 111, var.
112, var. palm ata,
2
, Var. concordia: 22,
dilatata, rae var. mc typ
var. fruec ee ar. inter-
ae Soo “apintlosa,
: var. spinutosa,” 222 poo
19, 8 * 218, 220
. 22, Loe, ane. fra-
"220:
in rac ah "a
ensis, a si
91, 95; ol eGeasis, 230: p
95;
eliminary
n the Flora of Georgia
are of Seven
Reports on
Lycopsida
261
Durkin, William. _ Report of the
laphoglo m, 108. Bellerman-
ianum, 108; tthewsii, 108
Equisetum, 153; arvense, 45, 128;
fluviatile, 45, 1 va limo-
sum, 128; hyemale var. califor-
icum, 128; kansanum, 128, 188
laevigatum, ; palustre
sf Pacer ree eo 55, 129; pra-
; prealtum, 29;
ten
pat ee a 49; sylvaticum, 44,
129; telmate -. 129; variegatum,
45; virga =>
wan, Jose Fer: of Pico
— rey the Sources of he
Venezuelan Flora, 101; Report
190
Fagley, Repo of the
Auditing Committee, 196
Fern Community in Pennsylvania,
Fernald, Gray’s Manual of
Botan ny yin
Ferns, Microscopes, "and Brownian
Movement,
Ferns vie Pico cae and the
ree of Venezuelan
Flora, 1 01
Ferns of the Monterrey Region,
Mexico, 89
Flowers, Seville List of the
Ferns of Idaho, 12
Fosberg, F tes i Micro-
es niet a of Negri-
pteris scioana, 59
Givichenta, A, 439, 138-42; di-
chot 253, V var, emarginata,
7139:
i ” var. ip Soon oly
39; splendens, "142; Weatherbyi,
ponte 217
Gonocormus minutu
s, 1
2 ri Dry
: mae OTB:
215, 24
Bitoke cacti 18
133
Notholaena Co-
Newly Recognised
f the Texano-Mexic
alex D. and Otto Dege-
otes on “Dieranopteris
253; The Upright
Hecistopteris, 110
ec
Mploti es a Baner 17; 7s glance
na, u ‘ ;.
iv. mari sima, 17; Norrisii, 17;
volubilis
re, "William Field ook
sm of Nat ture Activities review),
262
ee 112
eg i , Hsioh-Yu. The Chemical
Hymencphytlopsis, 115
bah emery yilum, 134, 135;
dicho tomum, 135;
Sriher y ; polyanthos,
i. 3 Reinwardtii, 1 135
alter-
pte we Nuttallii,
ula,
Jamesonia, 105, 108, 111; canes-
bein Ss, 106; niv vea, 106; ‘sealaris,
131;
19; sinuata, 19
we
sinuosa, 19
Lepidotis, 33
Leptochilus decurrens, 18
Lindsaea, 21, 23
List of the Ferns of Idaho, 121
Llavea vig ba ceri 91, 94
Lomaria Spica
Lorinseria arantda 174, f. ono-
174, 175
carolinianum in
Lycopodium gameto hytes, 32-41,
75, 76 ge!
Lycopodium sporophylls, oa ae
Lycopodium, tee -
; adpressum, ue
169, 176, 173; tloecuroides, 74,
15, : ae Bi natn : alpinum,
633 an “us aS carno-
r -
oa; ae i rurus,
lago, 169,
172, var. Bn ge
53," 129: : 129 ; "sitchense,
uarrosum, 146; t
berosum, 76, 82, 83; Ulicifolium,
Lygodium, 6; ci
gene rcinnatum, 142,
142;
digitatum, 143; semihastatum,
Male-fern in Vermont, 97
AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
Marattia fraxinea, 133; Mertensi-
cana sh iahiene '
ties of
, 1805 o Varie-
Cystopteris ‘rapiiis, 201
dium Be =e ardtii, 135
iMortensin’ emargin
Microgonium craspedoneurum, 136
22; strigosa, 31;
dichotomum,
Miner, Roy Waldo, Field Book of
leanne aL f Review), 258
sotrieh cinanen
mg
Morton
of the Eastern United States,
213,
Myers, R. Maurice.. A New Sta-
tion for Marsilea quedrifolia in
Tilinois, 256
Negripteris, 20, 59-69; scioana, 20,
Neocheiropteris, 19; ensata, 19
Mosianlnorin. 19; ensatus wig ‘
vo rodium sasplentotdes 243 ;
ureove pine 1 RA |
120;
251; spinulosum var. concord
anum, 222, gy ae oe 222
Nephroiepis, oe 23, 25,31; ex
altata, 31
Net Fern in Florida, 1
New Erect Species of the Sela-
ginella rupestris Group,
New Form o orinseria, 17
4
New Interpretation of the Dryop-
teris Clintoniana Group, 118
New Station for Marsilea quadri-
folia in eee 256
Notes on ranopteris emar-
ginata,
Notes on Micronesian Pterido-
phyta, 132
Notes on the Ferns of the East-
ern United spe ap Price 241
Notholaena Copela
Recognized soon of the Tex-
ano-Mexican ach 178
a yee 7. 12, 63, 185, 231,
mee Belge ve hy 93; bry
; dealbata 3:
delicatuia, 91, 94; distans, og
Fendleri, 249; Jonesii, 249, 9
limi , 251, subsp. mex!
ca ; leonina, 94; Lum-
holtzii, 249; Marantae, 250; 06
lecta, 91, 94, 96;
250 ;
‘yi, rigida, 91, 94:
Schaffneri, 250; ;
sinuata, 94, 250
INDEX TO VOLUME 40
20 a 250; trichomanoides,
Onocl 49, 246; sensibilis, 174
str ii 18
P oe ba 149, 231, 248-51;
rea, 91, , ;
ae “var. Bushii, 248, 249,
var. occidentalis, 249; B eri,
127; esii, (i 1 ‘
249; densa, 251; formosa, 249;
a,
Personal Tribute to Charles AlI-
d Weatherby,
ee hlebia atriculata, 91, 95;
caryotidea onata, 91 95
Phegopteris, Ne 318: Drvcpiita BT.
Robe mg es noptera, 235, 236;
Phyllitis, O45: Scolo
- pendrium, 245
Pichi-Serm olli, Rodolfo E. The
eo cal scioana, 5 of
Polypodio oa,
roa 108, 221,
im austriacum, 250 , 221; bese:
nS ,
intermedium 222 ; plesiosoram.
8 ee sen vi rginianum,
F olystichum, 1
108, “4
stichoides, ‘149, oy wt
1 i ; :
munitum, 124: e i
Prelim scopulinum: jot? ——
t Geo Reports on the Flora
rgia—III. The Distribu-
m
the Form-
MS ctcl genus Lycopo 32
el George R. Ctenitis vel-
sally Neglected West Indian
P ,
a, 33, 41; complanatum,
Pherstne’ nudum, 31, 147, 207
A 246: hoitulces, 46, 56;
ey ylvanica, 247, f, pubescens,
Pisraium, 149, 231; aquilinum,
var. caudatum, 92, subsp.
263
latiusculum, 92, var. pubescens,
125; caudatum
Pteris eretica, 31, el excelsa, 27;
Hebets 91, 92,
is
Sir] oe eee of, the Alaskan
Highway
ee * i Anaiting Committee,
rator and anh
of Treasurer, "194
a prea Fernald, M. L. Gray’s
ual
of Bo tany, 229; Hill-
eonit, William Field Book ae
Nature Activities: Oe Hol
ER: The Cla GeiGatiee © "of
Roy Waldo.
Bee:
shire, ryon, Alic
egies of he Gaus diota pieelle
h America, 257
Rhipidopteris, 110°
Rhizo
Pack yareld G. The Male-fern
in Vermont,
eee iv: jae gar aa A ig
istata, 17; 18
galvinia ‘rotmialfola, oes
Sea dith. Ferns and Fer
‘Allies oy New Hampshire (Re-
Schizaea, 16; Biroi, 144;
cristata, 144; Tchotome, 148,
144. bier ia ditt, var.
Yorateri, 144;
og kikuzatonis, Bre ponapen-
145; Wagneri, 16
Selaginella rupestris in Greenland,
Sela inel la, 13, 33, 34, 41, 153,
Ea
4
S
Zz
&
sin ngeltary, Mary
Pag gt re
ena in RTE sei
eris, 20,
m4 nandru 33, 257
State aa hs wh gs Fern Floras of
4 Un ted *States. Supplement
Stusthiopterts, 246; pensylvanica,
Charles Al-
n, Henry K.
“ry wentnerna. 1875-1949, 2
264
Syngramma, 115
Tectaria Peggy ie ag 91, 95
Thelypte 214-18
Tat tipteris, 33, 41
Trichomanes, 134, 135-8; alatum,
136, 137; B
bimarginatum, 136; bipuncta-
tum, 136; Boryanum, 136, 137;
brevipes, 136; craspedoneurum,
136; cupressoides, 138; denta-
tum, 1388; di choto omum, 135;
elongatum, = nde, 136;
m, ; minutum, 137;
scurum, 138; parvulum, 137;
rigidum, 138
BYE eaage Sg
ryon, Spores of the
onli Belaginele in North
America (Review),
Tryon, Rolla M Charles
9; ect
Species of the ‘Selaginella rapes.
tris Group, 69; ies Pd tt of th
age and Librarian, 197
nia o Varieties of Cystopteris fra-
is
Ugena’ semihastata, 142
AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
Upright Psilotum, 207
Urostachya, 34
bape by 34, 146; cunnisehaine
es,
Was kop - H., Jr. The Habitat
Md Diellia -
eens, Charles Alfred, 2, 9,
Weatherby, C, A. Selaginella ru-
pestris in Greenland, 229
Wherry, a hg Aner: ‘New Inter
pretation of ot Devonteri
Clintoniana Group, 118
ig pom 22 Elsie G. Teena of the
ork Meeting, 198; of Sec-
eR g °t
Wiguinn, Ira Personal
Ze ute PE ‘eartas Alfred
Weatherby, 11 :
Woodsia, 110, 222-5; appalachi-
ana, 224; Cathoartions, 222-4;
at
cre = 340° abella, 44; il-
vensis, 45; AE. phi +. OUe
tus: 225; oregana, 223,
224, var. Catheartiana, ps
glandulosa, 122, 223, 224; Plum-
merae, 225; pusilla, 223; sco-
pulina, 122, 224, var, ap-
palachiana, 22:
Woodwardia, 231
ERRATA
Page 18, line 24: For callosus, read ca
Page 19, line 10: For Ce etarachopsis, C SII,
Page 142, line 26: For semihastatum, read semihas
Page 180, legend for plate: For Copeland 96, read Cell 95.
eh THE BRYOLOGIST
PUBLISHED BY THE
te AMERIC. SOCIETY
The only magazine in English wholly devoted to Mosses, Hepatics,
ce Folens. be = nthly; illustrated; for the beginner as well as
the professi Yearly subscription in the United riggs 32.50,
foal ing rtorene in the American Bryological Society, wi
‘Service of Curators for iaicieny
s
Dr WINONA H. WELCH, DePauw University, Greencastle,
Indiana.
CASTANEA
Published by the
ssa Send
for Your
FREE COPY
of th
—SSSEeeee—es=s
SSS SSS
THE PREPARATION
i gen Gee FOR
THE HERBARIU
By
I M. JOHNSTON
An Original Publication of
THE ARNOLD ARSORETUM OF HARVARD GNIVERSITY
oft the Apo Abort, Harvard University
i eisceeatsl CRS
—
veri a Shale sori
> suggestions are offer
the herbarium. ©
A QUARTERLY DEVOTED TO FERNS
Published by the
AMERICAN FERN SOCIETY
EDITORS
Cc. V. MORTON
R. C. BENEDICT IRA L. WIGGINS
VOLUME 41
ee ae ae
LANCASTER, PENNSYLVANIA
CONTENTS
Vo.tuME 41, NuMBER 1, Paces 1-32, IssuED APRIL 10, 1951
Willard Nelson Clute, 1869-1950 ooo . Ve Morton: 2%
Notes on the Ferns of Kentucky, I. Dryopteris panttns
lyde F. Reed 5
A New Species of Diellia from Oahu. ........... W.H. Wagner, Jr. 9
aia at “ole rempel Ss CODDIO); Edgar T. Wherry 138
A Ne n for the United States ............... Lloyd C. Crawford 15
Ferns of a Mountain, Lie River Range, Oregon
William H. Baker 20
“rgd sag Seeihasok ig co? i ae aD ET TN Se RENEE IER Re 23
VoLUME 41, NuMBER 2, Paces 33-64, IssuED JUNE 26, 1951
The Real Arctic and Its Pteridophyta ............... Nicholas Polunin 33
Dryopteris fragrans var. remotiuscula and Some Other Ferns
from the Vicinity of Lake Sunapee, N. H.
S ibe Hodgdon ‘ona A. D. Hastings 46
A New Jamaican Species of rac eael
. V. Morton and G. R. Proctor 48
The Correct ‘Name of Phymatodes enact
Alex D. Hawkes 52?
A Checklist of Kansas Pteridophytes 0.000.000... P. H. Humfeld 53
Shorter Note: Is Onoclea sensibilis Poisonous to Horses? .......- 61
American Fern PROBALY ocx cles aml ee ah cS aaa 63
VoLuME 41, NUMBER 3, Paces 65-96, IssuED OcrT. 3, 1951
The Pteridophyta of Mount Kenya E. A.C. L. E. Schelpe 65
A New Genus of Ferns ....... E. B. Copeland 15
An Overlooked North American Fern ............. A. HG. Alston 16
A Cheeklist of Kansas Piscldcnhrios (concluded )
P.H. Humfeld 79
A Fern New to the United States 00cm C. V. Morton 86
Notholaena arequipensis.Maxon, A Fern New to Chile
Gualterio Looser A
Recent Fern Literature ..
AAROTIORE HOt OCCT oe if
VOLUME 41, NuMBER 4, Pages 97-128, issueD Dec. 28, 1951
Notes on Three Australasian Ferns Mary D. Tindale 97
Is Thelypteris redueta Small a Valid Species? Mary W. Diddell 107
Duration of Viability of Spores of the Osmundaceae
Alma G. Stokey 111
The aed Hern in: Vermont ..203., 345783. Harold G. Rugg 116
The Holly Fern. .................... Otto Degener and Alex D. Hawkes 117
Notes on the ‘rere of Kentucky, II. eecuesy: et oe
e F, Reed mp
Shorter Note: Dryopteris setigera in Texas 0.0...
American Fern Society ........csccccsscsssnsssssssmmnennnensenaqnnan:cinimnets vantemenennnia ~
Mndex to Volume 41. ....-eememennone sneurmasannmmnnnananinrnnnsnanin 126
a
HA
porate
2
.
January-March, 1951 as No. L
ae ae
oa
erican Fern
__. & QUARTERLY DEVOTED TO FERNS
re
Published by the —
_ AMERICAN FERN SOC
; 1G, VMORION c=
-BENEDE oe RAE OM
The American Hern Sorirty
: coe . — Gouneil for 1951
OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR
_Sosnes Ewan ‘Department of Botany, Tulane University, New
Orleans, I President
s. Conneit, Mt. Pisgah Road, Avenel, Silver a See _.
Miss Epira ScAMMAN, Gray Herbarium, Harvard rateenite Cam-
bridge, Massachusetts Secretary
= = Many,
MS aes Smithronian Institution, Washington 25,
“Editor in-
, TR, 625 Locust St., Roselle, New Jersey gisele
‘Chief :
VoLuME 41, PLATE 1
RICAN FERN JOURNAL
WILLARD NELSON CLUTE
American Fern Journal
Vou. 41 JaNUARY—Marcu, 1951 No. 1
Willard Nelson Clute, 1869-1950
C. V. Morton
Dr. Willard Nelson Clute was the virtual founder of
the American Fern Society. He was born February 26,
1869, in Painted Post, New York (in Steuben County,
about 80 miles south of Rochester), the son of George N.
and Ruth Wright Clute. Clute has himself given us an
account of the founding of the Fern Society, on the occa-
sion of its fiftieth anniversary.! At the beginning in
March, 1893, the Society had six members only, but
there were 18 by the end of that year. A membership
list of July, 1896, showed 31 active and 10 associate mem-
bers (the distinction between active and associate mem-’-
bers was later dropped).
Perhaps the first official act of the Society was the es-
tablishment of a magazine for the publication of papers
and the interchange of news. This magazine, entitled
“The Linnaean Fern Bulletin,’’ was started in 1893, in
the very first year of the Society’s existence. Number 1
is a miniature-sized pamphlet of 12 pages, the first ar-
ticle being ‘‘Notes on Aspidium cristatum,’’ by one of
our two living charter members, Dr. Campbell E. Waters,
this paper being a report-on observations of phototropism
in this fern. Clute’s own article in this number, en-
titled ‘Travelling Ferns,’’ gives evidence of his slant on
fern study. It is an article dealing with methods of dis-
Persal in ferns and shows Clute’s interest in field botany
Reta
1 Early Days of the American Fern Society. Amer. Fern Journ.
33: 1-8. 1943.
pLVolume 40, No. 4, of the JourNat, pp. 233-264, was issued
ecember 29, 1950. ] '
1
2 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
and in making the results of his studies available in
opular form. These interests persisted throughout
Clute’s lifetime and are especially in evidence through-
out the lifetime of the Fern Bulletin.
The publication of the Fern Bulletin was rather a
problem for the few members in the early years, for the
dues were modestly set at $1.00 a year. Clute, who had
been editor from the beginning, offered to publish the
Bulletin himself. His offer was accepted; the Bulletin
remained the official organ of the Society but Clute as-
sumed all financial responsibility beginning with volume
5 (January, 1897). In this number Clute stated that
the subscription price would be raised to 50 cents a year
to allow for an increase in the size of the pages, in order,
as he stated, ‘‘to dispel the idea (current in some quar-
ters) that small pages must contain matter of small im-
portance.’’ The size of the page has since remained
constant throughout the Fern Bulletin and its successor,
the American Fern Journal. Under Clute’s editorship
the Fern Bulletin prospered and had at one time more
than 700 subscribers, a number which has not been ap-
proached by the Fern Journal in recent years.
Clute was interested in taxonomy in his early years,
being assistant curator of the Botany Department of
Columbia University. He joined the staff of the New
York Botanical Garden when that institution was
founded. His early publications included ‘‘A Flora of
the Upper Susquehanna Valley’’ (1898), ‘‘Our Ferns in
Their Haunts’’ (1901), ‘‘The Fern Collector’s Guide”’
(1902), and ‘‘The Fern Allies of North America”
(1905). The latter is still the best semi-popular work
on this group of plants.
From 1902 to 1928 Clute was teaching botany and
1 cation in various high schools in Hlinois. He wen
into his new work with characteristic energy and pro-
Wi.tuaRD NELSON CLUTE es
duced a number of textbooks that were widely used:
‘Laboratory Botany for the High School’’ (1909),
“Acronomy for High Schools’’ (1912), ‘‘Laboratory
Manual and Notebook in Botany’’ (1913), ‘‘Experi-
mental General Science’? (1917), and ‘‘Practical Bot-
any’? (1924).
In 1928 Clute was appointed to the staff of Butler
University and was also Director of the new Botanical
Garden of the University. He was highly enthusiastic
about his new work and wrote to Dr. Maxon, *‘ We are to
have 1000 acres of park land, $3,500 a year for plants,
and $90,000 for a building, to house library, auditorium,
museum, art gallery, and conservatory. Now, if we have
the brains, we shall astonish the world.’’ Clute was
evidently successful with the garden for in 1938, on his
retirement from Butler University, he was made Diree-
tor of the new Holliday Park Botanical Garden in In-
dianapolis. He wrote to Maxon, ‘‘We have an 86-acre
tract along the White River . . . with three permanent
streams and twenty or more springs. We ought to have
a fine place. However, the PWA has done its worst and
“ will have to repair the damage,’’ adding characteris-
tieally, ‘If you get this way, drop in and see us. It
might be well to tell Washington scientists that there are
Positively neither Buffalo nor Indians here, so they can
“ome without any risk.’’
Clute’s most important works were published during
the last 30 years of his life. They include ‘* American
Plant Names’? (1923), ‘Useful Plants of the World”
(1927), ‘‘Botanical Essays’’ (1929), ‘¢Common Names
of Plants’? (1931), ‘‘Swamp and Dune”’ (1931), ‘Off
the Record’? (1935) (a volume of verse), and ‘‘Our
Ferns, Their Haunts, Habits, and Folklore’’ (1938). It
is on the last-mentioned that his enduring fame will rest.
It is by all odds the best fern-book for the amateur, suf-
4 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
ficiently detailed that most of the common ferns may be
easily identified and yet readable and filled with bits of
out-of-the-way information.
Dr. Clute died, March 7, 1950, at the age of 81. He is
survived by his wife, Ida Martin Clute, whom he married
in 1897, and a daughter, Mrs. Beulah Rodecker.
The writer never had the pleasure of meeting Clute,
whose personality must have been extremely vivid, for it
comes through clearly in his writings, especially those in
The American Botanist. With the demise of the Fern
Bulletin in 1911 Clute’s editorial activities did not cease.
He continued to publish The American Botanist, in a
way a unique periodical which went through more than
50 volumes. It was really a personal organ of publica-
tion, for by far the greater number of its papers were
written by Clute himself. The subject matter varied,
but was largely ethnobotanical and ecological, in a pop
lar way. Clute’s personality is expressed most clearly
in his book reviews. He had a keen mind and at times
. an acid pen, especially in uncovering inaccuracies and
pretentiousness. He had little use for the intricacies of
nomenclature. However, the edge is taken from most of
his comments by a whimsical and delightful sense of
humor, which may be exemplified by one of his we 1-
known remarks: ‘‘There are no sunflowers north of the
Arctic Circle because when the sun once rises there, it
continues to spiral upward and the sunflowers, following
the sun, wring their heads off.’’
SMITHSONIAN INstrITUTION, WasHINGTON, D. C.
i
FERNS OF KENTUCKY 5
Notes on the Ferns of Kentucky,
I. Dryopteris Goldiana
_ CLYDE F. REED
The distribution in Kentucky of Goldie’s Fern is
very incompletely known and the species is sparsely rep-
resented in herbaria. Since this fern is not evergreen
and since the mountainous regions where it is most likely
to abound are rather hazardous with posionous snakes
in the summertime, a search may show that its distri-
bution in this State is not so discontinuous and inter-
rupted as records might lead one to think.
One of the first botanists to record the distribution of
the ferns and fern-allies in the State of Kentucky was
John Williamson, who published the ‘Ferns of Ken-
tucky’’ in 1878. Concerning Goldie’s Fern he stated
that he had found it in great abundance at that time
near the Little Rockcastle River in Laurel County.
This is the only locality definitely cited by Williamson.
However, he did state that although this fern was some-
what rare in the less elevated portions of the State, it
was not uncommon in the mountains.
Since that time no fern floras of this state appeared
until Sister Greenwell’s Flora of Nelson County,” in.
which no mention is made of Goldie’s Fern. In 1938,
Thomas MeCoy,’ in his ‘Ferns and Fern-allies of Ken-
tucky,’’ gives a few more definite county records for this
ern. Again, the fern is designated as rare, and only
three of the 120 counties in the state are mentioned—
ay eat a :
mien iam, John, Ferns of Kentuth thon, Wastrating
Structure, Fertilization, Classification of Genera and Species. 95
Pp., pl. I-XXXIV. 1878.
br dheghar Sister Rose Agnes. A Flora of Nelson County,
ueky. Catholie Univ. of Amer. Biol. Ser. No. 20. 1935.
hs i T. N. Ferns and Fern-allies of Kentucky. Amer.
Tn, 28(3): 108. 1938.
6 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
Boyd, Harlan and Kenton. These counties are widely
dispersed in the state, Boyd County being near Ashland
in the northeastern corner, Harlan County in the ex-
treme southeastern corner, and Kenton County in the
vicinity south of Covington near the Ohio River in the
north central part of the state.
McFarland,‘ in his ‘‘ Catalogue of the Vascular Plants
of Kentucky,’’ does not give any county distribution,
but merely lists it as occurring in the state. However, in
recent correspondence with Dr. McFarland several in-
teresting localities have come to light. McFarland states
that the fern grew near tle tunnel of Natural Bridge, in
oe ules
Bes
DISTRIBUTION OF DRYOPTERIS GOLDIANA IN KENTUCKY. A.
ORDOVICIAN LIMESTONE; B. THE KNOBS, SILURIAN AND DEVONI-
AN; C. MISSISSIPPIAN; D, PENNSYLVANIAN.
4MeFarland, Frank T. A Catalogue of the Vascular Plants of
Kentucky. Castanea 7(6-7): 79. 1942.
~~
FERNS OF KENTUCKY i
Powell County, abundantly a few years ago. Due to the
eutting over of this area and to the drying out of soil,
along with the lack. of shade, the plants are fewer there
now. He also observed it in the region of Cumberland
Falls (Whitley and McCreary Counties) in deep damp
woods. z
Collections in the Gray Herbarium and the United
States National Herbarium indicate a wider distribution
of Goldie’s Fern in Kentucky. In Greenup County,
near the Boyd County line, specimens have been taken.
This locality adds to MeCoy’s collection from Boyd
County, mentioned above. Also a Howell specimen from
Catlettsburg (USNH) adds to Boyd County distribu-
tion. Specimens from Berea are not too distant from
those of Williamson’s locality in Laurel County, and
are in a line with the drainage of the Rockcastle River
and Cumberland River up to McFarland’s locality at
Cumberland Falls in Whitley and McCreary Counties.
A specimen is also available from Oldham County (Gray
Herb.), and another from Louisville (USNH), in Jef-
ferson County, which is next to Oldham County.
To these localities I wish to add another which seems
to tie the Boyd-Greenup localities in with the several
localities farther west in Powell, Madison, Laurel, Whit-
ley, and MeCreary Counties. In southeastern Rowan
and northeastern Elliott Counties along the boundary
line of these two counties along the Caney Creek drain-
age numerous specimens of Goldie’s Fern have been
found in damp woods below a limestone outeropping.
Also, along the North Fork of Triplett Creek, about
three miles north of Morehead, in central Rowan County,
more than thirty large plants were found in low damp
woods, again below limestone ledges.
Except for the specimen from Kenton County, no
Specimens of Goldie’s Fern are available from the Inner
or Outer Bluegrass Area. This entire area is Ordovician.
8 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
On the periphery of this formation both the Silurian
and Devonian are exposed and the specimens from Old-
ham, Jefferson, and Madison Counties are found in these
formations. The specimens from Powell, Laurel, Rowan,
and Elliott, and possibly those from McCreary and
Whitley, Counties are found in the Mississippian for-
mations of the Carboniferous. The specimens from
Greenup, Boyd, and Harlan Counties are in the Pennsyl-
vanian of the Carboniferous. Thus, this fern is found
in Kentucky in four distinct geological formations. —
Specimens in the herbarium of the University of Ken-
tucky were destroyed by fire in 1948, and the speci-
mens in T. N. MecCoy’s herbarium not distributed to
other herbaria previously were destroyed by flood in
1 Therefore, no specimens from Laurel, Whitley,
and McCreary Counties have been examined by me.
There are, no doubt, some duplicate specimens else-
where, but to date I have not come by them
I wish to thank C. V. Morton, of the U. 8. National
Herbarium, and Dr. Reed Rollins, of the Gray Herbar-
ium, for supplying data from their herbaria.
SPECIMENS AVAILABLE OR SEEN: Boyp: Booger Rocks, in deep
pe ape along a sandstone cliff, a 5, 1934, T. N. McCoy
Coll.) ;
i eae. 3 wil: ae July 28, 1910, A. H. Howell 636
(US). GREE Big Woods,’’ 3 miles from Boyd County
Line, July 5, aa L. B. Smith et al. 3546 (Gray, US). HARLAN:
Harlan, July 6, ~ A. N. Leeds (Acad. Sei. Phila.). JB?
FERSON: Louisvil ely, 1854, a Mohr (US). KENTON:
Banklick Creek, pe 1934, G. Lea (Acad. Sci. Phila.)-
MaApison: Dogfoot Foshue: nut fa ie July 7, 1937, L. B.
Gray). OUD P
: es
Elliottsville, just off Hogtown Ri n deep wooded ravine
down Caney Creek, over limestone a Asst 20, 1949, C. F. Reed
18242 (Reed Herb.) ; woods along North Fork of Triplett Creek,
3 miles north of Morehead, June 4, 1950, C. F. Reed 20251 (Reed
Herb.). Without specific locality: C. W. Short (US).
MorEHEAD Strate CoLLEGE, MorEHEAD, KENTUCKY.
New Species oF DIELLIA 9
A New Species of Diellia from Oahu
W. H. WaGNER, JR.
The Hawaiian fern genus Diellia is represented by
such local and variable populations that the species-tax-
onomy is unusually difficult. It is probable that each
population is distinctive genetically and morphologically.
Unlike so many of the familiar leptosporangiate ferns
its life-cycle appears to be entirely sexual. It therefore
lacks the general uniformity that characterizes such ob-
ligate-apogamous ferns as Pellaea atropurpured and
Pteris cretica. A small, isolated population of Diellia
will probably tend to acquire unique features by a com-
bination of random fixation and selection by the factors
of a particular environment. Of the few populations
which really do seem to merit specific recognition, that
at Pohakea Pass, Oahu, discovered by D. L. Topping
some twenty years ago, seems to represent one of the
most distinctive species in the genus. Its ensemble of
distinctive features makes it necessary that it be de-
scribed as a new species. For help in studying this pop-
ulation I am indebted to Harold St. John, H. L. Lyon,
E. B. Copeland, and Lincoln Constance.
Dre.uia unisora Wagner, sp. Nov.
. rhizomate erecto, 0.4-1.0 cm. crasso, 0.5-3.0 em.
longo, stipitibus rhachibusque multis gracilibus, atris;
Paleis minutissimis, 0.5-1.0 mm. longis, 0.3-0.5 mm
latis, nigris, pallide marginatis; frondibus linearibus,
0 em. longis, 0.5-3.0 em. latis; pinnis 20-35-paribus,
0.2-1.5 em. longis, 0.2-0.7 em. latis,; oblique triangulari-
seh soris in marginibus acroscopicis pinnarum coadu-
Small fern of steep talus slopes, in beds of moss shaded
by large tufts of grass. Fronds fasciculate, the leaf
axes unusually persistent (plants with only 2-6 photo-
synthetic fronds sometimes having 10-40 additional per-
AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL VOLUME 41, PLATE 2
be
DIELLIA UNISORA.
Lyon Herparium (Topping 3588)
New Species oF DIELLIA 11
sistent rachises) ; rhizome narrow, erect, 0.5—-3.0 em. high,
4-1.0 em. in diameter with the persistent leaf axes at-_
tached ; scales few and very small, 0.5-1.0 mm. long, 0.8-
a) . broad, occurring only on the rhizome and ex-
treme bases of the stipes, the cells becoming totally oc-
eluded very early, their color jet-black except for 1-3
(rarely more) rows of distinct pale, thin-walled mar-
ginal cells; fronds linear, 8-30 em. high, 0.5-3.0 cm.
broad; stipes black and shiny, usually very narrow, 0.5—
1.0 mm. in diameter, 2-5 em. long; middle pinnae small,
simple, remote, 20-35 pairs, 0.2—1.5 em. long, 0.2—0.7 em.
broad at the base, usually strongly asymmetrical in out-
line, unequally triangular, the pinna attachment in line
erecta group, but slightly smaller, the venation free at
least up to the frond stage with two pinna pairs. .
Typr: Under tufts of grass, Pohakea Pass, Oahu, Ha- —
wanan Islands, Topping 3740 (MO, no. 1,215,006).
Disrrisution : Oahu, on steep, grassy, rocky slopes of
ee rotern side of the Waianae Range. Extremely local
rare.
SPECIMENS EXAMINED: Pohakea Pass, Topping 3588
(GH, NY, LYON, SM), 3740 (MO, type, US, NY), Deg-
Ger and Topping 5630 (NY, MO, GH), Wagner and C.
t. John 5800 (UC)
M LLUSTRATIONS : Smith, Occasional Papers B. P. Bishop
useum 10 (16) : fig. 3, pl. 6B. 1934.
h This tiny species of Diellia is now well represented in
erbaria. Its salient distinctions from all other species
’
12 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
and forms of this genus are the following: (1) com-
pletely occluded rhizome paleae of extremely small size,
(2) sori essentially confined to the anterior pinna mar-
gins, (3) soral fusion, (4) retention of numerous per-
sistent narrow rachises, and (5) delicate fronds gradu-
ally and symmetrically reduced at the apex. From the
plant known as D. pumila it is amply distinguishable.
The latter shows clathrate paleae, discrete sori on both
pinna margins, spreading habit with few persistent
stipes, and frond with rounded pinnae and terminated
by a well-defined apical ‘‘pinna.’’ The characteristics of
D. unisora were tested by growing a pair of plants in a
damp greenhouse for a year alongside other populations.
While the plant called D. pumila changed its habit and
characteristies rather radically under these conditions,
those of D. wnisora remained unchanged. It is there-
fore concluded that the morphology of D. unisora is
fixed genetically.
_ Diellia unisora is one of four species of this genus,
each of which is confined to a single island. D. Manni
and D. laciniata are confined to Kauai, while the Oe
species and D. falcata occur only on Oahu. The fifth
species of Diellia, however, is much more widespread and
polymorphic, and ranges the length of the high islands
of the archipelago. We are greatly indebted to the late
Mr. D. L. Topping, who came to Hawaii with consider-
able fern-collecting experiencé gained in the Philippine
Islands, and whose sharp eye discovered new localities
for D. falcata, the smgle known locality for the present
species, and records of various other interesting ferns
on Oahu. It is to be regretted that he did not spend @
month or two vacationing in the quiet and beautiful
park area at Kokee, in western Kauai, where there are
many miles of rolling, wooded, rocky gulches, the most
extensive area known in the islands which is suitable t0
the habitat requirements of Diellia. It was here, some
BARTHOLOMEW’S COBBLE 13
eighty years ago, that Valdemar Knudsen discovered
such spectacular examples as Diellia Mannu, D. centi-
folia, and many, still mysterious varieties. Although I
have spent many weeks hiking along the scenic trails
through these many valleys, I was not lucky enough to
run onto the particular slopes where these ferns grow.
This is an event which is being saved for some fortunate
botanist—in the course of his professional studies, or
merely while on vacation. Hunting Diellia will prob-
ably remind that botanist of studying the rare spleen-
worts, and the habitat is very similar. Only when the
particular hillsides that Knudsen alone knew of are re-
discovered will the still unsolved problems of Diellia be
clarified.
Gray Hersarium, Harvarp UNIVERSITY.
Observations at Bartholomew’s Cobble
Epear T. WHERRY
Driving through Sheffield, Massachusetts, recently, I
took occasion to follow the signs pointing to Bartholo-
mew’s Cobble, written up so interestingly by the late
Mr. Weatherby. Entering the reservation, I observed
clumps of Selaginella rupestris growing on exposed rock
‘ledges. In the course of many years of study of the
soilreaction preferences of plants, I had made repeated
tests on this spike-moss, and never found it in soils of
less acidity than ‘‘subacid,’’ (active acidity 50, pH 5.5).
| Correspondingly it was totally absent from limestone
rock outcrops. Could an exception to this rule be rep-
resented here? Application of the point of a steel knife-
blade immediately gave the answer. When one scratches
limestone, a conspicuous white powdery groove is pro-
duced; siliceous rocks, on the other hand, rub off
“‘agments of the steel, which show up as a dark streak
*This Journal 37: 1. 1947.
14 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
on the white or pale background. This simple test
showed that the outcrops of the Cobble are not wholly
of limestone, as had been stated or inferred; a not in-
considerable number of them consist of milky-white vein-
quartz, a rock composed dominantly of silica, in the
pockets of which acid soils accumulate. In every case
the clumps of Selaginella rupestris proved to be on such
siliceous material. Tests with a soil-acidity indicator
showed, too, that the humus accumulated in hollows
under the trees of the Cobble was locally subacid in re-
action, and supported such plants as Polygala pauci-
folia, which prefer this type of environment.
In recent times some ecologists have questioned the
reality of the view that soil reaction has any bearing
on plant distribution and have even ‘‘proven’’ by ap-
plication of some advanced mathematical calculations
that such is not the case. Their mathematics is fault-
less, but the premises are not. When one finds in na-
ture a mosaic of areas of different soil reaction, cer-
tain species always grow on the cireumneutral spots,
others on the acid spots. The disseminules of all the
species must fall on both types of area, but establish-
ment of thriving colonies occurs only where the re-
action suits the needs of a given sort of plant.
These remarks are published as a warning against
drawing conclusions as to soil-reaction preferences of
plants on the basis of superficial observations.
Weatherby recorded that 276 species of flowering plants
and ferns have been found in the 25 acres of the
Cobble reservation, and no doubt sooner or later some
one is going to assume that these are all “‘lime-loving”’
sorts. Now that we know, however, that the Cobble
furnishes not only limey, cireumneutral soils but also
more or less acid ones, erroneous inferences as to the
preference of individual species can be avoided.
UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA.
New Fern FoR THE UNITED States 15
A New Fern for the United States
Luoyp C. CRAWFORD
On October 15, 1949, Dr. A. M. Harvill and the
writer made a trip into Winston County, Alabama.
We stopped to examine some rock shelters formed in
Pottsville sandstone along the southern edge of the
West Fork of the Sipsey River about five miles east
of Double Springs. -Growing in fissures and along the
ground we found a number of ferns such as Tricho-
manes Boschianum Sturm, Asplenium pinnatifidum
Nutt., Athyriuwm asplenioides (Michx.) Eaton, Thelyp-
teris normalis (C. Chr.) Moxley, Polystichum acrosti-
choides (Michx.) Schott, Osmunda regalis L., O. cin-
namomea L., and a specimen which was sent to Dr.
Wherry for identification.
Dr. Wherry turned the identification over to Mr.
George Proctor, who identified the specimen tentatively
from Christensen’s monograph of Dryopteris as Dryop-
teris pilosa (Mart. et Gal.) C. Chr. He took a few
sprigs to the National Herbarium, where he and C. V.
Morton compared it with Mexican material. They found
it to match almost exactly a specimen of D. pilosa (de-
termined by Maxon), collected near Mesa Correo, Chi-
huahua, Mexico, LeSueur 1144 (USNH 1,638,030). Mr.
Morton and Dr. Wherry suggested the possibility of
a new varietal status and Dr. Wherry suggested a new
combination under Thelypteris.
A loan of specimens was requested from the Na-
tional Herbarium and the Academy of Natural Sci-
ences of Philadelphia, designated in this paper by US
and PH respectively, for my study of this fern. Ex-
amining 41 specimens of Mexican and Guatemalan ma-
terial, the writer found very little variation in speci-
Mens of D. pilosa and D. pilosa var. procurrens (Fée)
C. Chr. except in size. LeSueur 1144, mentioned pre-
Viously, and Gentry 2112, collected at Saguaribo on
“BB AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
the Rio Mayo, Sonora, Mexico, growing on limestone
rocks, showed the most variance and approached most.
closely my own collection from Winston County, Ala-
bama.
Subsequent visits to the locality on November 27,
1949, with Mr. Charles Segars and on April 5, 1950,
with Mr. Segars and Dr. Harold G. Rugg and Pro-
fessor Norman Arnold of Dartmouth College have
shown the fern to be evergreen and to produce spores
all year. |
All specimens of D. pilosa and D. pilosa var. pro-
currens examined, except LeSueur 1144 and Gentry
2112, have pinnae which taper to an acute tip and
pinnae lobes that are somewhat pointed and recurving
toward the axis with two basal veinlets running to the
sinus. The Alabama fern shows no signs of acuteness
but has rounded pinnae tips and pinnae lobes with only
one basal veinlet running to the sinus. A consider-
ation of these characters, which are comparable to
the morphological features that delimit var. major,
warrants a varietal status for the plant.
This species belongs in the section Leptogramma of
the genus Dryopteris, which is now best considered as
a section of the genus Thelypteris. The following
new combinations are necessary. |
THELYPTERIS pilosa (Mart. & Gal.) Crawford, comb.
nov
Gymnogramme pilosa nae & Gal. Mém. Acad. B
15: 2 , fig. x. 1842. Liebmann, Vid. Selsk.
Skr. V. 1: 181 ;
Dr gay pi (Mart. & Gal.) C. Chr. Ind. Fil.
gf score EXAMINED:
: JaLisco: Near Guadalajara, Pringle 2589 (US, PH),*
4094 (Us), 9346 (US) ;1 on Rio Blanco, near Guadalajara, Rose
Painter 7502 (US).1 Purpna: Finea Gua adalupe, alt. 2125 m.,
Arsene 67 (US), 190 (PH); Manzanilla, Arséne (US). MEXICO:
os Specimen cited by ©. Christensen.
AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL VOLUME 41, PLATE 3
Rigur; THELYPTERIS PILOSA, ONE-HALF NATURAL SIZE (Pringle
2589, GUADALAJARA, JALIsco, Mexico); Lert: T. A VAR.
ALABAMENSIS, ONE-HALF NATURAL SIZE (Crawford 241, WINSTON
County, ALABAMA)
AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL VOLUME 41, PLATE 4
<
ws
S
m
=
=
Yj
THELYPTERIS PILOSA VAR. MAJOR, ONE-HALF NATURAL SIZE (Conzattt
Gonzalez 711, Cerro SAN Fetipz, Oaxaca, MEXICO
New FERN FoR THE UNITED STATES 19
Popocatepetl, alt. 2850 m., Brown (PH); La Sierrita, Distr.
Temascaltepec. Hinion 3467 (US). MORELOS: man de Tepoxt-
lan, alt. 2250 m., Pringle 11265 (US).1 MicHoacAn: Morelia,
Santa Maria, alt. 2000 m., Arséne (Rosenst. Fil. fox Exs. 48) ;
Tancitaro, Uruapan, alt. 200 0 m., Hinton 15659 (US); Falls of
Tzararacua, A. N. Leeds 170 (PH). pileront | es Mina
35 m
Mexia 9002 (US). CnHinuaHuA: Mojarachie, goer 5047
(US); Creel, Knobloch 7042
GUATEMALA: QUICHE: Uhichiessteannge, M. EH. Leeds sos
PH). ZacarerEquez: San Rafael, alt. 1950 m., J. D. Smith
2722 (US). CHIMALTENANGO: Barranco de La Sierra, eet
east of Patzim, alt. 2100 , Standley 61518 8).
Marcos: Voleén Tajumuleo, ait "1800-2500 m., Steyermark sare
(US).
THELYPTERIS PILOSA var. major (Fourn.) Crawford,
comb. nov.
Gymnogramme procurrens Fée, Mém. Foug. 8: 78.
Gymnog gramme pilosa var. major hee Pasi fof Hea
73. 1872. Based on G. procurrens
cae ee totta var. G. naeine Baker in
Hook & Baker, Syn. Fil. ed. 2. 515. 1874. Il
bestamate hea of publication. .
Dryopteris pilosa var. procurrens C. Chr. Dansk.
Vid. Selsk. Skr. VII. 102: 197. 1918. Illegitimate.
SPECIMENS EXAMINED:
MEXICO: OAxAca: a de San Felipe, alt. 3000 m., Con
m., Purpus 1603 (US).2- entre * Coats ee
Lyonnet 1632 (US); San Rafael Atlixeo, phase "240 (US
Eslava, Lyonnet 3303 (US). MoreELos: Zempoala, Lyonnet 1415
(U8) ; Valle del Tepeite, Lyonnet 2101 (US). H1paneo: San
Miguel Regla, Lyonnet 2009 (US); near Zacualtipén, alt. 1800
m., “swept 17 (US).
UATEMALA: CHIMALTENANGO: Chichavac, near Tecpam, alt.
2400-2700 m., Johnson (US), Skutch 666 (US).
Tatuyeres PILOSA var. alabamensis Crawford, var.
_Frons_ 10-20 em. longa; lamina lineari-lanceolata:
* Annotated by ©. Christensen.
20 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
pinnae 0.5-1.5 cm. longa et 0.5-0.7 em. lata; laminae,
pinnae, et segmenta apice rotundatae.
Fronds 10-20 em. long; blades ae lanceolate ;
pinnae 0.5-1.5 em. long and 0.5-0.7 cm. broad; apex
of the blades, pinnae, and segments roun ied:
Type in t the herbarium of the University of Alabama,
collected in fissures of Pottsville sandstone, West Fork
of Sipsey River, : miles east of Doubl e Springs, Winston
County, Alabama, alt. 400 meters, Oetober 15, 1949, by
nt. ote ataed: (no. 241). Isotypes in the Vat
National Herbarium and the Academy of Natural Sci-
ences, Philadelphia. Another specimen from the same
locality was collected Nov. 27, 1949 (Crawford & Segars
375, US).
ADDITIONAL SPECIMENS EXAMINED:
Mexico: Sonora: Saguaribo, Rio Mayo, alt. 1650 m., “Gentry
2112 (US). CuHimuanua: Near Mesa Correo, LeSueur 1144
US).
The writer wishes to express appreciation to E. P.
Killip and C. V. Morton, of the U. S. National Herb-
arium, and to Dr. Francis W. Pennell, of the Academy
of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, for the loan of
specimens used in this study, and to Dr. Edgar T.
Wherry and George R. Proctor for other assistance.
UNIversiry or ALABAMA, UNIversiry, ALABAMA.
Ferns of Iron Mountain, Rogue River
Range, Oregon
Wiuuiam H. Baker
Iron Mountain is located in the Rogue River Range,
on the Coquille-Rogue River Divide in Coos-Curry Coun-
ties. The mountain is 15 air miles from the Pacific
Ocean and is directly east of Port Orford, Oregon. It -
10 miles north of the Rogue River and is the highest
peak in the area, reaching an elevation of 4000 feet.
The geologic formations are great intrusive masses of
granitic rocks bordered by metamorphies; slates, Se?
pentines and marbles, with some older lavas, generally
FEerNns oF [Ron Mountain 21
referred to as greenstones. In general they are Paleozoic
and Mesozoic in age. In addition there are many basic
intrusive masses of such rocks as peridotites. The to-
pography of the region is broken and rugged due to ex-
cessive dissection and the nature of the formations, which
are apparently old and heavily metamorphosed. The
whole pattern is a maze of ridges and valleys, giving a
very confusing topographic picture (2). _
The boundaries of the mountain are limited as follows:
the north slope to Sucker Creek Canyon at 3000 feet;
northwest slope to Copper Mountain Canyon at 2000
feet; south slope to McCurdy Camp at 2700 feet; south
Slope to Bonanza Basin and the canyon of Boulder Creek
at 2500 feet; southeast slope to Ophir-Iron Mountain
saddle at 3500 feet; east slope to the south fork of Rock
Creek at 2000 feet.
The area is drained by a number of streams. The
South slope is drained by Boulder Creek and Foster
Creek; the east slope by the North and South Fork of
Rock Creek; the north slope by Sucker Creek; and the
west slope by the South Fork of Elk River.
Specimens were obtained during the seasons of 1946,
1947 and 1948. All of the numbers cited are the author’s
°wn collections. Duplicates have been deposited in the
University of Idaho Herbarium and in the Oregon State
College Herbarium.
POLYPODIACEAE
Potypopium auycyrruiza D. ©. Eaton. Licorice-fern.
ommon on rocky outcrops of north slope near sum-
mit (no. 5476).
PouyPoprum HESPERIUM Maxon. Mountain licorice-fern.
Among rocks on northwest slope near summit (no.
; fairly common.
Potysticuum MuUNITUM (Kaulf.) Presl. | Common
Sword-fern. Along Rock Creek on east slope at Smith
Pym (no. 3017) ; very common.
UYSTICHUM MUNITUM (Kaulf.) Presl. var. IMBRICANS
22 ' AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
(D. C. Eaton) Maxon. Imbricated sword-fern. On
east slope along Rock Creek (no. 3200) ; rocky north-
bt seni (no. 4906) ; on summit under rocks (no.
214) ; common.
fy prelkd tem MUNITUM (Kaulf.) Presl. var. INCISOSER-
ratum (D.C. Eaton) Underw. Open east slope along
Rock Creek (no. 3201) ; rare.
ATHYRIUM FILIX-FeEMINA (L.) Roth. Lady-fern. East
slope growing beside a spring (no. 3080) ; common.
BLECHNUM spPicantT (L.) Roth. Deer-fern. Common
along springs and watercourses in deep shade. Kast
slope near Smith Mine at a ae (no. 3249) ; on the
shady southeast slope (no. 311
ADIANTUM PEDATUM L. var. AL Senin Rupr. Western
maidenhair. East slope along Rock Creek at Smith
Claim (no. 3147) ; fairly common.
PreRIDIUM AQUILINUM (L.) Kuhn. var. PUBESCENS Un-
erw. Western bracken. Along banks of Rock Creek
at Smith Claim in moist woods (no. 3145) ; very com-
mon.
CHEILANTHES GRACILLIMA D. C. Eaton. Lace-fer n
rock ledges at summit (no. 3228) ; similar situations
on the south slope eee 3770) ; southeast slope (no.
; not uncomm
ley-fern. Northwest slope near summit, among roe cS
(no. 4922) ; also common on steep rocky hillsides over-
nsitnoeg Boulder aig on the south slope (no. 3744).
WARDIA FIMBRIATA J. E. Smith. Giant chain-fern.
Creek bottoms on aanteoet slope (no. 3085); occa-
sional.
EQUISETACEAE
EqQuisetuM TELMATEIA Ehrh. Giant horsetail. Along
moist roadside margins at Smith Claim on Rock Creek,
east slope (no. 5659) ; fairly common.
SELAGINELLACEAE
SELAGINELLA Watuacet Hieron. Wallace’s wepecs
n mossy rocks in open woods on south slope (20-
0646) ; also common at summit.
AMERICAN FERN SoOcIETY 23
BIBLIOGRAPHY
1. ABRAMS, LERoy. An Illustrated Flora of the Pacifie States.
Stan Univ. Press, vol. 1, 1923.
2. Oregon State System of Higher Education. Physical and Eco-
nomic Geography of Oregon. Salem, Oregon, 1940.
3. Peck, Morton E. A Manual of the Higher Plants of Oregon.
Binfords and Mort, Portland, 194
* Pirer, C. V. Flora of the Northwest
C 15
and R.
New Era Printing Co., Laneaster, 1915.
University or IpaHo, Moscow, IpaHo
American Fern Society
Report of the President for 1950
The past year will be remembered chiefly perhaps for
the issuance by the Society of the 168-page Weatherby
Memorial number of its Journal. Along with the Maxon
Memorial number the two symposia attest to the vigor
and variety of mid-century interests centering in ferns.
The work of Mr. Morton in the tedious editing of this
number wins the appreciative thanks of the whole So-
clety.
If this Society may be considered the ‘‘lengthened
Shadow of a man’’ that man would be Willard Nelson
Clute (1869-1950), botanist, author, editor, professor,
who was keen about natural history as a lad in his native
valleys of New York State and held his enthusiasm until
nearly his eightieth year. After founding this Society
he served as its first president. His several books on
ferns and fern study introduced thousands of persons,
young and old, to the delights of the hobby.
The Seventh International Botanical Congress was held
at Stockholm, Sweden, July 12-20, 1950, and Dr. A. C.
mith represented the Society as its official delegate.
More than 1500 delegates attended besides many others
ike our Secretary, Miss Scamman, who found the lec-
tures and excursions rewarding if sometimes hurried and
lightly scheduled. More than 600 formal papers were
_ Presented in fourteen of the Congress Sections ; abstracts
24 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
of these will be published in the Proceedings of the Con-
gress. Uppsala University, Linnaeus’ botanical garden,
and his estate in nearby Hammarby were visited; field
trips to practically all parts of Sweden were arranged for
the visitors. Several important small changes in pro-
cedures were voted upon by'the delegates in the Section
on Nomenclature, some of which affect the names of
ferns. For example, the principle of repeating the spe-
cific epithet for any name of a taxonomic group (now
called a taxon) of a rank below the species which in-
cludes the type of the species was adopted. Thus, when
referring to the other varieties of Dryopteris cristata the
‘typical’’ variety must henceforth be called D. cristata
var. cristata. This would seem to be a logical step in
the right direction. The Society is indebted to Dr.
Smith for his participation in the Congress on its behalf.
To Mr. Walter S. Allen, our retiring Treasurer, the
Society owes a profound debt of gratitude for a job well
done. Exacting and conscientious, Mr. Allen has served
the Society through some of its most expensive years, and
his many suggestions have added to its present financial
vigor. His help, too, has been far beyond the call of his
office.
Mr. M. D. Mann, Jr., our newly elected Treasurer,
brings a varied background and a live interest in ferns—
some of you know his fern garden !—to the service of
the Society. By sending in your dues promptly you will
help his work, all donated, and the many activities of the
Society will benefit.
The sale of duplicates from the Society’s library, cared _
for by Dr. Rolla Tryon, has benefited many purchasers
and the organization’s treasury. Our thanks go to Dr.
Tryon and to those members who have donated books to
the sale in a good cause.
This year the Society’s annual meeting will be held in
Minneapolis, Minnesota, in conjunction with the A. I.
AMERICAN FERN SoOcIETY 25
B. 8. convention, Sept. 10-13, 1951. An indoor program
as well as a field trip is planned. It is not too early to
prépare your talk for that program, and if you cannot
thus favor us you will want to see the ferns of Minne-
sota afield. Plan to come! Journ Bwan, President
Report of the Secretary for 1950
It has been a pleasure to welcome 34 new members
(including one Life Member) to the Society during the
past year. These come from various sections of the
country, especially from the South and Southwest, and
they include, also, two from Canada, one from Cuba, and
one from far-away China. Four annual members have
become Life Members, increasing the number to 22.
The Society has lost by death seven of its outstanding
members, who have been associated with the organiza-
tion many years.
Professor Willard Nelson Clute, the founder of the
Society in 1893 and its first President, died at his home
in Indianapolis on March 7th. In 1934 he was made an
Honorary Member of the Society. A biography will be
found elsewhere in this number of the Journal.
The death of Professor Oakes Ames of Harvard was a
8reat loss to students of orchids everywhere. He devel-
_ Oped the Orchid Herbarium at Harvard, numbering more
than 64,000 specimens, including more than 1000 species
described by him. Although the study of orchids and
Work in economie botany were his chief interests he had
been a member of the Fern Society since 1917.
Professor Fred A. Loew, who joined the Society in
1938, was associated with Huntington College, Indiana,
much of his life, as student, Professor of Biology, and
Director of the Arboretum and Botanical Garden there
Since 1932. His last annual report of the botanical gar-
den gave a total of 612 species preserved and planted in
the garden, including native Indiana ferns.
26 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
Ira Waddell Clokey’s life is an inspiring story of a
great plant collector. His herbarium of 102,600 speci-
mens, including ferns, which he had built up by his own
collecting as a mining engineer in Mexico and Colorado,
and later through exchange after a fire had destroyed
many of his early valuable specimens, is now incorpor-
ated in the University of California.
The sudden death of a young and promising fern stu-
dent and member of the Society, Robert Marshall Tetrick,
II, of West Virginia has been noted previously in the
Journal.
Two faithful members of long standing in the Society
have died during the year—Mrs. Ernest B. Dane, of
Chestnut Hill, Massachusetts, who joined the Society in
1925, and Mrs. John R. Delafield, of New York City, a
member since 1923.
The names of 35 have been removed from the list
through resignations or non-payment of dues. This
leaves a total membership, as of December 31, of 424,
slightly less than last year.
At the time of the election of officers a year ago an
amendment was added to the Constitution, providing
for a Sustaining Membership, credited to any person
upon the annual payment of five dollars. Our new
Treasurer has sent out a notice, calling especial atten-
tion to this new type of membership. It is hoped that
many will show their appreciation of the Society by help-
ing in this way to meet the increased cost of printing.
The Society has had one meeting the past year, in Co-
lumbus, Ohio, in connection with the annual meeting of
the American Institute of Biological Sciences. A Sy™
posium on classification of ferns of great ‘interest was
held September 12 under the auspices of the Fern S50
ciety and the American Society of Plant Taxonomists.
The field trip in West Virginia was much enjoyed by all
members who participated.
lord
AMERICAN FERN SocIETY 27
The Weatherby Memorial number has received much
favorable comment. This largest single issue of the
Journal ever published is a fitting tribute to a long-time
officer of the Society and one of the most distinguished
fern authorities and teachers in America. Both he and
his wife, Mrs. Una Weatherby, have been staunch friends
of the Society many years.
Letters received by the Secretary from members and
would-be members reveal the desire of many for a wider
knowledge of the native ferns in their native habitats, as
well as of their cultivation in house and garden, and
some are venturing into the fascinating field of raising
ferns from spores.
Respectfully submitted,
Evita ScamMANn, Secretary
Report of the Treasurer for 1950
The Fern Society has had a good year financially.
The heavy expense for the Weatherby Memorial number
has been met by a very generous contribution from Mrs.
Weatherby, supplemented by special gifts from many of
Mr. Weatherby’s friends and associates. The Society is
very grateful for this assistance.
Five life memberships have been received and this in-
come was deposited in the special Savings Bank account.
No withdrawals have been made from the two special ac-
counts or from the reserve fund. Nineteen members
have added to our income by taking out sustaining mem-
erships.
My sincere thanks go to the Council and the members
of the Society for their many kindnesses, and I bespeak
the same hearty cooperation with my successor.
Receipts Amount Sub-total Total
$
Cash on hand Jan. 1, 1950 982.21
ee ie aan
PP BIVORIR once ces $ 31. :
1950 Membership renewals .........-- 593.50
1950 Sustaining members |... 95.00
28 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
1) IN@W DREMDETS 2. sseecssesseseessseeee A 743.50
1951 Membership nace als 43.10
1952 Membership renewals 3.60
1 Membership renewals 1.60
1949 Subscription arrears .................. 1.50
sh et wipe ee renewals ;
1950 BUDECTIDETS 300... 26. 135.70
1951 Subvention renewals : 135.65
1952 Subseription renewals i 1.5
ife memberships 0... ‘ 165.00
Sale = 2 numbers A.F.J. Ee . 124.34
Sale — eumulative index . 1.02
le MG TOMI Soh diecast : 1.00
Sale of state and local- ferns... : 1.85
1950 — ing 20.00
fe Te Sean a SDE, sr ge ses
Gifts 1 an Weatherby Doro gaan No... 852.50
Sale surplus library books .......0.000.0. : 35.15 “ys 15 $2,537.41
$3,519.62
Deduction a/e Agency commission
(subseribers) * 25.20
$3,494.42
* Deducted at source of subscription.
Disbursements Amount Sub-total Total
Business Press, Inc.
Baws VO OW, NOLS gs. $263
Bore: VO eG: NO. 945. ar (Weatherby No.)
BEd. Vou 40; Nor 8 cao
A.F.J. Vol. 40, PO tii S) phasis 997.8
oe > 91,718.04
5000 poets PUVOIODGR 2 cocci cs 66.43 66.43
Bank ¢ GAY alco SRE bc Mit Ua oat 25 25
Repri bie SEITE, CMR ane Re .266.68 266.68
Recorder of Deeds, Wash’n, D. C.
rtified Treas. statement) ....... 50 50
Life Wonton ips
0 dig cal eet 86,2) 165.00 165.00
1.64 1.64
49.82 49,82
38.53 38.53
19.44 19.44 $2,320.33
$1,174.09 -
Piaget DECEMBER 31, 1950
Assets
$1,174.09
545.53
526.71
1,493.01 $3,739.34
500.00 500.00
300.00 300.00
$4,539.34
AMERICAN FERN SOCIETY 29
Liabilities
Capital Account $3,021.70
Suspense Credit
51 membership 43.10
1952 membership 3.60
1953 membershi 1.60
1951 subscription 135.60
bseription 1.5
Distribution vol. 40, no. 4 260.00
B Herbarium fun 545.53
e Membership fund 526.71
$4,539.34
Respectfully submitted,
Water S. ALLEN, Treasurer
: Report of the Auditing Committee
We hereby certify that we have seen the books and ac-
counts of the retiring Treasurer, Mr. Walter S. Allen,
and have obtained from the banks confirmation of the
correctness of the Society’s balances which they are re-
Spectively holding, as set forth in detail in the accom-
panying statements of the Treasurer. .
Henry A. IMsHAUG
CLARENCE LEWIS
Auditing Committee
Report of the Judge of Elections
The results of the recent balloting for officers of the
American Fern Society for the year 1951 are as follows:
For President
For Vice ‘President
Dr. Donovan S. Correll ccscccsiscccscenienscsssnsenesneneesemmsonienes
Dr, AL J. SBT oeceencsssecesnsicsnenentnentnnattnenennnenninmmnnstnemn Pe: |
For Secretary
Miss Edith Seaman -.rrcccsccsscscsscscesssesesnnsnnessssespementsnnenasennennen
For Treasurer
W. E. Ligostt
30 - AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
I therefore declare the following candidates elected to
the several offices: President, Mr. Joseph Ewan; Vice-
President, Dr. Donovan 8. Correll; Secretary, Miss
Edith Seamman; Treasurer, Mr. M. D. Mann, Jr.
Respectfully submitted,
Raveu S. Earwe, Judge of Elections
Report of the Curator and Librarian for 1950
The sale of the surplus books from the Library has
continued but with diminishing returns as the titles most
in demand were soon sold. The residue now consists
mostly of broken sets of periodicals, a few older floras
and manuals and miscellaneous reprints on mosses, fungi,
birds and so forth. An effort will be made-to dispose of
this material through other channels.
Several members have used the facilities of the Library
and Herbarium this past year and it is hoped that an
increasing number will borrow books or specimens for
study. -
Mrs. Una F. Weatherby presented the Library with a
valuable collection of reprints on ferns and also donated
a number of specimens to the Herbarium. Some of
L. Fernald’s early collections from the Gaspé are an
especially notable addition. Mr. Harold Rugg deposited
a specimen of Lygodium palmatum collected in Vermont.
Respectfully submitted,
Rouua M. Tryon, Jr., Curator and Librarwan
Report of the Ohio Meeting and Field Trip, 1950
The annual meeting of the Society was held in con-
nection with the national meeting of the American In-
stitute of Biological Sciences at Ohio State University,
Columbus, Sept. 11-13, 1950. The indoor program took
the form of a symposium on the subject of fern elassi-
fication, with Dr. R. M. Tryon reporting on the history
of the topic; Dr. N. Radforth, on the paleobotanical ap-
proach ; Dr. E. B. Copeland, on a modern realignment of
AMERICAN FERN Society ~ 31
genera (paper read by Dr. Wagner), and a final paper
on the genus Diellia by Dr. W. H. Wagner, Jr. This
symposium was jointly sponsored by the Society, the
American Society of Plant Taxonomists, and the Sys-
tematic Section of the Botanical Society of America,
held on Monday afternoon, Sept. 11th, and was well at-
tended.
An all-day field trip was planned for the Thursday
following the general convention, Sept. 14th, to the fern
ledges of the Sugar Grove region of Hocking and Fair-
field Counties near Circleville. We found 33 species of
ferns, five species of club-mosses, and Selaginella rupes-
tris. Five rare ferns found were Asplenium Bradleyt
and A. Trudellii, Polypodium polypodioides, Pteretis
nodulosa, and Trichomanes Boschianum. r. Floyd
Bartley, Ohio fern enthusiast, led the trip and William
Goslin assisted with the arrangements on the 0. 8. cas
campus. Though not as many persons made the trip as
was expected, the twelve from Ohio, Michigan, and Ten-
nessee who tramped the ravines were delighted with the
‘finds’? and enjoyed the trip very much.
Josrepu Ewan, for the Secretary
NEw MEMBERS
Dr. Benjamin R. Allison, Hewlett, Long Island, New York :
Dr. Henry N, Andrews, Jr., Department of Botany, Washington
University, St. Louis 5, Missouri
Dr. William W. Ca dbury, 274 West Main Street, Moorestown, New
Jersey
Mrs. Josephine B. Davies, 3621 N. E. Miami Street, Miami 37,
Florid
Mrs, Fern W. Deal, Cross Valley Road, Route 12, Knoxville, Ten-
nessee
Mrs. Paul Deiro, 2618 13th Ave. South, Seattle 8, Washington
Miss Gertrude E. Douglas, 32 Clinton Road, Melrose 70, Massa-
chusetts
Mr. Erl H. Ellis, P. 0, Box 115, Idaho Springs, Colorado
Mr. Harold Engstrum, 680 Lenox Road, Glen Ellyn, Illinois
Mr. Austin T, Foster, 25 E. 86th Street, New York 28, New York
32 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
Mr. Joe Foster, 1 West Way, Orinda, Califor rnia
Mrs. Robert D. Glasgow, 1013 Washington Avenue, Albany 3, New
York :
Mr. teed Goodrich, Haw Creek Road, Route 2, Asheville, North
rolina
ty Vance Hood, R. 2, Boonton, New Jersey
Mr. William 8. Johnston, 65 Morris Lane, Scarsdale, New. York
Mrs. Jesse B. rae "2832 Ashley Street, Houston, Texas
Mr. Spey McKay, Orange Lake, Florida
a H. Sargent, 2423 North Underwood Street, Falls Chureh,
feginia
Me. ea C. Stabler, 90 Muttontown Road, Syosset, Long Island,
Mrs. "paward E. Terrell, c/o G. R. MacLean, Route 2, Madison,
con
Mrs. os i 7 Wright, 9 Lowell Street, Cambridge 38, Massachu-
CHANGES OF ADDRES
Dr. Paul Bartsch, ‘‘Lebanon,’’ Gunston Hall Road, Lorton, vir
ginia
Mr. J. William Bauer, Botany Hill, Kimmswick 1, serene!
Mrs. David C. Boyce, The Homestead, Evanston, Tilin
Mr. Newell J. Taree 536 East Dover Street, Scuaabal 7, Wis-
consin
Mrs. Verona Devine Burton (née Verona Devine), State Teachers
College, Mankoto, Minnesota
Mr. Lloyd C. Crawford, Route E, Evergreen, Alabam
Mr. Gordon P. DeWolf, Sr., » Devt of Botany, dine University,
New Orleans 18, Louisi
Dr. Baki alli eee. Universitesi, Botanik Enstitusa, An-
kara,
r. + site H. MeCoy, Todd County High School, Elkton, Ken-
tucky
Prof. A. Vincent Osmun, Shade ~~ en University of
Massachusetts, Amherst, Massachu
pe Anna K,. ay y
ey, 29 RHEE NEY suey Warwick, Orange 2
unty, N
oe prada B. a Box 3, University, Alaba.
Mr. V. A. _— Department of Botany, Catholic “Tniversity, Was
ington 17, D. C.
Mrs. sd F. adage 978 Lincoln Way East, Chambon
Penns
Mr. hay W. Trudell, 1309 Highland Avenue, Abington, Pent
sylvania
THE BRYOLOGIST
PUBLISHED BY THE Pe
AMERICAN ee eee :
‘The ‘azin English w to Mosses, 1 He ies, o
and Tichers = Brmonthiy illus hobivee: Med for mr Seetn ae ed
for oo proteision nal. . urly subscription is the United States 5.50, ;
a mg membersh eee eae
ip inthe Amer Bryological Soci On Sem
ice of Curators for beginne
‘Dr. WINONA H. WELCH, DePauw University, emia:
CASTANEA.
‘Published by the ne
THE PREPARATION
OF BOTANICAL SPECIMENS FOR
THE HERBARIUM
April-June, 1951
Council for 1951
OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR
Josten Eras, Department of Botany, Tulane agape SS New
Splaerce 8. "Cornett, Mt. Pisgah Road, Avenel, Silver Spring, Md. —
* Seer baste
ss Epirn ScaMMan, = Herbarium, Harvard University, Cam:
uae: Massachuse’
M. D. Mann, Jr., 625 ae St., Roselle, New Jersey
c = — ceca Institution, ——— 25, D.C
ditor-in :
‘OFFICIAL ORGAN ae 9 : ee
dM rat ‘Bern Dournal
a BorroRs
Seshaoaian Institution, Washington 25, D. C.
9 Dorchester Road, ecu 26, NX
€ j evil. Univ Calif.
0 ae me ces 10 Sle are? an 3
MERICAN FERN SOCIETY (annual
SP Sa sae ee ee bs ee eee
hee iad en
eae se ce Gate ee ee NS Re my
American Hern Journal
Vou. 41 ApriIL-JUNE, 1951 No. 2
The Real Arctic and Its Pteridophyta
NicHoLas POLUNIN
In his opening address to the session on ‘“‘The Arctic
Flora’ held by the phytogeographical and main taxo-
nomic sections of the Seventh International Botanical
Congress at Stockholm, the present writer deplored the
lack of precision in our conception of what the Arctic
really is, and the lack of standardization and consistency
in the use of the very common and necessary adjectival
form of the word (Polunin, 9). The situation is little
if at all better in pteridological than any other litera-
ture, for it is common for an author to term any plant
(or its range) ‘‘arctic’’ that reaches a region which ac-
cording to his conception constitutes part of the Arctic.
But what this last is, where it begins and ends, unfor-
2 tunately varies so greatly in different authors’ minds
that the whole concept has become at the best little more
than relative—or, at worst, dangerously misleading.
Nor is much help to be derived from such single criteria
as the Arctic Circle, which in theory governs the pres-
ence or absence of ‘‘midnight sun,’’ or from the common
Conception of the Arctic as a ‘‘cold desert’’: ferns do
not thrive in deserts, but a fair number manage very
well in indubitably arctic lands. The need thus remains
for some definition or at least delimitation of the Arctie
8 a region, variable though it is in character in its dif-
ferent component parts, and vast in its far-flung entirety.
2: aon ee . .
[Volume 41, No. 1, of the JourNaL, pp. 1-32, was issued April
10, 1951.]
34 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
To generalize may be easy but dangerous, to define dif-
ficult aboye all. But a start must be made somehow, and
so, following rather many years spent in the exploration ©
of various high- latitude lands and waters, the present
writer has come to consider a certain set of criteria as
being most useful in the separation of the truly arctic
regions from those lying to the south. What he looks
upon as the real arctic is thus delimited, provisionally
but already usefully, and comprises in general those
areas of land, fresh water, and adjacent sea ‘‘that lie
north of whichever of the following is situated farthest
north in each sector of the northern hemisphere: (1) a
line 80 kilometers (50 miles) north of the northern limit
of coniferous forest or at least more or less continuous
taiga, i.e. terrain with sparsely-scattered trees, (2) north
of the present-day northern limit of at least microphan-
erophytic growth (i.e. of trees 2-8 meters in height but
excluding straggling bushes in unusually favourable situ-
ations), the northern extremities of tongues or outliers
Separated by not more than fifteen degrees of longitude
being united across, or (3) north of the northern Nor-
denskiéld Line, which is determined by the formula
V=9-0.1K, where V is the mean of the warmest
month and K is the mean of the coldest month, both in
degrees Centigrade.’’ In addition there are some local
exceptions to consider and ‘‘smoothings out’’ to be ef-
fected to give a working basic line on a reasonably-scaled
map.
For purposes of phytogeographical citation the land,’
especially, lying north of our arctic boundary may use-
fully be divided into ten sectors ranging eastward as
follows :
_ I. Western Europe (from 10° W. to 40° E. longitude,
including Jan Mayen, Bear Island, and the Spitzbergen
Archipelago).
THE Reau Arctic 35
II. Northeastern EKurope-northwestern Asia (from
40° E. to the midwaters of the Gulf of Ob, ice. about
73° KE. longitude, so including the Franz Josef Archi-
pelago and Novaya Zemlya and the Islands and northern-
most mainland lying to their south). :
III. Western-central Asia (from the midwaters of the
Gulf of Ob to Anabar River, ie. about 113° E. longi-
tude).
IV. Eastern-central Asia (from the Anabar River to
- hear the mouth of Kolima River, i.e. about 162° E. longi-
tude). :
V. Easternmost Asia (from slightly northeast of the
mouth of the Kolima to Bering Strait in about 169° W.
longitude but excluding St. Lawrence Island).
VI. Alaska-Yukon (from St. Lawrence Island and
westernmost Alaska to the northeastern extremity of
Yukon Territory, i.e. about 136° W. longitude).
VII. Western arctic Canada (extending eastward to
a line starting in the south just west of the west coast
of Hudson Bay in latitude 60° N., and, to the north,
skirting the heads of the inlets from Hudson Bay, pro-
ceeding through the midwaters of Prince Regent Inlet
and Wellington, Belcher, and Sverdrup channels so as
to retain Somerset, Cornwallis, and Cornwell Islands).
VUI. The Canadian Eastern Arctic (comprising the
remainder of arctic Canada, including the whole of Mel-
Ville Peninsula and Ellesmere, Axel Heiberg, Devon,
Baffin, and Southampton Islands).
IX. West Greenland (including the islands of the ex-
treme South, and the north coast eastward to Victoria
Jord—about 46° W. longitude). :
X. East Greenland (comprising the remainder of
that sub-continent).
: The Proposed delimitation of the Arctic and subdivi-
‘lon into sectors are indicated in the accompanying map.
36 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL VoLuME 41, PLATE 5
MAP SHOWING THE apap boas OF THE ARCTIC AND OF THE TEN
PROPOSED SECTORS
THe Reaut Arctic 37
‘It would seem unjustifiable to consider as truly arctic
any plant entity that does not extend north of the south-
ern boundary of the Arctic, and unwise to accept as truly
cireumpolar any taxon that is not known to occur in
every major sector.
Although these proposals are tentative, they neverthe-
less seem to fulfil a need and afford a useful working
basis, and will be adhered to in the present contribution,
which may be looked upon as a first attempt to apply
the suggestions advanced at the Stockholm Congress (Po-
lunin, 9). From the regions north of the arctic-subarctic
delimiting line so constituted, there have to date been
confirmed the following 35 species of Pteridophyta, and
it would seem that unless the criteria are changed or
fresh data demand revision of the boundary, all other
Species of ferns and their so-called allies should for the
time being be excluded from the arctic flora.
OPHIOGLOSSACEAE
Borrycuium BOREALE Milde (Northern Grape-fern)
occurs in southern Greenland, on both the east and west
Sides. To this species belongs the source of the report
of B. simplex Hiteheock from the Aretic, for, as already
recorded, ‘‘A single plant in .. . Copenhagen, collected
-.. by Jens Vahl . . . and labelled ‘Aug. 1829 in locis
graminosis sinus Tasermiut 60° 5’,’ was determined by
Gelert as B. simplex. ... It is the sole source of all
Subsequent reports of B. simplex from Greenland and
‘the Arctic,’ but actually belongs to B. boreale. Indeed,
this is already clear from the illustration . . . in Osten-
eld’s ‘Flora Arctica,’ which shows a branched and
bushy fertile part of the frond, and, as an only character
‘Suggesting B. simplex (apart from a lamina which is
misrepresented, being in the original specimen much
more markedly pinnate), a rather low point of origin (a
38 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
little less than half-way up) for the sterile part. How-
ever, this is a very variable character in B. boreale. ‘
It is an even more variable character in B. smplez...
(Polunin, 8).
Borrycutum LANcEoLATUM (S. G. Gmel.) Angstr.
(Lance-leaved Grape-fern ) likewise occurs in southern
Greenland, on both the east and west sides, as has long
been known. j
BorrycHium LunaRiA (L.) Swartz (Moonwort) has so
far been confirmed as reaching the Arctic only in eastern
and western Greenland and eastern Europe but it is to be
looked for in other sectors as it approaches our southern
boundary in many places. In Greenland various sports
may be found (Polunin, 8; Porsild, 10).
Borrycuium TENEBRosuM A. A. Haton (Gloomy
Grape-fern) is known in the Aretic only from a single
collection made by the writer in 1937 in southwestern
Greenland (Polunin, 8). If, as is nowadays frequently
done, following Dr. R. T. Clausen (2), it is kept as 4
variety of B..simplex, that species can now after all be
claimed for the Arctic (cf. above).
2)
POLYPODIACEAE .
AspLentum virme Huds. (Green Spleenwort) occurs
in southern Greenland, on both the east and west sides.
Aruyrrum aupesTre (Hoppe) Ryl. agg. (Alpine Lady-
fern) likewise occurs in Greenland, on both the east and
west sides (specimens seen in Herb. Oslo, Copenhagen,
ete.), and probably reaches the Arctic also in Eastern
Europe.
CrYPTOGRAMMA STELLERI (S. G, Gmel.) Prantl (Slen-
der Cliff-brake) reaches the Arctic in the eastern-central
sector of Siberia (specimens seen in Herb. Stockholm).
Cysropreris FRAGILIS (L.) Bernh. s.l. (inel. C. dickie-
ana Sim.) (Brittle Fern) appears to be eireumpolar 1
Tue Reau ARCTIC! - 39
distribution (although needful of confirmation in the
western-central sector of arctic Siberia), and attains
practically the highest latitudes at which there is land,
the northernmost known locality being 82° 30’ N. Lat.
in Ellesmere Island (specimens seen in Herb. New York,
Kew, and Copenhagen). Variable in the Arctic, as
elsewhere.
CYSTOPTERIS MONTANA (Lam.) Bernh. (Mountain
Bladder-fern) reaches the Arctic in southwestern Green-
land (Polunin, 8; Porsild, 10) and the Alaska-Yukon
Sector (specimen seen in U. 8. Nat. Herb.).
DrRYOPTERIS AUSTRIACA (Jacq.) Woynar ex Schinz. &
Thell. s. J. [inel. D. spinulosa (O. F. Mill.) Watt]
(Spreading Shield-fern) occurs in southern Greenland,
on both the east and west sides, and also just reaches
the Arctic in the Alaska-Yukon sector (Hultén, 3).
Dryopreris pissuNcTA (Ledeb.) Morton (D. linnaeana
C. Chr.) (Oak-fern) occurs in the Canadian Eastern
Arctic (coll. Dr. J. Rousseau, 1948) and southern Green-
land (on both the east and west sides), and so closely
approaches our southern limit in Alaska-Yukon and parts
of Eurasia that it would seem likely in time to prove far
more widespread in the Arctic.
Dryopreris rmix-mas (L.) Schott (Male Fern) like-
Wise occurs in southern Greenland, on both the east and
West sides, as has long been well known.
DRYOPTERIS FRAGRANS (L.) Schott (Fragrant Shield-
fern) reaches the Arctic at least in the eastern-central
and easternmost sectors of Siberia, in Alaska-Yukon, in
Western and eastern arctic Canada, and in West and
ast Greenland, thus ranging more than half-way
‘round the top of the world. It has also been reported to
Teach the Arctic in western Siberia (Raymond, 11). It
Seeurs as far north as 78° 52’ N. Lat. on Ellesmere
Island (specimens seen in Herb. Gray, Kew, and Copen-
40 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
hagen), and probably a little farther north in Green-
land (Ostenfeld, 4).
Dryopreris PHEGOPTERIS (L.) C. Chr. (Beech-fern )
occurs in southern Greenland, on both the east and west
sides, and also reaches the Arctic in eastern Canada
(Polunin, 7). Like several other widespread boreal
-Pteridophyta which are at present little known in the
Arctic, it so frequently approaches our southern bound-
ary that it would seem likely to turn up north of it in
several more sectors such as Alaska-Yukon and parts of
Eurasia when these come to be more thoroughly explored.
Potysticuum LoncHitis (L.) Roth (Holly-fern) 0¢-
eurs in southern Greenland, on both the east and west
sides (specimens seen in the field, etc.).
Woopsta ALPINA (Bolton) 8S. F. Gray (Alpine Wood-
sia) reaches the Arctic in Alaska- Yukon, in western and
eastern Canada, and in West and East Greenland. Its
northernmost known locality is near the 79th parallel on
Ellesmere Island (specimen seen in Herb. Kew).
Woopsta GuABELLA R. Br. apud Richardson (Smooth
Woodsia) is probably cireumpolar in distribution, hav-
ing been recorded from almost all sectors of the Arctic,
although not yet from around the eastern Europe-wester?
Asia border or the adjacent (western-central) sector of
Siberia. It ranges northward to about 79° N. on Elles-
mere Island (specimens seen in Herb. Ottawa, Kew, an
Copenhagen) and Spitsbergen, and reaches 79° 10’ N.
Lat. in Greenland, where it was apparently the last
plant noted [and collected (Ostenfeld, 4)] before his
death by Dr. Thorild Wulff of whom the late Prof. C. H.
Ostenfeld wrote (5), ‘‘The last words in his diary speak
a stronger language of his deed than another is able to
give; they run translated into English as follows:
‘Straining walk until 29. Aug. 12,30 a.m. without finding
any game. I am half-dead, but found Woodsia. Re-
Tue REAL ARCTIC 41
tired to rest at 7 p.m. as I will not be a hindrance to the
movements of my companions on which their rescue de-
pends.’ In such a manful way my old friend from the
days of youth ended his life, showing to the last that he
was a real scientist.’’
Woopsi tnvensts (l.) R. Br. (Rusty Woodsia) reaches
the Arctic in easternmost Siberia, in Alaska-Yukon, in
western and eastern Canada, and in West and East
Greenland.
EQUISETACEAE
EQUISETUM ARVENSE L, agg. (Common or Field
Horsetail) is apparently cireumpolar in distribution
(though not yet confirmed from the easternmost sector
of Asia), attaining almost the northernmost land (north-
ernmost record 82° 29’ N. Lat. on the north coast of
Greenland (cf. Ostenfeld, 5). Extremely variable, as
elsewhere.
EQuUISETUM FLUVIATILE L. (E. limosum L.) (Swamp
Horsetail, or Pipes) has now been confirmed as reaching
the Arctic in Alaska-Yukon (coll. Miss E. Scamman,
1949) ; it probably also persists north of our southern
boundary in Eurasia, and has indeed already been widely
reported to do so in the eastern-central sector of Siberia
and in eastern Europe.
_ Equiserum pauusrre L. (Marsh Horsetail) reaches the
Arctic in the northeastern European-northwestern Asian
sector, in the western-central sector of Siberia, and in
Alaska-Yukon (specimens seen in Herb. Stockholm ).
Equiserum scirpowes Michx. (Dwarf Scouring-rush
or Sedgelike Horsetail) is probably cireumpolar in dis-
tribution but not yet confirmed from East Greenland.
It attains a latitude of nearly 80° N. in Spitsbergen
(Polunin 1933 field notes, specimens seen in Herb. Brit-
ish Museum ; ef. Scholander [12]).
42 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
EQuiseTuM syLvatTicum L. agg. (Wood Horsetail)
reaches the Arctic in eastern Canada (specimens seen in
Herb. Gray and Ottawa), West Greenland (seen in the
field), the northeastern European-northwestern Asian
sector and probably elsewhere, being fully cireumboreal
and frequently approaching our southern boundary.
_ Equiserum rracnyopon A. Br. (Rough-toothed Scour-
ing-rush) oceurs in one locality in southwestern Green-
land (Polunin, 8).
Equiserum vartecatum Schleich. (Variegated Horse-
tail or Northern Mottled Scouring-rush) appears to be
fully cireumpolar in distribution, ranging northwards to
82° 3’ N. Lat. in. Greenland (Ostenfeld, 5).
LYCOPODIACEAE
Lycopoprum aLpinum L. (Alpine Club-moss) reaches
the Arctic at least in the northeastern European-north-
western Asian sector, in the easternmost sector of Si-
beria, in Alaska-Yukon, in the Canadian Eastern Arctic,
and in West and East Greenland.
Lycopopium aNNoTINUM IL. agg. (Stiff Club-moss)
reaches the Arctic at least in western-central and eastern-
most Siberia, in Alaska-Yukon, in western and eastern
Canada, and in West and East Greenland:
Lycopoprum cLavatum L. (Common Club-moss, °F
Running-pine) reaches the Arctic in easternmost Si-
beria (Hultén, 3) and, as long well known, in West
Greenland.
Lycopopium compuanatum L. agg. (Trailing Christ-
mas-green or Flattened Ground-pine) oceurs in the b@
nadian Eastern Arctic (coll. Dr. J. Rousseau, 1948) and
West Greenland and probably also East Greenland (Sel-
denfaden and S¢rensen, 13).
Lycopoprum seLaco L. (Fir Club-moss) is probably
cireumpolar in distribution, and the only high-arctie
Tue Reau ARcTIC 43
member of the genus, ranging northwards at least to
about 81° 43’ N. Lat. in Ellesmere (Polunin, 7). How-
ever, it has not yet been recorded from the eastern-cen-
- tral sector of arctic Siberia.
SELAGINELLACEAE
SELAGINELLA RUPESTRIS (L.) Underw. (Rock Selagin-
ella or Rock Spike-moss) has recently been found in one
place in southwestern Greenland (Bécher, 1). The de-
termination of a specimen from there sent by the collec-
_ tor to the present writer, was confirmed by the late Mr.
C. A. Weatherby. In returning the writer’s subsequent
loan of the account by the collector (Dr. Tyge W.
Bocher), Mr. Weatherby wrote (in litt. ad 29 May 1949)
‘The most reasonable theory (though, ‘as Bécher warns,
very much a theory) seems to me that such species as
this largely Alleghenian Selaginella reached Greenland
uring ... [a warm period] .. . and intermediate sta-
tions were wiped out by subsidence of the Atlantic shelf,
ee-sheets, or the rigors of continental climate.’’ It may
be noted that this locality of Selaginella rupestris lies on
the same fjord as, and not many miles from, the only
known station of Botrychium tenebrosum (see above) in
all Greenland, while nearby on an adjacent fjord grows
Equisetum trachyodon. Cystopteris montana occurs
around both these fjords, and it seems likely that fur-
ther exploration will bring to light other unexpected
treasures—particularly as an accompaniment of more
°verland foot-slogging (Polunin, 6).
SELAGINELLA SELAGINOIDES (L.) Link (Low Selaginella
or Mountain moss) oceurs in southern Greenland, on
both the east and west sides as has long been known, an
also reaches the Arctic at least in eastern Europe.
SELAGINELLA sipirica (Milde) Hieron. (Siberian Sela-
Sinella or Siberian Spike-moss) reaches the Aretic in
44 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
easternmost Asia and in Alaska-Yukon (specimens seen
in Herb. Stockholm).
ISOETACEAE
Isoiirps ECHINOsPoRA Dur. s.l. (incl. I. brawnii Dur.)
(Spiny-spored Quillwort) is plentiful in southwestern
Greenland and probably occurs also in East Greenland.
Isoiires LAcustRIs L. (Lake Quillwort) occurs in one
place in southwestern Greenland [specimen seen in Herb.
Copenhagen (Polunin, 8) |.
It is to be expected that additions will be made to the
above list of species of Pteridophyta known to occur in
the Arctic—especially when some of the more favoured,
southern regions come to be explored in greater detail.
Meanwhile, it should be noted that in the above notes the
Canadian Eastern Arctic is understood in the new, eX-
tended sense demanded by the criteria employed for
delimitation. Among other Pteridophyta that require
confirmation are reports of Equisetum pratense Ehrh.
as persisting north of our southern boundary in some
parts of Eurasia.
Gray Herparium or Harvarp UNIVERSITY, CAMBRIDGE
38, Mass.
REFERENCES
Bocuer, Tyee W. Contributions to the flora and plant geog-
raphy of West Greenland. I, Selaginella rupestris and
agi montanum. Medd. om Grgnland, 147, Nr. 3,
1948.
—
.
to
Q
i
be
a
n
rs
A
=e]
°
w
z
>
:
=
a
°
eh
ct
a
®
i)
be;
=z
_e
°
LAF
5
an
RQ
=
ix
®
i)
©
w
a?
. Huwrén, Ertc. Flora of Alaska and Yukon I. Lunds Uné-
versitets i N.F. Avd. 2, Bd. 37, Nr. 1, pp- 1-127
and additi
OSTENFELD, C. H Two plant lists ae i ae Gulf and
Inglefield Land (77° 28’ and 7 . Lat.), N. W
Ss erga Medd. om aa rae pp- 307-214,
th
Tue REAL ARCTIC 45
5. OSTENFELD, C. H. The adams of the north-coast of
Greenland based upon the late Dr. Th. Wulff’s collections
and observations. Medd. a epee LXIV, pp. 221-
268 and additional plates, Ase 3.
OLAS. Notes on a botanical journey in 8,
Greenland, 1937. Kew Bull. of Misc. Inf., No. 3 for ae
1938
oS
i)
°
a
q
Zz
eS
be
=
a
~
; Seiad NicHouas. Botany of the Canadian Eastern Arctic.
Part I, Pteridophyta and Spermatophyta. Ottawa: Na-
cee ‘Masse um of Canada Bulletin No. 92, pp. vi +408
and additional map, :
- PoLUNIN, NicHoLas. Contributions to the Flora and Phyto-
geography of south-western Greenland: an enumeration of
the vascular plants, with critical notes. Journ. Linn.
Soc., Botany, LII (No. 345), pp. 349-406, 1943.
; hci MS. ‘‘The Real Arctic: suggestions our
delimitation, subdivision, and characterization.’
ourn, ebiaage! ee the press).
- PoRSILD, Morvre tray contributions to the Flora of
ao
.o
ty
=
q
4
Lew!
2
10
ja ns Pay om Grénland, LXXVII, pp. 1-44,
11. ene MARCEL. a phytogéographique du Québec.
Mémoires du Jardin Botanique de Montréal, No. 5, pp.
1-147, 1950. ‘
12. ScHouanper, P. F. eset plants from northern Svalbare
with remark vegetation in North-East Land.
Skrifter om danoe. og Ishavet, Nr. 62, pp. 1-153 and
additional maps, 1934.
13. SEIDENFADEN, GUNNAR, AND THORV. S@RENSEN. se vascular
plants of Northeast Greenland from 74° 30’ to 79° 00’
N. Lat. and a summary of all species alt in East
Greenland. Medd. om Gr@nland, 101, Nr. 4, pp. 1-215
and additional plates, 1937.
PosTScRIPT
Since the above was written I have happened upon
the late Carl Christensen’s paper ‘‘The Pteridophyta of
arctic regions’? published in the first volume of the
Amériean Fern Journal (No. 4, pp. 65-70, April 1911).
Dr. Christensen lists 32 s species of Pteridophyta as oc-
curring in the Arctic. With the exception of Botry-
46 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
chium simplex (q.v. sub B. boreale and B. tenebrosum)
and Equisetum hiemale (now known to. be a misidentifi-
cation for E. trachyodon, cf. Polunin, 8), these 32 are all
identical with, or included in, the species given in my
list. It is, however, interesting to note that Cystopteris
montana, Selaginella rupestris, and the inadequately lo-
ealized Equisetum palustre would not have qualified for
inclusion in my list on the grounds given by Dr. Chris-
tensen (who had a wider conception of the Arctic), so
that the additions since the time of his paper have been
substantial in number as well as extensive in the matter
of known ranges.
Dr. Christensen mentions (op cit., p. 66) ‘““Gymnop-
teris triangularis . . . a species of tropical relationship”
as enumerated among plants collected near Nome City
(which we would not include as arctic), but says “T do
not remember whether the record is confirmed or not’’;
accordingly, he excludes it from his list, and indeed the
report is now widely doubted; Hultén (3) remarks ‘‘It
seems very uncertain that the species occurs in Alaska
and a confirmation should be obtained before it is in-
cluded in the flora... .”"—N. P
Dryopteris fragrans var. remotiuscula and Some
Other Ferns from the Vicinity of
Lake Sunapee, N. H.
A. R. Hopepon anp A. D. HASTINGS
During the late summer of 1949 an ecological and
floristic study of the ferns of the areas bordering Lake
Sunapee was conducted.!| Two results of this work, at
least, seem worthy of publication: the rediscovery of the
station for Dryopteris fragrans (L.) Schott var. remoti-
1 Research conducted in partial fulfillment of the requirements
for the M.S. degree in Biology at the University of New Hampshire.
Ferns or New HAMPSHIRE 47
uscula Komarov, which was originally reported by C. E.
Waters’ and the recording of numerous additions to the
fern floras of Sullivan and Merrimack Counties. Among
these are two forms which would appear to be new to the
state.
_ Waters (loc. cit.) writing of the Fragrant Fern sup-
plies only the brief and inadequate geographical com-
ment, ‘‘on a cliff by the shore of Lake Sunapee’’ which is
quoted by Edith Scamman,* with her own additional
- comment, ‘‘probably in Sullivan County.’’ September
ll was a red-letter day for the junior author when he
rediscovered this station. On a shaded, east facing cliff
on the western side of ‘‘The Narrows,’’ four clumps were
observed in nearly inaccessible niches of the rock-face.
The peculiar features of this site leave little doubt that
it is the same station reported by Waters. While this
locality is very close to Sullivan County, to be entirely
accurate, it must be reported as being at least one hun-
dred and fifty yards within Merrimack County.
The following lists represent entities apparently new
to Merrimack and Sullivan Counties as checked carefully
4gainst Miss Scamman’s recent work.t Those with an
asterisk are reported here from New Hampshire for the
time.
Merrimack County: Asplenium Trichomanes .;
Athyriwm Filiz-femina (.) Roth var. Michauxn
(Spreng. ) Farwell forma confertum (Butters) Fern. ;
Athyrium Filix-femina var. Michauxii forma cristatum
(Hopkins) Clute; Athyrium Filix-femina var. Michaurn
orma laciniatum ( Butters) Fern.*; Botrychium dissee-
‘wm Spreng. ; Botrychium dissectum forma elongatum
(Gilbert & Haberer) Weath.*; Botrychium dissectum
ie
x Waters, ©. E., Ferns, p. 214 and plate on p. 212. 1902,
Scamman, Edith, Ferns and Fern Allies of a Hampshire
0. 2, N. .
. Academy of Science, p. 32.
*Seamman, op. cit .
48 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
forma oneidense (Gilbert) Clute; Dryopteris cristata
(L.) Gray var. Clintoniana (D. C. Eaton) Underw.; D.
fragans (l.) Schott var. remotiuscula Komarovy ; D. mar-
ginalis (L.) Gray forma elegans (J. Robins.) F. W.
Gray; D. spinulosa (O. F. Muell.) Watt var. americana
(Fisch.) Fern; D. spinulosa var. fructuosa (Gilbert)
Trudell; Osmunda.cinnamonea L. forma incisa (3:78
Huntington) Gilbert ; Polypodium virginianum L. forma
acuminatum (Gilbert) Fern.; Polystichum acrostich-
oides (Michx.) Schott forma incisum (Gray) Gilbert.
Sunuivan County: Dryopteris simulata (Davenp.)
Underw.; D. spinulosa (O. F. Muell.) Watt var. fruc-
twosa (Gilbert) Trudell; Osmunda cinnamonea L. forma
incisa (J. W. Huntington) Gilbert.
Specimens of all of the above are in the herbarium of
the University of New Hampshire.
DEPARTMENT oF Botany, University or New Hamp-
SHIRE, AND QM Curmatic Researcu Lasoratory, Law-
RENCE, MASSACHUSETTS.
A New Jamaican Species of Hemitelia
C. V. Morton AnD GrorGE R. PROCTOR
During the first six months of 1950, the junior author
made extensive collections of ferns in Jamaica, under the
auspices of the Science Museum of the Institute of Ja-
maica. During the period of February 11-14, he made
one of several collecting trips to the region of Corn Puss
Gap. This mountain pass lies 2 miles due east of the
better-known Cuna-Cuna Gap, and divides the eastern
end of the Blue Mountains from the abrupt limestone
escarpment of the John Crow Mountains, in the Parish
St. Thomas. The gap itself lies at an elevation of
slightly over 2000 feet. A mule-track (wrongly shown
on some maps as a road) passes through it, connecting
JAMAICAN HEMITELIA 49
the region of Bath in St. Thomas with that of Millbank
in Portland. In the gap is also a hut belonging to the
Jamaican Forestry Department; the use of this was gen-
erously allowed as a collecting base.
Corn Puss Gap is remarkable for its extremely high
rainfall, which must approach 200 inches per year. A
natural consequence is that the fern flora is very rich.
No less than 9 species of tree-ferns were noted within a
radius of 100 yards of the forestry hut, one of them the
entity here newly described. The others include Also-
phila aspera (L.) R. Br., A Swartziana Mart., Cyathea
arborea (L.) J. E. Sm., C. dissoluta Baker, C. Grevil-
leana Mart., C. Tussacii Desv., Hemitelia calolepis D. C.
Eaton, and H. horrida (.), R. Br. Higher up, on the
Jagged limestone escarpment, occurs Cyathea gracilis
Griseb. in some abundance. It may be noted that the
soil in the gap itself is derived from shale. Probably
other species still await discovery in this general area,
which even yet is very little known botanically, espe-
cially eastward over the crest of the incredibly treach-
erous John Crow Mountains.
The proposed new species is dedicated to Mr. C. Ber-
nard Lewis, for some years Curator of the Science Mu-
Seum of the Institute of Jamaica, and recently noml-
nated Director of the Institute. It was he who first
Pointed out the richness of the Corn Puss Gap flora to
the junior author, and who chiefly made it possible for
collections to be made there. The dedication is also in-
tended as an expression of warm personal regard.
Hemrrecia Lewisii Morton & Proctor, sp. Nov.
50 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
costae basi paleaceae, parce hirsutae, costulis parce vil-
losis paleaceis, paleis bullatis, filiformi-attenuatis, brun-
nescentibus ; sori inframediales, 8-vel 9-jugi, confluentes ;
paraphyses pauci; indusium subflabellatum vel semicir-
culare, breviter lobulatum.
audex stout, erect, reaching a height of 6 meters,
densely paleaceous at the apex; scales basally attached,
linear-subulate, erect, averaging 3 em. in length, 1.8-
mm. wide near the base, bicolorous, the whitish margin
0.5-0.9 mm. wide, minutely fimbriate by prolongation of
the cells of the lamina, the castaneous or pale-castaneous
central band extending to the long-attenuate tip (the
cells of this band with lateral walls thickened and brown,
veins 10-11 pairs, all but the uppermost once-forked be-
low the middle; sori inframedial, 7-8 pairs, becoming
JAMAICAN HEMITELIA 51
more or less confluent with age; indusium extrorse, fla-
belliform to semicircular, irregularly and minutely lobed,
not ciliate, brownish-hyaline, 0.5 mm. -long; receptacle
bearing a few paraphyses, these colorless, flaccid, several-
celled, sharp-pointed, about 0.7 mm. long; sporangia ap-
parently completely sterile, not producing spores.
Type in the U. S. National Herbarium, nos. 1;919,940-
1, collected at Corn Puss Gap, Parish of St. Thomas,
Jamaica, B. W. I., Proctor 4000, February 13, 1950.
Isotypes at the Science Museum, Institute of Jamaica,
the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, and in
the private herbarium of George R. Proctor.
Apparently related only to Hemitelia calolepis D. C.
Eaton.'. That species was described originally from
Monte Verde, Oriente, Cuba (Wright 950) and several
Specimens of the type collection have been studied. Ap-
parently the species has not been re-collected in Cuba,
but a few specimens are known from Jamaica (without
locality, Walson 681, 738; Moody’s Gap, Underwood
1550). Characteristic material was collected at Corn
Puss Gap (Proctor 4001) at the same time that H.
Lewisii was discovered ; the two species were there grow-
ing side by side, and their distinctness was quite evident.
The objective differences (that is, aside from subtle dif-
ferences of aspect and coloration) can be summarized in
the following key:
Pinnae stalked (petiolules 1-1.2 em. long) ; rhizome
Scales white, bicolorous only at very base and slightly
So near the apex; bullate scales of the costules abun-
dant, white; stipe usually 50-70 em long. H. calolepis
imnae subsessile (except the lower ones), the petiolules
at mos m. long ; rhizome scales strongly bicolorous,
the central, castaneous portion broad, the white mar-
gins narrow; bullate scales of the costules fewer, pale
brownish ; stipe not over 35 em. long... H. Lewisii
Washington, BoC:
See .
1Cf. William R. Maxon, The North American Species of Hemi-
Oy Section Euhemitelia. Contr. U. 8. Nat. Herb. 17: 414-420.
52 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
The Correct Name of hebaneaanaris
heterophyllum \
ALEX D. HAWKES
Recently, while engaged in the preparation ofa paper _
on the common plants of the Everglades National Park —
for the Florida Academy of Sciences, the question of the
correct name of the Vine-Fern or Climbing Fern of
South Florida appeared. This handsome, and often
almost ubiquitous epiphytic species, has been known as
Phymatodes heterophyllum (L.) Small, but by Copeland
(1947) the genus Phymatodes is relegated to the synon-
ymy of Microsorium Link.
Further inquiry and study have revealed that this fern
is indeed a true Microsorium, and a new combination
must be made to receive it:
Microsorium heterophyllum (L.) A. D. Hawkes,
comb. nov.
Polypodium heterophyllum L. Sp. Pl. 1083. 1753.
Polypodium serpens Swartz, Prodr. Fl. Ind. Oce. 131.
1788 (non P. serpens Forst. 1786.)
Marginaria serpens Presl, Tent. Pterid. 188. 1836.
Polypodium exiguum Heward, Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2,
2: 458. 1838.
Phlebodium serpens J. Sm. j in Hook. Journ. Bot. 4: 59.
1841.
Craspedaria serpens Fée, Gen. Fil. 264. 1852.
Anapeltis serpens J. Smith, Cat. Cult. Ferns 5. 1857.
Polypodium Swartzii Bak. in Hook. & Bak. Syn. Fil.
357. 1868.
Phymatodes Swartzii Underw. Our Nat. Ferns, ed. 6.
84. 1900.
Phymatodes exiguum Underw. Torreya 3: 18. 1903.
Phymatodes heterophyllum Small, Ferns Fla. 81.
1932.
KANSAS PTERIDOPHYTES : 53
This species has been found in Collier, Dade, Monroe
and Palm Beach Counties. Typically it is an epiphyte
on smooth-barked trees in the hammock formations, the
clambering rhizomes attaining a length of as much as 7
meters. The leaves are highly variable in dimension
and shape.
DEPARTMENT OF Botany, UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA,
BERKELEY.
A Checklist of Kansas Pteridophytes
P. H. HuMFELD
A complete checklist of Kansas Pteridophytes has
never been published. The first paper to include a list
of Kansas ferns was that of Carruth (1872). He listed 9
Species and followed this work with several publications
during the next ten years bringing his list up to 22 spe-
cles. This was followed by the work of Cragin (1885,
1886) in which the number known for Kansas was re-
duced to 20. Smyth (1890) reported a total of 38 spe-
cies and varieties for the state. Later Smyth (1911)
reported only 32 species and varieties for the region.
Before and after the work of Smyth a few miscellaneous
references were made to Kansas Pteridophytes but noth-
ing of significance was accomplished until the publica-
tion of Gates (1940). In his work Gates was able to find
Specimens of 26 species. This was apparently the first
accurate list compiled. Several of the earlier records
Were apparently based on plants in cultivation. In the
herbarium at the University of Kansas are to be found
Several specimens of these early collectors. On the label
of several sheets the word cultivated appears. After
ag Publication by Gates we find that Horr and Me-
54 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
Gregor (1946, 1947, 1948, 1949) and McGregor and Horr
(1949) have added six species to the list as reported by
Gates making a total of 32 species recorded before the
present paper, in which 38 species are recorded.
In Kansas the number of habitats in which pterido-
phytes can be found are comparatively few in number.
The eastern half of the state has a number of tree cov-
ered hills and valleys in which limestone and sandstone
outcrops often occur. It is in these areas that most of
the species are to be found. They are most abundant in
the eastern three tiers of counties and in the southeastern
quarter. The western half of the state has a few widely
seattered localities for Equisetum, and Marsilea vestita
is to be found in many lakes, ponds, roadside ditches,
buffalo wallows and seepy areas.
During the past two years the author has made many
field trips in the eastern half of the state, with the study
of pteridophytes as his primary aim. As a result sev-
eral species unreported for the state have been discov-
ered and much distributional information on previously
reported species was obtained. In addition he has been
able to study material collected by R. L. McGregor, W. H.
Horr, L. D. Volle, W. A. Hetzer, and R. H. Thompson,
of the University of Kansas. Their specimens include
many new distributional records and a few new records
for the state.
In the following list the nomenclature adopted is that
of Broun (1938), except for the Ophioglossaceae, which
follows that of Clausen (1938). With each species listed
is given the habitat in which the plant is commonly
found. In addition the counties from which the species
is known, based on herbarium specimens, is given along
with the name of the collector and collection number.
KKANSAS PTERIDOPHYTES 55
Unless otherwise indicated all specimens are located in
the herbarium at the University of Kansas. In several
instances specimens reported by Gates (1940) have not
been seen. Where these add to known distribution the
county will be given followed by Gates (1940).
BoTRYCHIUM DISSECTUM. Spreng. One collection known, Me
Gregor 3870, collected in a ereek valley thicket in Cherokee County.
| Borgycrrox DISSECTUM Spreng. var. Rai aag ecieasieaee Clute.
Rich woodlands. CHEROKEE: McGre 3860 AS: Me-
Gregor 726, 3888, 4079, Lich 8, 885 Ne poems
McGregor 4154. Miami: Hor
opiate VIRGINIANUM es ae ans woods and thick
ND. N
or 2823. UGLAS: g
140, 147, 148, 179, 267, 300, 309, 984, 1013. FRANKLIN: Me-
3050: feld
McGregor 880, Horr 3031, Humfeld 198, 200, 506. JOHNSON:
WorTH: Horr, May 9, rp Here shee oe 1003. Linn: Hum
feld 223. MarsHALL: MIA Heres May 17, 1947,
. Humfeld 157, 162, aang poem TOMIE: Humfeld 391.
SHAWNEE: Humfeld 767, 770, a Volle 55, 102, 148, 600, Movs,
Ww
°
July 23, 1927 (Kansas State College, Hays). Woopson:
Gregor 905. Wyanporre: Humfeld 188. Gates (1940) reported
specimens from Chase, Geary, Riley, Saline, Wabaunsee and
Son counties.
OPHiocLossum ENGELMANNI Prantl. Calcareous soil. Pas-
: Thompson
tures and open woodlands. ANDERSON June 19, 1949
ATCHISON: MeGre 887. CHEROKEE: Horr & egor 879,
Humfeld 79. Dovauas: McGregor 9, 878, E484, Horr, Aug. 20,
1930, Humfeld 139, aa H Th , Apr. 22,
June 30, 1947, Humfeld 123
56 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
OPHIOGLOSSUM VULGATUM L. Gates (1940) reports a specimen
from Douglas County in the herbarium at the University of Kan-
uch a specimen cannot now be found. However, a valid
report is that of Clausen (1938) based on a collection from Craw-
ford County by F. A. Riedel, June 15, 1929. Specimen in her-
barium of the New York Botanical Garden. ;
OSMUNDA REGALIS L. One collection known, Horr, July 30, 1930.
Wet creek bank in Woodson County.
ApIANTUM PEDATUM L. Rich woodlands. ALLEN: McGregor
. A. uF A
Greg 814 OURBON: McGregor ROWN: McGregor 904
CHEROKEE: McGregor 983 aa Humfeld 337, 349, Horr, Apr. 2,
OFFEY: McGre 918. RAWFORD: McGregor 981.
DoniPHaN: Horr, July i net Humfeld 253, McGregor 2822.
DoveLas: McGr Sit ca 3907, L. A. Curry, Nov. 6, 1915, Hum
feld 151, 167, 576, 1016. FRANKLIN: McGregor 890. JACKSON:
one (1940). eee: McGregor 885. Jounson: McGregor
4, Humfeld 611. Lav J. Wil H
3434, Humfel NWoR son 3706, Humfeld
186, 230, 234, 272, 721, 1002, McGregor 2792, 2799, 3079. LIN
Me : : 1: McGregor 896. NrosHo: Gates
(1940). Osage: McGregor see SHawneE: Humfeld 770, Volle
131. Wison: Gates (1940 cae McGreg or 917. YAN-
(1940).
poTTte: McGregor 2417, rceksMs 192,
ASPLENIUM PLATYNEURON (L.) Sia ener and limestone
rocks, sandy soil in woods and thickets. BOURBON: McGregor 974.
CHAUTAUQUA: McGregor 941, 3374, Humfeld 96, 353, 806, 819, 822,
832, 854, 863. Speen AoGiregor 1669, 982, 3776, Horr, Oct.
20, OF
oa:
Mecthopox 958. pees diee: Humfeld 233 McGregor 2800.
NCOLN: ie . M RY:
3396, Srey = aby NEOsHO: McGregor 956. tson: Me
Gregor 935, Humfeld Woopson: eaaiad as pls ie 283,
978, 979, ie egor nae 3196, 3200.
ASPLENIUM PYCNOCARPON Spreng. LEAVENWORTH: y Wilson
3729. YANDOTTE: Gates (1940).
ASPLENIUM RESILIENS esa vase shaded limestone and
sandstone outcrops. BouRBO McG 986, CHAUTAUQUA:
McGregor, July 1, 1947, beL a ee pie 861, CHEROKEE:
McGregor 985, 2553, 3359, Humfeld 76, 346. ELK: McGregor 938,
KANSAS PTERIDOPHYTES 57
Horr E416. McGregor 936. LasBerteE: McGregor
969. _ RY: Horr, July 21, 1942. Wuitson: McGregor
937. Woopson: ae (1940).
Dean TRICHOMANES L. Crevices of sandstone outcrops.
CHAUTAUQUA: McGregor 2416, 3378, Humfeld 95, 352, 803, 817,
, 867. Fee renai Humfeld 377, McGregor 3416, Franklin §
Horr, June 10, 1939. Witson: Gates (1940). Woonson: Me-
Gregor 2413 ca. Horr, McGregor § Volle, 3190, Humfeld 10, 286.
ecaerosonvs RHIZOPHYLLUS (L.) Link. On moist, sane
limestone and sandstone ou ri ALLEN: Humfeld 328,
Sal ype ANDERSON: Horr, July 24, 1929, MeGregor ue.
B N; McGregor 1780, 989, 3343, Humfeld 332. CHAUTAUQUA
,8
: T Gregor 959. LINN: m
Horr, Oct. 19, 1947, Humfeld 158, 221. MONTGOMERY: McGregor
2400, 3386, Horr E464, July 22, 1942, Humfeld 105, 367. NEOSHO:
MeGregor 960. Ritey: Gates (1940). WLSon: asa Sat,
993, Humfeld 111. Woovson: McGregor 919. WYAN
(1940)
CHEILANTHES ALABAMENSIS (Buckley) Kunze. One collection
known, McGregor 3865, collected on dry exposed limestone outerop
_ in Cherokee County
CHEILANTHES FEEI Moore. Sandstone rocks. ELLSWORTH: Me-
Gregor 1312. Lincoun: Gates (1940). OrrawA: McGregor 1319,
Humfeld 417. Woopson: Gates (1940).
CHEILANTHES TOMENTOSA Link. One collection known, Me
Gregor 3866, collected on dry exposed limestone rocks in Cherokee
county.
CHE f
limestone outcrops. CH TAUQUA: error ae July 1, 1947, 948,
3377, Humfeld 97, 351, se, 818, 831. CHEROKEE: McGregor 1668,
umfeld 60, 377. EuK: McGregor 926. MONTGOMERY: Me-
Gregor 946. but LSON: McGregor 924. WOODSON: McGregor 914,
» Horr, July 10, 1930.
Baers FRAGILIS (L.) Bernh. var. PROTRUSA Weatherby.
ich moist woodlands. ay tse collection of a forked specimen of the
Variety found in Jefferson Co., Humfeld 202. ANDERSON: Me-
Gregor 3458, Ancuison: McGregor 881, 2817, Humfeld 246.
58 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
BrowN: Humfeld 256, McGregor 2837, CHAUTAUQUA: Humfeld
868. CLAy: Gates (1940). Cowiey: Horr 3152. DONIPHAN:
Agrelius, Hall, Lovejoy g Martin, bake 6, 1913, Humfeld 251,
pe a 2824. Dovetas: McGre 86, R. W. Hauk, May 9
7, A. Coltrane, April 30, 1879, Fi e Mehiong May 9, 1887, W W.H.
acl aaa Humfeld 149, 165, 295, 383, 983, 1015. ELLSWORTH:
Humfeld FRANKLIN: Hetzer 44, Humfeld 173. GREENWOOD:
Lene os McGregor 3419. JeFreRSoN: McGregor 884, Hum-
201. Jounson: McGregor 3431, Humfeld 606, LEAVEN-
ly 2, Osaq
W. A. KELLERMAN, May 29, 1886 (Kansas State College, Hays).
vaaaeale Humfeld ie hs rene 254. Wi~son: Gates (1940).
WYAN : Humfeld 1
Hae ll FRAGILIS os px nh, var. SIMULANS (Weatherby)
McGregor. Crevices of limestone outcrops. ALLEN: Humfeld 325.
Bourson: Humfeld 333. CHauravqua: McGregor 944, Humfeld
359, 804, 833, 865. CowLEy: Humfeld 870. DouGLas: Humfeld
166, 181. : Humfe
GRE
Miami: Humfeld 161, 213. Monrcomery: McGregor 950, 2399,
3392, pet ti 368. Witson: McGregor 925. Woopson: Horr,
July 1
pAb Prods FRAGILIS (L.) Bernh. var. TENNESSEENSIS (Shaver)
McGregor. In crevices of limestone and sandstone rocks, rarely on
soil. ALLEN: MeGregor 3333. ANDERSON: eGregor 3457.
BourBon: McGregor 3345. CHauTauqua: McGregor 3384. oa
Inis Avery, Sept. 29, 1895. Cow try: Horr, July 23, 1947. Doue-
LAS: McGregor 3102. EtuswortH: McGregor 3302. FRANKLIN:
9,
DRYOPTERIS GOLDIANA (Hook.) A. Gray. One collection is
known, J. Wilson 3747, from Leavenworth County. Since Mr.
Wilson has several cultivated specimens in the herbarium from
i
f
KKANSAS PTERIDOPHYTES 59
this county and there is no other known collection a this species
in the state the authenticity of this record is doubtf
DRYOPTERIS MARGINALIS (L.) A. Gray. On s nee outcrop
and in sandy elay soil, pe see ee fips hehe 940, 3376,
is 94, 355, 810, 821, CHER Sonics regor 984, COFFEY:
" MeGregor 908. ELx: ‘ese; soy ee woop: Horr § Frank-
lin, ese 10, 1939, Horr, te 10, 1939, Ton fe 124, 374, 379,
McGregor 3411, 3417. LEAVENWORTH: M. Johns, July 2, 1929,
Humfeld 224, McGregor 2791. MONTGOMERY: age 947, 3394,
Horr E456, Humfeld 360. SAuine: Gates (1940). Witson: Me-
Gregor 923, Humfeld 127. Woopson: Horr, July 30, 1930, July
30, 1939, Humfeld 1, 275, 279, 976, pes Hcl 3109, 3195
DRYOPTERIS abiewseep ise (L.) A. Gray. Marshes and seePy
areas, CHAUTA : McGregor 942, rd ‘Fa feld 8 Doni
PHAN: Gates aban)? DovuGLas: sgn 707, 3306, nee Hum-
feld 301, 571, 989. ELK: McGregor 928. Monrcomery: Mc-
Gregor 984, 3397, Horr MoGregor ries. Humfeld 361. PoTtTa-
WATOMIE, SALINE, and WASHINGTON: Gates (1940). WiLson: Me-
Gregor 921. Woopson: McGregor 906 :
OTHOLAENA DEALBATA (Pursh) Kunze. On limestone outcrops.
S
532, Crawrorp: McGreg 3 ouGLAS: McG r 874, :
feld 1 LK: McGregor 930. FRANKLIN: McGregor 911, 3309,
Humfeld 308. oop: McGregor 994, Humfel F
ON: Humf 32. Jonnson: Hur 35, 603, McGregor
3435. Laserre: McGregor 955. LEAVENwoRTH: Hu 1019
Livcotn: Gates (1940). Linn: Hwumfeld 39. Lyon: Gate
(19: M orr McGregor, Oct. 19, 1947, Humfeld
14. Montcomery: McGregor 952, 2398, 3388, Horr E465,
July 5, 1930, uy 22, 1942, Humfeld a 366. NEOSHO:
Lantz, May 22, sae 6 (Kansas State fale aps). SHAWNEE:
santa (1940). Woiken: Humfeld 113, 122. Woonson: McGregor
907, sg
ONocLEA sENsrBILIs L. Seepy areas. CHAUTAUQUA: MeGregor
2415, wmfeld 836, DONIPHAN: Gates (1940). Dovatas: Me-
Gregor 704, 3307, 3881, Humfeld 176, 302, 570, 988, 998, L. 4.
Curry, Sept. 20, 1915. Jerrerson: McGregor 4152. JOHNSON :
Gis AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
Gates (1940). LeaveNwortH: J. Wilson 3754, Humfeld 270, 1001.
Monreomery: Horr § McGregor E421. Sauine: Humfeld 448,
774. hols igi McGregor eps 3194, Horr, July 10, 1930, Hum-
feld 2
ak SENSIBILIS L. forma opTUSILOBATA (Schkuhr) Gilbert.
Seepy areas with the species. Only three known collections: DouG-
LAS: McGregor 3884. MoNTGOMERY: ‘MoOeener 2392. Woopson:
mapcelta te 2411,
LLAEA ATROPURPUREA (L.) Lin a als limestone outcrops.
Pts McG sas 963, 3332, eee ANDERSON: Humfeld
130, 290, McGregor 3209. ArcHISON: ae 240, McGregor
2811. Bicuniu _ Metre 975, aaes Z. D. Thompson 639, Hum
gor Correy: Me-
ee 913. Cowzey: Horr § McGregor, July 23, 1947. Douce
7, 650. E ;
al
Hebicgot “a 2397, 3389, Huajela 106, 364. OsacE: McGregor
875, 3317, Humfeld 314. Orrawa: Humfeld 409, 414, 420. RIckE:
McGregor 2705. Riey: Gates (1940). RusseLu: McGregor
Horr 3293, Humfeld-953. Sauine: McGregor 2689, Humfeld 442.
SHAWNEE: Humfeld 145. Wison: McGregor 932, Humfeld 121.
Woopson: McGregor 915, Horr, July 5, 1930. WYANDOTTE: Me-
Gregor, July 27, 1947
PELLAEA ATROPURPUREA (L.) Link forma cristata (Trel.) Clute.
On limestone outcrops with the species. ALLEN: Humfeld 323.
ANDERSON: Humfeld 130a, McGregor 3207. ATCHISON: Humfeld
240. Bourson: Humfeld 329a, McGregor 3348. CHAUTAUQUA:
Humfeld 849. CHEROKEE: Humfeld 344. ELLSWORTH: McGregor
Humfeld 365, McGregor 3391. Osage: Humfeld 315, McGregor
3318. Orrawa: Humfeld 410, 415. SALINE: Humfeld 443
(To be continued)
SHortTER NOTE | 61
Shorter Note
Is ONOCLEA SENSIBILIS Poisonous To Horsrs?'—Ap-
parently, some work carried on and published a num-
ber of years ago by the New Hampshire Agricultural
Experiment Station? is not at all familiar to students of
ferns. Briefly, this research results in suspicion again
being focused upon the common sensitive fern (Onoclea
sensibilis) as a cause of serious horse poisoning.
Rich and Jones* many years ago concluded that ,in
the region around Burlington, Vermont, all suspected
eases of ‘‘polypod’’ poisoning (polypod being a local
Vermont and New Hampshire name for the sensitive
fern) were caused, in fact, by the. common horsetail
Equisetum arvense. This weed was always present in
considerable quantity in all observed cases of poisoning.
One infers from this article that in the actual feeding
trials which they conducted, horsetail comprised nearly
one-fourth by weight of the total hay fed to the horses.
No experiments were carried on at that time using sensi-
tive fern hay without the horsetail.
Observations made in 1941 and 1942 by certain veteri-
harians, particularly in the Connecticut Valley section
of New Hampshire, and confirmed by staff members of
the University of New Hampshire, directed attention
again to the sensitive fern as a serious problem when
present in large quantities in hay fed to horses. During
those years, from several widely separated parts of New
Hampshire, there came similar reports of horses sicken-
ing and dying after being fed on inferior weedy hay for
extended periods during the winter months.
_ The common horsetail was immediately suspected but
+ New Hampshire ee Experiment Station Scientific
Contribution No. 132
*Waller, E. F., Prince, F. S., Hodgdon, A. R., and Colovos,
F. Baative Fern Poisoning of Horses. N. H. Agr. Exp
Sta. Tech, Bull. 83, Dee
®Rich, F. A., and J ones, L * “A Poisonous Plant, the Common
mat (Equisteum arvense). Vermont Agr. Exp. Sta . Bull.
62 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
diligent search brought to light remarkably little of it
or none at all in some barns, whereas in all cases, without
exception, the common sensitive fern was truly abun-
dant, sometimes constituting as much as 20 per cent by
weight of the hay.
In an attempt to iedblvs the matter, three horses as
nearly of the same age and vigor as could be procured
were obtained and stabled together at the University of
New Hampshire. One was fed on grass-hay, the other
two on fern-hay which by botanical analysis was found
to contain between 15 and 20 per cent of sensitive fern.
No fragments of horsetail were ever found in this, hay
despite several careful periods of search. If any were
present, they must have been either in extremely small
quantity or very highly localized in the hay. One of
the two horses on the fern-hay diet became so sick after
about six weeks that it had to be disposed of; the other
became exceedingly nervous but eventually ‘recovered.
The third horse, as might be expected, suffered no ill ef-
fects from the grass-hay diet. .
A precise account of the symptoms is given in the
paper cited above which reports the results of the study.
Several points should be noted: older horses are most
susceptible; symptoms appear only after several weeks
of more or less continuous feeding; and the fern in-the
fresh condition seems to cause no trouble. As a result
of this study, it appears very likely indeed that horses.
will sicken or die if they are fed for long periods on hay
which contains sensitive fern in quantity.
It is not the intention of this article to cast doubt on
the poisonous character of the horsetail which has amply
and repeatedly been demonstrated but to emphasize, in
particular, our inadequate knowledge of the poisonous
character of some of the true ferns.—A. R. Hopapon, De-
partment of Botany, University of New Hampshire,
Durham, New Hampshire.
AMERICAN FERN SOCIETY 63
American Fern Society
Annuat Mrretinc.—The annual meeting will be held
this year in Minneapolis, Minnesota, in conjunction with
the meetings of the Botanical Society of America, Sep-
tember 10-13. A field trip will be featured. Further
details will be supplied later. Dr. Rolla M. Tryon, Jr.,
is chairman of the program committee. Members are
urged to present papers at the meeting. The titles
should be sent soon to Dr. Tryon at the Missouri Botan-
ieal Garden, St. Louis, Mo.
Eastern Frevp Trie.—Dr. R. C. Benedict will lead a
field trip of the Fern Society jointly with the Torrey
Botanical Club, starting at Springvale, New Jersey, Sep-
tember 29, Route 31, at 10:00 A.M. Dr. Svenson will
be co-leader. Dr. Benedict reports that a visit to the
Springdale Swamps on May 13 showed the fern flora to
be flourishing, although one colony of hybrids was not
found. The region is limestone country and provides
a good array of the various species that like alkaline
conditions.
Fern Excuanaes Invirep.—Reeently I received an in-
vitation from Mr. Ryutaro Terashima, a member of the
Japanese Diet, to meet him for a discussion. At the
meeting, conducted through an interpreter, Mr. Raymond
Conley, F.S.A., it developed that Mr. Terashima was
Speaking in behalf of Prof.’Tomitaro Namegata, who is
anxious to reestablish fern exchanges with collectors In
the United States. I promised to report this interest to
Fern Society members. Mr. Terashima seemed pleased
and said that he would report the prospective coopera-
tion of the Fern Society publicly before the Japanese
Diet as an instance of international cooperation. —
The ferns of Japan have perhaps a greater basis of
interest for fern students of the United States than those
of any other region. On the map, the islands of J apan
stretch from a north latitude in the upper forties diag-
64 AMERICAN. FERN JOURNAL
onally southwest to a latitude in the twenties. The range
in latitude, the diagonal direction, and the range of eli-
matic conditions match almost exactly the same fea-
tures of the eastern coastal regions of the United States.
Northern Hokkaido corresponds to position and climate
to Maine; the southern Riu Kiu Islands match Florida.
The fern species show a similar range to those of our
own eastern states, including some interesting duplica-
tions, the hart’s tongue, for example. While some Jap-
anese species are well known in cultivation with us, Cyr-
tomium, Polystichum tsus-simense, et al. the possibilities
along horticultural lines are far from exhausted.
Professor Namegata, who is connected with the Uni-
versity of Tokyo, will welcome correspondence and op-
portunities for the exchange of herbarium material. He
is an amateur in fern study and is trying to establish
a Japanese Fern Society along the line of the American
Fern Society. His home address is as follows: (as
printed for me by Mr. Terashimo) : Mr. Tomitaro Name-
gata, Saiwito, Naritamichi, Imbagun Chibaken, Japan.
. BENEDICT.
New MEMBERS
Mr. Karl L. Brooks, 360 Madison Avenue, Albany 6, New York
Mr. Neil Croom, State University of New York, New Paltz, New
York
Mrs. Joseph L. Gillson, Mullin Lane, Wilmington, Delaw
Mrs. Abe Iliam C. Knox, 649 Isle of Palms, Fort Laud panty “Florida
A. M. Larwick, Route 1, Box 7638, Carmichael, California
Me. eon hie Steward, P. O. Box 19, Fordham Branch, Bronx 58,
New
Mr. cu = Stone, 22 Pearl Street, Clinton, Massachusetts
CHANGES OF ADDRESS
Mr. C. F. Dowling, Jr., Box 2083, University Station, Gainesville,
Florida
- E. M. Foote, Cornwall Bridge, Connect
. W. T. Ford, 610 South 12th Street, ot eo ie Florida
= Hollis Koster, ie Mrs. William H. Wilson, Warrick Row,
Magnolia, New Jers
a Erg Polunin, oe Herbarium, Harvard University, Cam-
e 38, Massachusetts
ie mri H. Vincent, 1312 12th Avenue, San Diego, California
THE BRYOLOGIST
and
in English wholly devoted to Pees
I Sidhens ees monthiy: illustrated ; for the
for the professional. Year! y gupesHpe
ene rship i pare oe
f Curato rs for pee
beginner epatics,
as we :
ion in the United ge Agent
ryological
Society, with
——
8 en d
E PREPARATION
OF BOTANICAL SPECIMENS FOR
f or Y our THE HERBARIUM
FREE COPY Lm. jorNerow
of this
Helpful cava sass Tirc COMPA
Treatise:
“THE PREPARATION OF
BOTANICAL SPECIMENS
FOR THE HERBARIUM”
M. Johnston, of the Arnold Arboretum, Harvard University,
has generously shared the benefits of his long and successful exper!
ence in the collection and preparation of plant specimens.
Help for the amateur botanist, and hints for the professional col-
lector, abound in this thirty-six page illustrated treatise in which Dr.
Johnston describes time tested techniques for pressing, preserving a0
mounting herbarium materials. Special methods are outlined for
treatment of aquatic flowering plants, ferns, palms, algae, mosses;
lichens and fungi. Specific suggestions are offered for record making
in the field; for record keeping in the herbarium
P. lant Presses, Specimen Mounts, Botanical Labels and other Her-
barium Sundries,
Just ask for “a copy of the Johnston treatise”.
CAMBOSCO SCIENTIFIC COMPANY
37 ANTWERP STREET e BRIGHTON STATION
BOSTON, MASS. U.S.A.
BUSINESS PRESS INC.
Lancaster, Penneyivania
Vol. 41 July-September, 1951 No. 3 oo
| American Sern Journal
A QUARTERLY DEVOTED TO FERNS
Published by the
AMERICAN FERN SOCIETY/. So
: IZ
EDITORS
Cc. V. MORTON
R. C. BENEDICT IRA L. WIGGIN
if
CONTENTS
The Pteridophyta of Mount Kenya BE. A. ©. L. E. ScHerre 65
_ A New Genus of Ferns 9... _B. B. Copztanp 75
An Overlooked North American Fern ... A. H. G. AtsTon 76
A Checklist of Kansas Pteridophytes eee
H. Homretp 79
: : A Fern New to the United States 6. V. Morton 86
- taolecna arequipensis Maxon, a Fern New Po Mpa s ange
Recent Fern Literature RSE SS |
‘ eetican Fern Society Co ce
ie ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION, $2.00; FOREIGN, $2.10
N. QUEEN ST. AND McGOVERN AVE., LANCASTER, PA.
Entered as Pa.
eed eet OG eee BPR ata
- Ze pro the 0
= “ragraph (4-2) Section 34.40 P. ba. & na of 1948.
Che American Hern Society :
Council fur 1951
OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR
doser Ewan, Department of Botany, Tulane Gearehe Nee.
- , La, esident
_ Doxoras 8. Copeet, Mt, Pisgah Road, Avenel, Silver siuieg, Mai oo
Vice-President
Miss Epirt ScamMaN, Gray Herbarium, Harvard University, Cam-
“Massachusetts Se
bri ) cretary
Mann, Jz., 625 Locust St., Roselle, New Jersey Treasurer —
= Moston, Sipsitteonian Institution, bide eee S92 sh D. c.
Ameriran Fern Journal
: Vou. 41 JULY-SEPTEMBER, 1951 No. 3
The Pteridophyta of Mount Kenya
BE. A. C. L. BE. ScHELPE
_ During the course of ecological survey studies on
Mount Kenya (East Africa), carried out by members of
: The rainfall is seasonal, the two rainy seasons
being from February to June and from September to
January.
VEGETATION TYPES ON MounT KENYA
The mountain is almost encircled by a erescent-shaped
belt of forest. The interruption in this otherwise con-
tinuous belt occurs in the drier northern sector. On
either side of this gap, the dominant forest tree is Junip-
_ us procera. On the more moist western and north-
_ eastern slopes Podocarpus milanjianus assumes domi-
3 [Volume 41, No. 2, of the JouRNAL, pp. 33-64, was issued
Une 26, 1951.])
66 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
nance, and on the wet south and southeastern slopes
Ocotea usambarensis (East African ‘‘camphor’’) is an
important constituent of the forest. Riverine forests ex-
tend along river-courses from the base of the mountain
down to an altitude of 4,500 feet to the northeast of the
massif. The montane forests are encountered at about
6,000 feet elevation and extend up to approximately an
altitude of 8,000 feet. However, Juniperus forest may
extend up to 9,900 feet in the northeastern sector.
Above this forest belt, a dense zone of bamboo clothes
the eastern, southern and western slopes up to an alti-
tude of 9,000 to 10,000 feet. The upper limit of this
bamboo is fringed by a zone of trees of Hagenia abys-
sinica and giant Hypericum (Hypericum leucopty-
chodes). In the dry northern sector, a wider zone ot
Protea-Erica scrub fringes the forest. Above these two
zones, moorlands of tussock grass, inhabited by giant
- groundsels and giant Lobelias, grade into the alpine zone
surrounding the peaks at about 15,000 feet altitude.
THE FoREST ZONE
RIVERINE Forest
The climatie environment of the riverine forests to the
northeast of Mount Kenya is generally dry, although on
streambanks moister conditions oceur. In the dry scrub
marginal to these forests, Adiantum hispidulum was
found to be locally common. In open but moister loeali-
ties along riverbanks, Pteris cretica was found. The
larger forest areas, such as that occurring along the
Thuchi River, possessed a wider range of ferns which
include Asplenium Christii, A. gemmiferum, Cyrtomium
caryotideum var. micropteris and Dryopteris elongata.
A small waterfall, 28 miles south of Meru, provided a
continually wet habitat for Asplenium wnilaterale, which
was found rooting in soil aggregated about the thalli of
‘
PTERIDOPHYTA OF Mount Kenya 67
hepatics. Dryopteris gongylodes frequently occurs in
open streamside marshes
JUNIPER Forest
The dry Juniper forests appear to be generally poor
in pteridophytes except about their upper margins where
they extend into the gorges of rivers such as the Kathita
River. In such gorges, the trunks of the forest trees are
clad with mosses and lichens but the only epiphytic fern
seen was Polypodium lanceolatum. However, a wide
variety of ferns growing on fallen tree trunks and the
humus overlaying boulders was found. These humicoles
include :
Anogramma leptophylla (r.)1 Pei apes africana (0.)
Asplenium um abyssinicum (f.) Elaphoglossum Deckenii (f.)
aethiopicum (e.) ny bind (f.)
monanthes (0 hybridum (fureate form)
sertularioides (c.) r.
Blechnum attenuatum (r.) subcinnamomeum (¢.)
Cheilanthes farinosa (¢.) Lycopodium eclavatum (0.)
Cystopteris fragilis (0.) Saururus (r.)
Polypodium lanceolatum (c.)
The most interesting saxicolous fern collected in these
gorges was Hymenophyllum capillare, which covered a
comparatively dry vertical rock face. The fronds pro-
uced in more exposed parts of the rock face were con-
siderably shorter. Cheilanthes farinosa was seen occa-
sionally growing in moist rock crevices.
The shaded forest floors, which slope steeply from the
cliff faces to the riverbed, are covered with a fairly dense
stound layer vegetation in which ferns are prominent.
The following species were collected in these habitats.
Adiantum Poiretii (0.) Ophioglossum vulgatum (r.)
oo aethiopicum (c.) Polystichum setiferum (0.)
Sertularioides (¢.) Pteris dentata (0.)
Pryopteris elongata (0.) Selaginella Kraussiana (f.)
athe ca,
?The abbreviations used for species it aa woh a
%—oceasion al, 1f.—loeally frequent, f.—frequent, ¢.—common,
4—abu ndant.
68 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
Selaginella Kraussiana was found to be far more abun-
dant around the bases of scattered bamboo thickets in
the bed of the gorge, a phenomenon possibly due to the
paucity of ground layer vegetation below the bamboo
and a consequent lack of competition. In the less shel-
tered habitats about the upper forest margin, Lycopo-
dium Saururus, L. clavatum, and Asplenium Adiantum-
nigrum were occasionally found.
Pa
PopocarPus Forest
The fern flora of the Podocarpus forest on the south-
western sector and the Podocarpus-Juniperus forest on
the western sector of the mountain is considerably poorer
in quantity and variety of species than that of the more
moist camphor forests on the southeastern sector. Epi-
phytic Lorogramme lanceolata was occasionally seen on
streamside trees with Trichomanes melanotrichum grow-
ing among the rhizomes of the Lorogramme. A stunted
form of Polypodium lanceolatum often grows on the
more exposed branches of the Podocarpus trees. Lyco-
podium dacrydioides was found once growing epiphyti-
eally on Ilex mitis in the vicinity of Thiba Fish Camp.
Pteridophytes are rather infrequent on the forest
floor and include Asplenium lunulatum, A. anisophyllum
and Pteris quadriaurita. Occasionally large colonies of
Lonchitis glabra may be encountered in more open areas
in the transition belt between Podocarpus forest and the
bamboo zone. The banks of streams running through
open patches in the forest belt are occasionally populated
with small colonies of the tree-fern Cyathea Deckentt.
CAMPHOR ForEstT
The camphor forests occur in an area of high annual
rainfall (over 55 inches) and provide a habitat for nu-
merous pteridophytes. A striking feature of these for-
ests is the relative abundance of epiphytic ferns, whieh
PTERIDOPHYTA OF Mount KENYA 69
include :
Asplenium aethiopicum (0.) Loxogramme lanceolata (f.)
Mannii (c.) Polypodium lanceolatum (f.)
Sandersonii (c.) rotundum (f.)
theciferum (0.) Trichomanes melanotrichum
Drynaria Volkensii (o.) (Lf)
Two forest trees, Ocotea usambarensis (camphor) and
Xymalos monospora, appear to provide the most suitable
substrate for these epiphytes. For example, the trunks
of young Xymalos trees have a papery, cracked bark on
which corticolous mosses could establish themselves fairly
rapidly. Such locally moist substrates would favor the
colonization and growth of epiphytic ferns. The two
most common species, Asplenium Manni and A. San-
dersonii, are eapable of rapid vegetative reproduction,
the former by chlorophyllose stolons and the latter by
proliferation at the apices of the fronds. Trichomanes
melanotrichum was found to be locally frequent on the
branches of young trees and lianes overhanging heavily
Shaded forest streams. In forest areas between streams,
Arthropteris monocarpa is a frequent climbing epiphyte.
Its rhizomes appeared to have grown up from the leaf
litter on the forest floor and then ascended the trunk of
the arboreal support. Some rhizomes had climbed up
trees to a height of over five meters. In this species,
and in specimens of Loxogramme lanceolata, individuals
in lighter shade sporulated more freely than those in
deeper shade, ;
Fallen trunks of forest trees in various stages of decay
are frequently seen in these camphor forests and are in-
habited by a number of humicoles. Some of the epr
phytic ferns, such as Asplenium Mannii, A. Sandersomi,
Loxogramme lanceolata and Polypodium rotundum, are
apparently capable of tolerating the decrease in light in-
ensity when a tree ‘“‘host’’ falls and continue to grow
70 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
on the humus of the decaying trunk. Other humicoles
which grow on such logs are:
Asplenium anisophyllum (0.) Oleandra distenta (Lf.)
Friesiorum (0.) Vittaria Volkensii (0.)
Thunbergii (0.)
The paucity of ferns in the ground layer of these
camphor forests may be ascribed to the low light intensity
on the forest floor. However, it seems more probable
that the accumulating leaf litter in a seasonal rainfall
area may afford an unsuitable substrate for the produc-
tion of sporophytes since humicoles are frequent on de-
caying tree trunks lying on the forest floor in such areas.
On rather bare forest floors, Asplenium Linckii is ocea-
sionally seen, and in areas with some angiospermic
ground-layer vegetation, non-sporulating colonies of Ly-
copodium clavatum may be found. The banks of densely
shaded forest streams may occasionally be inhabited by
the short-trunked Cyathea Stuhlmannii.
Pteridium aquilinum colonizes large tracts beyond the
lower margin of the forests and also invades cleared land
in such areas. Trees left standing in the resultant dense
bracken thickets may provide a support for epiphytic
Drynaria Volkensii and Asplenium aethiopicum.
BAMB00 ZONE
The vegetation of the bamboo zone consists mainly of
dense thickets of bamboo (Arundinaria alpina), which
form a smooth canopy about thirty feet above the ground.
The tops of large Hagenia and Podocarpus trees emerge
more or less frequently through this canopy. The
ground layer vegetation is subjected to deep shade and
appears to be well-watered throughout the year. The
most abundant pteridophyte in this zone is Selaginella
Kraussiana. Ferns are common, especially on sloping
ground and where the bamboo canopy is less dense, a
PrERIDOPHYTA OF Mount KENYA 71
include :
Asplenium anisophyllum (1.f.) Elaphoglossum hybridum (0.)
lunulatum (0.) Aubertii
protensum (0.) Histiopteris incisa (0.)
Dryopteris elongata (0.) Pteris quadriaurita (0.)
foliosa (f.)
The only locality where Elaphoglossum Aubertu was
found was on the steep earth sides of an old elephant
pit-trap in the dense shade of bamboos on the south-
western sector of the mountain. Fries (1948) also re-
cords Asplenium bipinnatum, Dryopteris Bergiana, D.
kilemensis and D. silvatica var. completens from the
bamboo zone on the western sector of Mount Kenya.
Small patches of forest may occur along riverbanks
among the bamboo. One of these small forest areas
about the Lower Sagana Falls (9,000 feet alt.) was col-
onized by a fern population similar to that found in the
upper Juniper forests in gorges on the northeastern
sector of the mountain. Most of the terrestrial ferns
were found on steep earthbanks at the side of the river.
These included:
Asplenium abyssinicum (r.) Elaphoglossum Deckenii (0.)
Athyrium seandicinum (0.) hybridum (0.
Schimperi (o0.) Hymenophyllum eapillare (1.f.)
Cheilanthes farinosa (¢.) Lycopodium elavatum
Dryopteris africana (0.)
The epiphytes colonizing the trees were infrequent but
some colonies of Asplenium theciferum, Elaphoglossum
Volkensii and Polypodium rigescens were seen.
HYPERICUM ZONE
This vegetation belt fringing the lower moorlands
takes its name from Hypericum leucoptychodes, a small
tree forming a rather open tall serub up to thirty feet
high. Among this scrub, larger trees, such as Hagenia
and Podocarpus, may occur.
72 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
Although the grayish lichen, Usnea, festoons the trees,
only three epiphytic ferns were found in this vegetation
belt. Polypodium rigescens is the most frequent, usually
growing in moss-cushions, but a few colonies of Poly-
podium rotundum and Asplenium aethiopicum may be
seen. Both the species of Polypodiwm may also occur as
crevice plants on boulders scattered among the trees.
The quantity of terrestrial ferns occurring in the
_ Hypericum zone varies widely in different sectors of
the mountain. Few ferns occurred in the Hypericum
zone on the western sector, but in the Sagana Valley on
the southwestern sector, the following species were re-
corded.
Asplenium Uhligii (1.f.) Dryopteris callolepis (r.)
Athyrium Schimperi (1.f.) Histiopteris incisa (0.)
Cystopteris fragilis (1.£.) Hypolepis rugulosa var. afri-
Cheilanthes farinosa Gx.) cana (a.)
Hypolepis rugulosa var. africana is the only fern
among these that forms an important constituent of the
ground-layer of this vegetation type. The six-feet-high
fronds arise from widely creeping rhizomes that grow in
humus a few inches below the leaf litter surface.
PROTEA ScruB
Tn contrast to the wet H ypericum zone that borders the
southern moorlands, a scrub composed of Protea kili-
mandscharica and ericoid shrubs covers the dry northern
Slopes up to the lower margin of the moorlands. The
pteridophytes in this area appear to be confined to shel-
tered streambanks or to the more moist hollows in dense
serub thickets. The ubiquitous Pteridium aquilinum is
a notable exception. It is more abundant and luxuriant
in dense scrub. The confinement of other species to
more moist habitats is probably due to their lower tol-
erance towards dry conditions and the low rainfall in
PreRmoPHYTA OF Mount KENYA 13
this sector. The only pteridophytes found among this
Protea scrub were:
Asplenium Adiantum-nigrum Lycopodium Saururus (1.f.)
(r.) Polystichum setiferum (r.)
aethiopicum var. (0.) Pteridium aquilinum (c.)
Lycopodium elavatum (1.f.)
MoorLanp
The moorlands of Mount Kenya comprise large tracts
of tussock-grass studded with giant groundsels and giant
Lobelias. Lycopodium Saururus is the only pterido-
phyte inhabiting the moorlands proper. It oceurs in
small colonies of tightly packed erect axes. Judging
from the appearance of colonies on recently burnt moor-
lands, it seems that they are not damaged to any consid-
erable extent by grass fires. This is probably due in
part to their compact growth form. Rock outcrops are
frequent in this moorland and are colonized by nuEerons
mosses, but only two ferns. Asplenium Uhligir and
Polypodium rigescens were found inhabiting some shel-
tered crevices on one of these outerops at an altitude of
11,000 feet.
SIZE AND GrowTH ForM CHANGE WITH ALTITUDE
Moorland specimens of these ferns and lycopods tend
to be smaller and more compact than specimens of such
Species growing at lower altitudes where they would be
subjected to less exposure and less extreme climatic con-
itions. The maximum frond length (excluding stipe)
of plants of Asplenium Uhligit growing on rock outerops
at 11,000 feet elevation was 6 em., but in the Hypericum
zone at 10,500 feet elevation fronds up to 12 em. long
Were produced. Specimens of Polypodium rigescens
8Towing as epiphytes in the bamboo zone produce fronds
over 20 em. long and have a subglabrous Btlpye Indi-
viduals of this species growing on outcrops 1 moorland
74 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
had a maximum frond length of 10 em. and possessed
a fibrillose stipe.
However, the most striking modification of growth
form with increasing altitude is exhibited by Lycopo-
dium Saururus. Individuals found on the forest margin
at 9,800 feet elevation possessed lax stems up to 70 em.
long clothed in leaves 13 mm. long. At the upper alti-
tude limit of this lycopod, i.e. 15,000 feet elevation, the
erect stems, less than 12 em. high, are closely compacted
and arise at short intervals from rhizomatous lateral
leafy axes. The stems are densely clothed with leaves
only 7 mm. long. Specimens collected at various alti-
tudes exhibit a gradation in axis and leaf length and in
the compaction of the erect axes.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The author wishes to thank Mr. A. H. G. Alston of the
British Museum (Nat. Hist.), London, for discussion and
aid in the identification of the specimens.”
SUMMARY
The habitats of pteridophytes occurring on Mount
Kenya (East Africa) are described and discussed. The
frequencies of the various species found in various vege-
tation types are given. Change in the size and growth
form in some of the species with increasing altitude is
described.
Wapuam CoLuecr, Oxrorp, ENGLAND.
REFERENCE
Fries, R. E.& T.C. E. 1948. Phytogeographical researches 0”
Mt. Kenya and Mt. Aberdare, British East Africa.
Svenska Vetensk. Akad. Handl., 25, 5.
* The botanical specimens collected by the Oxford University
Mount Kenya Expedition, 1949, are housed in the Dept. of Botany,
British Museum (Nat. Hist.), London.
=I
or
A New GeENus oF FERNS
A New Genus of Ferns
KE. B. CopELAND
Solenopteris Copeland, genus novum Polypodiacearum.
ilix ia, rhizomate gracili late repente ramoso
lanceolatis, pinnatifido-lobatis, herbaceis, glabris, venulis
irregulariter anastomosantibus, venulis liberis inclusis
raris; frondibus fertilibus duplo longioribus, linearibus ;
soris utroque latere costae uniserialibus, in areolis magnis
ellipticis positis; paraphysibus filiformibus; annulo 12-
14-articulato; sporis reniformibus, hyalinis.
Type and sole known species: Solenopteris bifrons
(Hooker) Copeland, comb. nov. (Polypodium bifrons
Hooker, Fil. Exot. Pl. LIT. 1859.
The type of B. bifrons was collected by Jameson (no.
789), whose note on this collection reads: ‘‘On a tree by
the river-side, near Archedofia, Ecuador (124 miles
southeast of Quito, on an affluent of the Napo) ; it was
partially immersed in the water, and from the roots
were appended hollow, succulent tubers, in which ants
had taken refuge.’’ I have annotated fragments of this
collection in the U. 8. National Herbarium (no. 1,480,-
026) as the type of the genus. Additional collections to
be referred here are:
CoLoMBIA: ;
é]
1940, Cuatrecasas 11209.
Ecuapor:
Napo-Pasvaza: Near Tena, in dense forest, 400 meters, Apr.
2-11, 1935, Mexia 7222.
Perv:
San Martin: Herb on tree, Pongo de Cainarachi, Rio Cainarachi
(tributary of Rio Huallaga), 230 meters, September—October, 1932,
76 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
Hooker called this ‘‘a very peculiar species of Poly-
podium (sect. Drynaria, Fée, but probably a Micro-
gramma of Presl).’’ It does have more resemblance to
Microgramma than to anything else, and this may be its
affinity, but the rather fleshy, herbaceous texture, and
the laxly and irregularly anastomosing veins, and the
paucity of included veinlets make it seem unreasonable
to include it in that genus. The tubers are remarkable;
but I would not regard them as by themselves justifying
generic distinction for the species, no more than do
those of Nephrolepis cordifolia.
UNIVERSITY oF CALIFORNIA, BERKELEY.
An Overlooked North American Fern
A. H. G. Auston
Cystopteris Baenitzii was described by Doerfler in
1890, based on specimens from two widely separated _
localities—Kongsfold, Dovre Fjeld, Norway, and San
Bernardino, California. Since that time it has been re- —
corded and studied from several localities in Scandi-
navia: Norway (Nordstedt, 1891, and Blytt, 1892),
Sweden (Rosendahl, 1910, Samuelsson, 1921), Finland,
Karelia, and Spitzbergen (Lindberg, 1905). Later it
was decided that C. Baenitzii is a synonym of C. Dickie-
ana Sim, of Scotland, which, although extremely rare as
a wild plant, has long been cultivated in England and
has been recognized by fern growers as a distinct entity.
The principal difference between C. Dickieana and
C. fragilis is in the spores, those of the former being
Tugose and those of the latter echinate. The rugose
verrucose spores of some specimens referred to C. fragilis
had been noted by Milde (1867, pp. 148, 150, 151), who
recorded specimens from Blidah and Tiaret, in Algeria,
from western Tmolus, near Smyrna, in Turkey (Ba-
An OVERLOOKED NortH AMERICAN FERN 77
lansa), and from the Sierra de las Nieves, near Ronda,
Spain (Bourgeau 511). Milde also recorded verrucose
spores in C. Dickieana, which he regarded as a variety of
C. fragilis, and in C. atrovirens Pres] (1851), which was
described from a plant cultivated in the Berlin Botan-
ieal Garden. Komarov (1934, p. 25) recorded C. Dickie-
ana from Anadyr, in arctic Siberia, Ob, in western Si-
_ beria, Lena-Kolyma, Yenisei, and Angara-Sayan, in
eastern Siberia. Professor Manton (1950, p. 120) added
Persia to the list; her record is based on specimens from
Kuh-i-Jupar, 28 miles south of Kirman, 3400 meters,
Bornmueller 4487, which is the type collection of var.
kermanensis B. Fedtsch (1946).
Since the original description of C. Baenitzii, I can
not find that the species has been mentioned in any work
on the flora of North America, except by Macoun and
Burgess (1884, p. 213), whose specimen was misidenti-
fied. An examination of the material at the British
Museum (Natural History) has provided many records
from the Himalayas and from Greenland, and also the
following from continental North America:
ALASKA: Lake Iliamna region, Gorman.
British CouumpBtA: Selkirk Mountains, 7500 feet, Hacock 285,
C. H. Shaw 285. In crevices “i Pesci as shale on Mount Stephen,
4500 feet, Yoho Park, Ulke F
ALBERTA ; Sn 5200 me above railway station, Chateau
Lake Louise, Enande
ASHINGTON: reel Egbert Spring, Douglas County, 2000 feet,
Sandberg § Leiberg 351
IDAHO: Limestone cliff, Mystic Lake, 6000 feet, Blankinship 637.
Valley of Peter Creek, Nez Perces County, Sandberg, Macdougall
* Geller 119. On moist ae outerops along stream opposite
Kamiah, Idaho County, Meye
CALIFoRNTA: San Sa (syn nity, © ex Doerfler). New York
Falls, 2000 feet, Amador County, Hansen 646. Susanville, Perkin’s
Ranch, 4800 feet, M. E. Jones. Davis Creek, Mrs. R. M. Austin.
Fée described a Cystopteris acuta from Mexico (Gale-
&
is]
78 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
otti 6260, from Orizaba, Veracruz) as having ‘*sporis
ovoideis’’: it may be the same species. There are speci-
mens of (. Dickieana in the British Museum from Mex-
ieo ‘Km. 61, road from Mexico City to Cuernavaca, 4600
meters, Mexia 2722.”’ In addition, there are some South
American specimens with rugose spores, from Colombia
(Santa Marta, Purdie), and Bolivia (Yumani, Asplund
2617; Incachacua, Asplund 3446).
British Museum (NatTuRAL History),
Lonpon, ENGLAND
LITERATURE REFERENCES
Buyrt, A. 1892. Nye bidrag til Kundskaben om Karplanternes
eras icra in Forh. Vid.-Selsk. Christiania 1892, no a,
garters J. 1890. In C. Baenitz Herbarium Europaeum Pros-
t fiir 1891, aa
1803, Bot. Centralbl. 46: 84.
FEDTSCHENKO, B. 1946. Bot oe comer elementi flory
paporotnikov irana [Elements of the fern flora of Iran from
the viewpoint of botanical geography], in Sbornik nauehnikh
rab [Volume of scientific works, carried out in Leningrad |
pp. 63-74.
Komarov, V.L. 1934. Flora of the U. R. 8. 8.. vol. 1
Linppere, H. 1905. Cystopteris fragilis Bernh. oon. fragilis var.
Dickieana (Sim), in Meddel. Soe. Faun. Fl. Fenn. 32: 2 -4.
Macoun, J. and T. J. W. Burgess. 1884. ‘inane Filieineae,
in Trans. Roy. Soc. Canad. Ser. I, 4: 163-226.
Manton, I. 1950. Problems of Cytology and Evolution in the
Pteridophyta. Cambridge, England.
Mitpg, J. 1867. Filices Europae et Atlantidis, Asiae minoris et
Siberiae. Leipsig.
Nompareys, Ct ©. 1801, ooo Baenitzii Doerfler i Norge,
Bot. Notiser 1891: a
Presb, C.B. 1851. “Spin t. 66.
ppantonan “H.V. 1910. ‘Bide till Sveriges Ormbunksflora I,
k. Bot. Tidsk. 3: 382-
ita e 1921, Svenska fyndorter - Cystopteris Baen
itzii Doerfl., in Svensk Bot. Tidsk. 15:
Sim, R. 1848. Cystoperis Dickieana, in avdenet ’g & Farmers
Journ. 1848: 308.
CHECKLIST OF KANSAS PTERIDOPHYTES 79
A Checklist of Kansas Pteridophytes
P. H. HuMFELD
(Continued from page 60)
PELLAEA GLABELLA Mett. ex Kuhn. ae rocks,
Humfeld eR McGregor 3331. Bourson: McGregor 7 oe
Humfeld CHAUTAUQUA: Humfeld 82, 846. coat and CLouD:
Gates aa CowLey: Horr g McGregor, July 23, 1947, Hum-
feld 869. Dou : LS WO Gregor
Gates (1940). Laperre: Gates (1940). LeavenwortH: Hum-
feld 187. Lincoun: Gates (1940). Linn: Humfeld 40. Mont-
GOMERY: Hor Snghee so ie ab gps 369, settee td
AWA:
PTERIS HEXAGONOPTERA (Michx.) Fée. Only one station
known for this fern, in Cherokee County, in well drained calcareous
soil in deciduous woods, McGregor 970, E517, 3355, 3843, Humfeld
336.
PoLYsTIcHUM ACROSTICHOIDES (Michx.) Schott. In well drained
ealeareous and sandy clay soils. CHauTauqua: Humfeld 356, 809,
McGregor 3373. CHEROKEE: McGregor 987, 3356, 3844, 3861, Horr
§ McGregor B489, Horr, Oct. 20, 1945, Humfeld 58, 338. GREEN-
: 1939. MonTGOMERY: ageleae 949, WIL-
SON: McGregor 922, Woopson: McGregor 9
Potysticnum acrosticHompEs (Michx.) = hott f, INCISUM
(Gray) Gilbert. Only one collection, MeGregor 1670, from Chero-
kee ‘epi in well drained calcareous soil, in woodland with the
typical for
-osnatade seen’ Rene Hitchcock. Only one station
known, in Chautauqua Cou wooded sandstone area on
large boulder, McGregor og ‘ramfeld 357, 808.
ERIDIUM LATIUSCULUM (Desv.) Hieron. ex R. E. Fries var.
PSEUDOCAUDATUM (Clute) Maxon. Only one collection known,
McGregor 3863, on top of dry rocky wooded hill in Cherokee
County. t k out-
oods, thicke - roe
Woopsia ostrusa (Spreng.) oF S Easer obi. 45th:
Humfeld 326. ANvERSON: Horr, July 23, 1929, Beate 291,
MoGregor 3207. Avcutson: Gates (1940). Bounnon: MoGregor
80 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
977, 3339, Humfeld 331. CHAUTAUQUA: Humfeld 358, 811, 827,
Cc
?
844, 859, 862, 866, McGregor 3375. CHEROKEE: Humfeld 345,
MeGregor 3358 y, CLoup and Corrry: Gates (1940). Cow-
LEY: Horr cGre July 23, oH wrorp: McGregor
McGreg
976, 1750. DonipHAN: Gates (1940). : McGregor 106,
L. A. Curry, Oct. 2, 1915, Humfeld 32, ae ee aoe 293, 294, 299,
572, 577, 982, 990a, 996, 1014. ELK : McGregor 965. ELLSWORTH:
McGregor §& Horr 3297, Humfeld 424, 431, A 947. FRANKLIN:
Hetzer 38, McGregor 894, 3311, Humfeld 172, 306. GREENWOOD:
McGregor 964, 3413, Humfeld 376. JEFFERSON: McGregor 883.
JOHNSON cGregor 897. Laserte: Gates (1940), RYDBERG §
: on 3’
ER
McGregor, 895, pris 922. _MonrcoMERY: McGregor 2401,
3369, 3385, 3395, Z. D. Thompson 638, Horr E466, July 24, 1942,
Humfeld kage big 370. Morris: Gates (1940). Nemana: Me-
Gregor 9 HO: fel 961. OsacE: MeGregor 888,
3319, ee Mpls 313
887. PoTrawatT
WASHINGTON: regor 901, Wit :
Humfeld 372. Woovson: Horr, July 10, 1930, Humfeld 274, 287,
977, McGregor 3108, 3178, 3196a. Wyanporre: Hwmfeld 198,
1023.
_ EQUvISETUM ARVENSE L. Sandy elay ditches and stream banks.
ATCHISON: Hastert 242, ss McGregor 2807. Brown, Cay and
Coup: Gates (1940). DonrpuaN: Horr, July 11, 1947, Humfeld
248, 254 abecreoce 2819, 2820, 2825. Dovanas: F. H. Snow 3649,
Moliveger 662, 3304, ale 31, 174, 304, 573, 986, 992, 997, 1017.
JACKSON: Bunteia 260, McGregor 2844. Jounson: McGregor
3430. LEAVENWoRTH: Humfeld 197, 238, 271, san gris
2803, 3074. Porrawaromie: Humfeld 400, 401,
Gates (1940). Rooxs: Elam Bartholomew 1472 pepe race
College, Hays). Wyanporre: Humfeld 190, 1021.
EQUISETUM ARVENSE L, spp. RAMULOSUM (Rupr.) Rapp. Sandy
pa ditches and stream banks with the typical seman ATCHI
: Humfeld 243, McGregor 2808. DonieHan: Humfeld 949.
vetaeé Humfeld 175, 305, 574, 987, 993, MeGregor 3305. JEF-
FERSON: McGregor 4153. LEAVENWORTH: Huwmfeld se 239,
1006, 1022, McGregor 2804. Porrawatomie: Humfeld
CHECKLIST OF KANSAS PTERIDOPHYTES 81
EQUISETUM KANSANUM Schaffner. Sandy clay roadsides, mead-
ows, sometimes railroad right of ways. Barton: McGregor 3944.
LARK: McGregor 4025, CHASE, oes AUQUA, CHEYENNE and
Decatur: Gates (1940).. DonipHan: Humfeld 247, McGregor
2818. Dovuanas: McGregor 718, 2435, ci Humfeld 319.
W. Alber
WARDS: Gates (1940). Etuis: F. Al m 80 (Kansas State
oH ays). ELuswortH: McGregor as oer 428, 438.
Finney: McGregor 4000. Gover Pipe. - HAM : Gates
12, 1935 (Kansas State College, Hays). SHERIDAN, STAFFORD
BAUNS
40).
EQuUISETUM KANSANUM Schaffn. f. VARIEGATOIDES (A. A. Eaton)
Broun. Wet sandy banks. Dovanas: MeGregor 3330, gman
320. Prar
CHEYENNE: Gate 40). Cuay: McGr 076. CLouD: Gates
(1940) ry: Horr 3148. Dxcatur: Gates (1940). Dove
Las: Humfeld 265, McGregor 3027. Ents: Gates (1940). Euus
TH: Humfeld 48. FRANKLIN Se. G
H. Imler, June 8; 9, GraHam: Gates (1940). HARVEY Doell
183. Kineman: McGregor 2231. Jerrerson: H , 385,
ASHINGTON : Gates. (1940). WICHITA: Agrelius § Agrelius,
Aug. 22, 1912. Woonson: Horr, July 10, 1930.
Equiserum pREALTUM Raf. Roadside swales, seepage areas.
LEN: Gates (1940). Amcnison: ‘'S. A.,”? od - 1932, Me-
,
Aug. 8, i, Humfeld 250, oer ie 2821. :
Curry, Oct. 2, 1915, F. H. Snow 3657, McGregor 653, 3303, Hum-
82 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
hens 21, 153, 303, 384, 575, 981, 990, 1009. Epwarps: Gates
JACKSON: Humfeld 257, 258, McGregor 2843, 2839.
es. Humfeld 138, 542. JoHNson: McGregor 3429. Lm&av-
ENWORTH: Humfeld 196, 228, 273, 1000, McGregor 2793, 3075.
: s (1940). Por
4
Gates § Newcomb 15,111. Rooks: — aethoromns June
780, 787. Scorr: Gates (1940 2 eee Humfeld d 387,
d (1940
on a. outcrops. toss. Moliregor 997, Humfeld ps
gi
Medeoucn McG ve 00 F
Gregor 998, 3410, ay a 126, oo se al 1004
LEAVENWORTH: McGregor ig MontcomMEry: McGregor 996.
NeEosHO: McGregor 967. Win : McG r 995, Hamel 128.
Woopson: folie 1002, a ae 2 | 276,
MARSILEA VESTITA Hook. and Grev. In lakes, ae roadside
ditches, buffalo wallows and seepy areas. Barton: McGregor
94 :
- Bowe fel : 1@ :
McGregor 4024. Cuxoup, Liga Epwarps: Gates (1940). —_
g
orD: McGregor 3972. Gove and GRAHAM: Gates (1940). GRAY
McGregor § Horr ARVEY: Do , McGregor & Thom
si 493, McGregor 3503, 3504, Humfeld 900, 910 HASKELL
McGregor 4 MAN: McGregor 3962. KiNemMAN: Me-
Gregor 2230, Kiowa: McGregor 4043 E: McGregor § Horr
EA McGregor § Horr ss: Gates (1940)
PAWNEE: McGregor cites TAWATOMIE: Gates (1940). Pratt
McGregor 4045. Reno: McGregor 3943. Rooks and Rvs
Gates (1940). Satine: aoean 445, 871. Scorr: Gates (1940).
EDGWICK: McGregor 4047. SEwarp: McGregor 4010. WALLACE:
snes (1940). — - McGregor 1000.
ULARIA AMERICANA A, Br. One collection known, McGregor
peg from Reno County, on ote border of small pond in the sand-
dune area.
_ AZOLLA CAROLINIANA Willd. Permanent ponds and ox-bow lakes
visited by migratory birds. Dovanas: Thompson, Oct. 8, 1949
CHECKLIST OF KANSAS PTERIDOPHYTES 83
Volle 1005, McGregor pan 4142, Humfeld 1008, 1012, 1027, 1029.
JEFFERSON: McGregor 4
IsoETES BUTLERI ani Reported by Gates (1940) from
Cherokee County.
IsO#TES MELANOPODA Gay and Durieu. One collection known,
John Hancin 2447, from Shiine County, in a low spot in a wheat
field that had not been plowed until recently.
The author is grateful to R. L. McGregor, of the De-
partment of Botany, University of Kansas, for suggesting
the problem and for invaluable assistance in carrying
out the work, and to W. H. Horr of the same institution
for helpful guidance in the course of this problem.
LITERATURE REFERENCES
Broun, Maurice. Index to North American Ferns. Published by
the compiler, Orleans, Mass. 1938.
BurTers, FREDERICK W. Pellaea atropurpurea and Pellaea gla-
ella. oe Fern Journ. 7: 77-87. 1917.
Carrutu, J. H. Ca aioe? of Plants Seen in Kansas. Trans.
Kans. Acad. : 8-20. 1872.
; the rt on ey tie of as for the Year 1873.
Trans, Kans, Acad. Sci. 2: 74-79. 1873
. Centennial Catalogu of the Pulse of Kansas. Trans.
Kans 40-59. 1877.
Hitanten! pena Trans. Kans. Acad. Sci. 6: 40-42.
877—
i et eaeoemraa Hotanteat vera for 1879 and 1880. Trans. Kans,
ead. Sei. 7: 1 3
gaa al pee: for 1881 ead 1882. Trans. Kans.
ead. Sci. 8: 32-33. 8
es ~ E. A List of Flowering Plants and Ferns.
0-89. 91-92.
Trans.
Ctausen, R. T. A ae ay of the ———e Mem.
Torrey Club 19: No. 2, 5-171.
Coucn, G. * Unusual a Growth of PRB. Oe Engelmanni.
Bull. Washburn Lab.
Nat. Hist. = No. 2, 58-60. 1885.
———. Miscellaneous Notes. Bull. Washburn Lab. Nat. Hist.
1: No. 4, 147-148, 1885.
84 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
. Further Notes on Aeeeep sins ei Washburn Lab.
Nat. Hist. 1: No. 175-176
Dorit, J. H. The Flora hs the Sand oi of Central Kansas.
Univ. Kans. Sci. Bull. 25: No. 3,1
FRASER, . v The Flora of Cloud Sue (1930). Waite Kans.
. Sei. 34: 220-230. 1931.
Garzs, Ay c. Rate of Growth of a Patch of Equisetum prealtum.
Amer, Fern Journ. 24: 50.
w Forms and Weccnaalatavinl Combinations in the
cad Flora, Trans. Kans. Acad. Sei. 42:
39.
Annotated List of the Plants of Kansas: Ferns and
wering Plants. Contr. No. 391, Dept. Bot., Kans. St.
ege. 1940.
My Experience with a Fern Garden. Amer. Fern
rn. 8: 71-7 1918.
ora of Saline County: Ferns and Flowering
Trans, Kans. Acad. Sci. 42: 139-149. 1939.
Horr, W. H. The Flora of ‘‘Rock City.’’ Trans. Kans. Acad.
Sei. 40: 193-194. 1937.
Kansas Plants New to Kansas Herbaria. Univ. Kans.
R. L. McGrecor. Kansas Plants New to Kansas
Herbaria II. Trans, Kans, Acad. Sci. 50: 200-201. 1947.
———. Kansas Plants New to sera Herbaria III. Trans
1
a of Midade “aid Clark counties,
Kansas. Trans. Kans. Acad. Sei. 46: 226-242. °
Maus, PEARL M. of Wabaunsee County, Kansas. Trans.
Kans. Acad. oe 82: 88-104. 1929.
Maxon, beh : Notes on American Sirus XI. Amer. Fern Journ.
4-106. 1917
Neca m L. va of Douglas County, Kansas. Trans.
s. Aead. Sci. 51: 77-106. 1948.
roe Year eee ch —— on an Exposed Lake Bed.
Trans. Kans. Acad. Sei. 51: No. 3. 19
McGrecor, R. L, an pres alin
Kans.
Lronarp, AuiceE E. The Molluse
48.
ORR, gitestet rupestris in Kansas.
Amer. Fern Journ, 39: 16-17. 1949.
Pater, E. J. Notes on Ophioglossum Engelmanni. Amer. Fern
Journ. 22: 43-47. 1932.
CHECKLIST OF KANSAS PTERIDOPHYTES 85
Puank, E. N. A Preliminary Notice of the Flora of Montgomery
County. Trans. Kans. Acad. Sci. 8: 33-34. 1883.
ets
RYDBERG, P. A. Flora of the Prairies and Plains of meee is
Bot. Gard. 1932.
Nik.
SCHAFFNER, J. ; . An Undescribed eenGiag from Kansas. The
Ohio Naturalist 1 912. ,
A Remarkable Feri Heniee
7 8-81. 1926.
On the Trail of ae ee se Thousand Miles.
1-92,
Amer. Fern Journ. 16:
Amer. Fern Journ
Ballets Sse along ge way. Amer, Fern.
bios 18; 14-21, 1928.
e Occurrence of Three and Four- eS Branches
in cadets arvense. Amer. Fern Journ. 1 4—26.
Kansas “igs of Equisetum. Amer. Fern Journ, 24:
1
Smyrtu, B. a shh of the Flowering Plants and Ferns of
ansas. Bull. Washburn Lab. Nat. Hist. 2: 43-61. 1889.
Additions to the Flora of Kansas. Trans. Kans. Acad.
Sei. 12: 105-119. 1890.
Preliminary List of Medicinal and Economie Kansas
Trans.
.
sa hee their pra pio fant Properties.
~ Bei. —209.
of ics Part I. Trans.
ra
. Acad. Sci. 23-24: 273-295. 1911.
Wesrr, C. "Plant ts that Grew in Ellsworth County. Trans. Kans.
—79.
: : 1929.
The Flora of Clay County Kansas. Trans. Kans.
Acad. Sci. 33: 87-106.
Flora of Sheridan Co. . Kansas. Trans. Kans.
1932,
'. or.
Acad. Sci. 35: 161-17
Hutcuinson, Kansas
86 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
A Fern New to the United States
C. V. Morton
Mrs. Mary W. Diddell, of Jacksonville, Florida, re-
_ eently sent a fern to me for identification which has
proved to be Dryopteris sclerophylla (Kunze) C. Chr.
The specimen was collected originally by Mr. Fred Fuchs
in a hammock near Florida City, Dade County, Florida
and presented by him to Mrs. Diddell. This fern is
common in Cuba and oceurs in varietal forms in J amaica,
Hispaniola, and Puerto Rico also. The Florida fern
seems to be identical with Cuban material. This species
has not been reported from the United States, but I find
on looking in the U. 8. National Herbarium that it has
been collected once before. ‘There is a specimen received
from the Florida Botanical Garden and Arboretum eol-
lected in the Sykes Hammock, near Silver Palm, Dade
County, on July 1, 1940, by J. B. McFarlin. The speci-
men was identified by Dr. William R. Maxon as Dryop-
teris sclerophylla, and marked by him as ‘‘new to the
United States.’’
Dryopteris sclerophylla belongs to the section Goniop-
teris. Therefore the only related species in the United
States are D. reptans and D. subtetragona. Itisa rather
strange aberration of J. K. Small that he should place
D. reptans in the genus Goniopteris and D. tetragonad .
(i.e. subtetragona) in Thelypteris. These two species
surely belong in the same genus, whatever name may be
applied. At the present time I believe that Goniopterts
should be included in Thelypteris, as a section, distin-
guished from typical Thelypteris by the presence of
stellate hairs on the rhizome scales and often also on the
rhachis, costae, or leaf surfaces. The following transfers
are required :
|
|
,
2438
NoTHOLAENA AREQUIPENSIS 87
Thelypteris sclerophylla (Kunze) Morton, comb. nov.
Aspidium sclerophyllum Kunze’ in Spreng. Syst. Veg.
4:99. 1827; Linnaea 9: 92. 1834.
THELYPTERIS reptans (J. F. Gmel.) Morton, comb. nov.
Polypodium reptans J. F. Gmel. Syst. Nat. 2: 13
1791
These three species may be distinguished as follows: _
Blades essentially imparipinnate, the terminal pinna
conform with the lateral .......................... T. tetragona’
Blades regularly pinnatifid toward apex.
Hairs of costae, leaf surface, and indusium all minute,
stellate ; segments not ciliate ; texture subcoriaceous
T. sclerophylla
Hairs of costae, leaf surfaces, and indusium mostly
simple or forked above base; segments long-ciliate
with simple hairs; texture membranous....T. reptans
Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D. C.
Notholaena arequipensis Maxon, a Fern New
to Chile
GUALTERIO LOOSER
Mr. Oscar Barros V., who took part as ornithologist
in an expedition sent by the University of Chile to the ”
northernmost part of Chile, collected some plants and
gave me a few specimens of a Notholaena that I recog-
nized at first sight as being a new species for Chile.
After a careful study, I became convinced that it was
N. squamosa (Gill. ex Hook. et Grev.) Lowe, or better,
N. arequipensis Maxon. To be certain that it could not
be another species of the neighboring countries of Peru,
* : : . Te-
Set lplgpalloraeoe bad ‘seer wap BP deacinion
published in Linnaea. A :
2Under Thelypteris, T. tetragona (Swartz) Small is the valid
name; under Dryopteris the name D. subtetragona (Link Maxon
must be used.
88 AMERICAN FERN’ JOURNAL
Bolivia, and Argentina and unknown to me, I sent a
ecimen to Mr. C. A. Weatherby, the distinguished
pteridologist, who was always exceedingly kind in an-
swering my botanical queries, and who specialized in the
study of the South American Notholaena. Mr. Wea-
therby confirmed that it was N. arequipensis Maxon.’
This species has been collected very seldom. It was only
known from Arequipa, in southern Peru (Type: Tingo,
J. N. Rose coll.) and recently Mr. Weatherby? indi-
eated it from the northernmost part of Argentina.’ The
specimens brought by Mr. Barros were collected grow-
ing in the shadow of a big stone near San Andrés de
Pachama, Department Arica, Chile, alt. 3900-4000 m.,
lat. 18.5° §., March 3, 1948. This discovery of Mr.
Barros, Pedes representing a new species for Chile,
points out an interesting intermediate station between
Arequipa and Jujuy, which are separated one from the
other by about 1000 km.
Notholaena arequipensis differs clearly from N. squa-
mosa by the lack of piliform scales on the upper surface
of the blade, and from the other Chilean species it also
differs by the abundant broad scales, for in the other
Chilean Notholaenas there are only hairs or waxy
exudations.
Santiago, Chile.
coe ve eer aa ae 9. 1915.
2 Lilloa
8 Prvtee Fajay, Workin; R. FE. Fries coll.
Recent Fern Literature
Professor Irene Manton, of the University of Leeds,
has just published a book' on pteridophytes of surpass-
ing interest to students of these one The new tech-
REcENT FERN LITERATURE 89
niques which she has successfully applied to the solution
of species problems are likely to lead to alterations of
our concepts of some of the commonest and most familiar
ferns. These techniques are those of cytotaxonomic
analysis—the solution of problems of evolution by in-
vestigations of chromosome structure and_ behavior.
Prof. Manton has spent eighteen years at this revealing
study. She presents numerous figures and photographs
of the chromosomes and other features of British
pteridophytes as well as other non-British species in con-
nection with special problems like hybridity and apog-
amy. These excellent illustrations, combined with much
valuable information and a readable style, make it a
volume which not only should be included in libraries
of professional pteridologists, but one which may be de-
sired by serious non-professionals as well.
The conclusion which emerges emphatically from this
book is that the pteridophytes can very profitably be
analyzed from the evolutionary standpoint by studying
their chromosomes. The chromosome number alone may
be highly significant in showing relationships at the
generic level (a lively present-day problem, in my opin-
ion, as witnessed by the differing interpretations of such
authors as Copeland, Holttum, Dickason, and Ching).
Thus, Manton found that Polystichum, Dryopteris (in
the strict sense), and Cyrtomium all have a base num-
ber of 41 chromosomes, which suggests that they are
rather closely related. The three species of Athyrium
which she examined have 40 chromosomes as the gametic
or m number—a number closer to that of Dryopteris
than of Asplenium. The segregation of the three genera
Thelypteris (Lastrea), Gymnocarpium, and Phegopters,
which were put into Dryopteris in the past but are now
Separated from it by most authors, is justified by Man-
ton’s researches so far, in that their chromosome num-
90 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
bers are different from that of Dryopteris. The species
of Asplenium, Scolopendrium, and Ceterach proved all
to have a basic number of 36 chromosomes.
Another significant gain has been to show quite con-
clusively that many of the suspected fern and horsetail
hybrids of Great Britain almost surely resulted from
crosses of different species. The evidence for this rests
on the phenomenon of pairing of chromosomes. Ina
hybrid the » complements of chromosomes of different
species when brought together by crossing usually lack
the ability to pair. When spores are produced by the
hybrid there is an upset in the migration of the chromo-
somes, and the spores are unbalanced and abortive and
usually fail to germinate if they form properly at all.
By making observations of the pairing behavior in such
putative hybrids as Asplenium germanicum (A. septen-
trionale x A. Trichomanes), Dryopteris dilatata x D.
spinulosa, Woodsia ilvensis x W. alpina, and Equisetwm
litorale (E. arvense x E. limoswm) Manton showed that
chromosome sets from different species must be present.
Such hybrid ferns can reproduce by spores only if
the pairing ability of normal species can be re-acquired,
and this has apparently happened in some cases, by auto-
matic doubling of the entire group of chromosomes.
Each basic n set from each parent is thereby matched,
and pairing takes place normally. This was strongly
suggested to be the case in the plant known as Scolo-
pendrium hybridum, a putative hybrid between Ceterach
officinarum and a species of Scolopendrium.’ One 0
the most surprising results of Manton’s study has been
_ 2 I might suggest that such very interesting hypothetical hybrids
in the N. American flora as Aspidotis californica x Onychium
Cystopteris fragilis x bulbifera; Asplenium pinnatifidum (4-.
montanum x Camptosorus rhizophyllus), Dryopteris Clintoniané
(D. cristata x D. margina is) and a variety of others offer them-
selves for examination from this standpoint.
Recent Fern LITERATURE 91
to show that such familiar ferns as Cystopteris fragilis,
Polystichum aculeatum, and typical Dryopteris Filix-mas
seem also to be hybrids in origin. Another series of
findings reveals that Asplenium Trichomanes and Dryop-
teris dilatata occur in two strains each, a diploid (2n)
and a tetraploid (4n). And Polypodium vulgare of
Europe turns out to comprise 2n, 4n, and 6n populations,
the last with 222 chromosomes and possibly the hybrid of
the 2n and 4n.
The researches of Dépp on obligate apogamy of ferns
have been confirmed and amplified by Professor Manton.
This non-sexual life-cycle, which is already known to
exist in various American ferns such as Pellaea atro-
purpurea and Asplenium resiliens (the latter unpub-
lished), is currently being found in other ferns in var-
ious laboratories. It involves two major steps: the
doubling of the chromosome number before spore forma-
tion (giving the spores the 2n number) and the direct
formation of new sporophytes from the 2n gametophytes.
If a hybrid fern has this type of life-cycle, with doubling
of chromosome number just before spore formation,
then pairing will be normal, and viable spores can be
produced. In each of the ten different apogamous ferns
in such different genera as Pellaca, Cyrtomium, Pteris,
and Asplenium which Manton studied, this process oc-
curred. Moreover, in all of them she suspected hy-
bridity, since the fraction of sporangia which did not
have doubling of the chromosome number had little or
no pairing. In fact she was led to the conclusion that
hybridization is a cause of apogamy. For the three
apogamous species of Cyrtomium she postulated an
original ancestral hybrid fern which was also apogamous,
and from which the three species evolved by genic
mutation,
A rather complicated situation arises from the fact
that apogamous ferns can evidently hybridize with
92 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
sexual ferns since the 2n sperms are apparently func-
tional. This seems to be the case in at least some of the
Qn, 3n, 4n, and 5n populations and individuals of the
apogamous hybrid, Dryopteris Borreri. This, therefore,
is another mechanism which should be added to those
listed by Benedict* that make possible the production of
offspring by hybrid ferns.
These investigations will obviously have an important
effect on the taxonomy of pteridophytes and on the
knowledge of their evolution. Such research, however,
presents numerous difficulties. The ordinary Lycopo-
dium Selago, for instance, revealed at the time of spore-
production that the actual number could not be counted
because there were over 260 chromosomes, many of them
unpaired, and’ of peculiar antenna-like forms. It was
the most difficult cytological object which Manton en-
countered. The well-known adder’s-tongue, Ophioglos-
sum vulgatum, was shown to have a sporophytic number
of over 500, the highest chromosome number yet reported
in a wild species in the plant kingdom. Technical prob-
lems like these, as well as the high degree of accuracy
required in such. studies, were met squarely by the
author, who adopted the rule that what could not be
photographed could not be used as evidence. What
makes the researches of Manton even more admirable is
that they were seriously interrupted by World War II
when many valuable plants under investigation were
lost by necessary neglect and by air-raids.
A volume of this varied nature naturally cannot be
reviewed briefly in its entirety. The seventeen chapters
include such titles as ‘‘The Psilotales,’’ ‘‘The Ancient
Ferns,’’ and ‘‘Induced Apogamy,’’ and the last chapter,
which summarizes the author’s conclusions, contains
elements of unusual theoretical interest to students of
Pteridophytes, There are also four appendices: on the
3 This JOURNAL 35: 71-72, 1945.
nal habe
Recent Fern LITERATURE 93
cytological techniques, the photographie techniques, the
principal new facts recorded, and a complete list of the
chromosome numbers. Although the author’s conclu-
sions may meet with disagreement on certain points, this
itself will add to the value of the book in ushering in and
spreading wide a valuable new approach to the study of
ferns. This approach is one which contributes funda-
mentally to the related work of morphologists and tax- »
- Onomists, and supplements our knowledge from a new
standpoint. The volume is one of the most important
works in pteridology in recent years——WARREN
Wagener, Jr., Gray Herbarium, Harvard University.
Another state fern flora..—The latest addition to the
growing list of state fern floras is a 96-page pamphlet on
the Pteridophytes of Colorado. It covers 63 species and
varieties, with keys for and descriptions of the families,
genera and species represented. One taxon, Onoclea
sensibilis, was first found in the state while the bulletin
was in press.
Line drawings, by Professor Durrell, are given for all
the species. Many of them are excellent, but some are
disappointing. No indication is given as to the degree
of enlargement they show, and some tiny ferns actually
occupy a greater space than huge ones, (cf. for example
the Botrychia on page 10) which is likely to mislead the
amateur or beginner. In the cases of the Athyriums,
Dryopteris dilatata, Lycopodium annotinum, and others,
the characters are not well brought out.
In a state flora one normally hopes to find information
as to the distribution and habitat of the taxa which may _
aid in locating occurrences of the rarer or more notable
Ones. Here these matters are briefly and not always ac-
curately described; too often taxa are stated to grow
Da Sinc 3 . Il. Colo-
1Colorado Ferns. H. D. Harrington and L. W, Durrell. ane
sip pticultural Research Foundation, Fort Collins, Colo. .
94 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
merely ‘‘among rocks’’ or “‘in rocky soil.’’ Unjustified
inferences can accordingly be drawn, and have been, as
when on page 26 it states that Asplenium viride ‘*should
be found anywhere in the mountainous portions of the
state.’’? Actually this boreal limestone-inhabiting fern
ean only be expected on outcrops of calcareous rocks in
especially bleak situations, and therefore, only extremely
locally ; the reviewer found it but once, in the course of
fairly thorough explorations over the state, and keenly
recalls the stiff climb to a huge bluff of quartz rock, and
the finding of the little green spleenwort tucked away in
erevices of limestone into which the silica had intruded.
The booklet closes with a full glossary and index; one
of the subsequent blank pages might well have been oc-
cupied by a list of notable previous publications on Col-
orado ferns. Perhaps a leaflet listing typographic er-
rors might be tipped in on one of these pages also.—
Epear T,. WHERRY.
Dr. Jesse M. Shaver, of George Peabody College for
Teachers, Nashville, Tennessee, is the principal authority
on the ferns of Tennessee. Some of his earlier studies ©
have been noted in the Journal (vols. 33, 34, 39, and
37). The papers that have not been noted are: “«The
Southern Lady Fern, the New York Fern, and the
Marshfern,’’: ‘‘A Study of the Tennessee Ferns Belong-
ing to the Genus Dryopteris,’’? ‘‘ Tennessee Ferns of the
Genera Phegopteris, Polystichum, and Cystopteris,’”
‘A New Fern, Cystopteris tennesseensis sp. nov., 1T0™
Tennessee,’ and ‘Tennessee Ferns of the Woodsia
Group.’’>
on Tenn. Acad. Sci. 21: 297-318. 1946; 22: 255-256.
2 Op. cit. 22: 257-302. 1947; 23: 111-119. 1948.
8 Op. cit. 23: 123-130, 258-274, 1948; 24: 179-194. 1949; 25:
96-104, 1950.
4 Op. cit. 25: 106-113. 1950.
5 Op. cit. 25: 141-142. 1950 (to be continued).
REcENT FERN LITERATURE 95
Dr. Shaver’s work is careful and thorough; as Dr.
S. F. Blake remarked,*® his treatment is altogether the
most elaborate publication on ferns in American litera-
ture. The only unfortunate feature is that the publi-
cations should not have a wider circulation among fern
students. If these papers could only be all brought to-
gether in book form when the work is completed they
would undoubtedly be among the most frequently con-
sulted and cited works.
The treatment is conservative in general. Dryopteris
campyloptera is recognized as a distinct species, a de-
cision with which the reviewer can not agree, although
he would not quarrel with calling it D. dilatata for D.
austriaca| as distinct from D. spinulosa. The charac-
ters by which D. campyloptera was separated from D.
dilatata appear minor and, in the opinion of the re-
viewer, do not always hold true by any means. The
color of the scales is variable as is also the glandularity.
Dryopteris Clintoniana is reported from Tennessee with
doubt on the basis of two old and fragmentary speci-
mens collected long ago by Gattinger. Dryopteris
Clintoniana x Goldiana [D. celsa] is reported from a
few stations, a considerable extension of range, for this
plant has been known heretofore only from the coastal
Plain, so far as the reviewer is aware.
Although Dr. Shaver maintains Athyrium aspleniordes
as a species, he points out that Tennessee specimens show
many characters of A. angustum and he concludes “The
similarities of these two ferns are so great and the dif-
ferences so minor that at most they should be varieties.
Tt may well be that to call them forms would be more
accurate than to call them varieties,’ an opinion mM
Which the reviewer concurs. ae
Dr. Shaver’s treatment includes detailed descriptions,
® Tus Journa, 40: 164. 1950.
96 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
distributional maps, photographs of the plants in situ,
and most excellent line drawings with magnified details.
©. VM
American Fern Society
NEw MEMBERS
Mrs. Lenette Rogers Atkinson, 405 South Pleasant Street, Amherst,
Massachusetts
Mrs. pe a aa miewies 1633 Golden Gate Avenue, Los Angeles 26,
Calif:
Mr. Rowand J. Boyd, 145 West 31st Street, Eugene, Oregon
Mrs. Kathryn E. ae Fernwood, Route 3, Niles, Michigan
Mrs. J. A. Buysse, 121 Pershing Avenue, Rosalle Park, New Jersey
Mr. Charles L. Cass, 2229 Erie Street, San Diego 10, California
Mr. Charles W. Crane, 174 Summit Avenue, Summit, New Jersey
meri
Mr.
Mr. Lineata Foster, Falls Village, Connee
Mrs. Charles Grace, Hilton Road, Slinge aie New Yor
Mr. Robert mete hh 1141 Calvert Street, Detroit 2, Michigan
Mrs. Thomas E. Risley, 1044 North Van Ness Avenue, Fresno,
Californi
Mr. Henry a. ntsepecpeags Jr., dai Botanical Laboratories, Uni-
versity of Texas, Austin 2, Tex
Mrs. A. Schmiedhouser, 173 Mee nth Street, Paterson, New Jersey
Mr. Andrew ae, 7727 York Road, Towson 4, Marylan
Mr. George W. Walder, 740 Belmont Avenue, Fresno, California
Mrs. William J. Witschen, 217 West 6th Avenue, Roselle, New
Jersey
CHANGES OF ADDRESS
Dr. ee Beard, 77 Durban Road, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, South
Afri
Mr. 8. J.B o, P. O. Box 335, Braddock, Pennsylvania —
Miss Gladys | aaAs c/o G. W. Holliday, Milton, Wisconst
Mrs, Paul Deiro, 4618 13th Avenue South, Seattle 8, wakiagee :
Mr. C. F. Dowling, Jr., Puerto Liberador, Dominica n Republic
Mr. William F, Rapp, Jr., 1219 Ivy Street, Crete, Nebraska
THE BRYOLOGIST .
PUBLISHED BY THE :
AMERICAN BRYOLOGICAL —
“The only magazine in English wholly devoted
and Dabs
for the profes
Bi- ny i. illustrated ; Sigg
sional. Yearly subscri ption in ‘the the United: Sta
including Hambershin in the Pog n Bry
service of Curators for beginner 2
Dr. ne H. WELCH, DePauw Fgteseipr Greencastle,
Send os
fo ry Your| =m
FREE COPY LM. JOHNSTON
of this
Helpful Sco
Treatise:
“THE PREPARATION OF
BOTANICAL SPECIMENS
FOR THE HERBARIW.
Dr. —— * the Arnold Arboretum, Harvard University,
has pot bin shar e benefits of his long and successful experi
ence in the asi Secret sad preparation of rae specimens.
Help for the amateur botanist, and hints for the professio onal A
lector, abound in this ‘thirty. -six page illustrated treatise in which ‘
Johnston scaoribies time tested techniques for pressing, preset te
mounting herbarium materials. Special methods ar ee or
treatment of aquatic flowering plants, ferns, 0 a ‘alan
lichens and fungi. Specific sugertion are offered for rane waking
in the field; for ‘record oo n the herbarium
One of the tre ae s yours for the asking- With it will
be ‘cledet samples of groedhciet Papers (Driers, Mounting Sheets
and Genus Covers) as well as data on Collecting Cases, Field — els,
Plant Presses, Specimen Mounts, Botanic al ‘Labels and other
barium Sundries.
Just ask for “a copy of the Johnston treatise”.
CAMBOSCO SCIENTIFIC COMPANY
37 ANTWERP STREET oe BRIGHTON STATION
BOSTON, MASS. U.S.A.
aad
BUSINESS PRESS INC.
Lancaster, Pennsylvania
~ Vol. 41 October-December, 1951 No. 4
American Fern Journal
AMERICAN FERN SOCIETY
: ae
Eourl RLY
JAN 11 952
EDITORS
C. V. MORTON :
R. C. BENEDICT IRA L. WIGGUNS
a
CONTENTS
Notes on Three Australasian Ferns . - Mary D. TINDALE 97
oe Is Th v lid
. 8 Spe ot detagae nedecte, — a Ya - Mary W, DIpDELL 107
A of th
uration of Vi Viability « a F Spores « OY AtMa G, StToKEY 111
Hanotp G. Ruce 116
ont
The Holly Fern ..... OTTO DEGENER AND Avex D, Hawkes 117
Not ky, Il. Trichomanes
es on the Ficus of —— 7! 3 ie ee ices 10
Shorter Note: Drvopteri octigned in » Texas
American Fern Soc tii teoaen
Index to Volume ons
gain venenatis i
7 RIN ITE NO
ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION, $2.55: FOREIGN, $2.45
N. QUEEN ST. AND McGOVERN AVE., LANCASTER, PAL
_ Ent p t the post office at Lancaster,
S under ‘the 2 oe 3 "ise. “é = eptance for pasileg, “embod special
Sg ta ided for in the Ac
are ragrap ase 15) section 34.40 P. L. & yor
Che American J Hern Surirty
Counril for 1951
OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR
JOSEPH iris Department of Botany, Tulane University; New
Orleans, La. President
Soweriie. Ss. " CoRRELL, Mt. Pisgah Road, Avenel, Silver Spring, Md.
Vice-President
Miss oe ScaMMAN, Gray Herbarium, Harvard hho Cam-
ridge, eo em retary
D, Mann, JB., 625 Locust St., Roselle, New Jersey Tresor
eo Vi ae Mackie Institution, Washington 25,
Editor- bs Chief
OFFICIAL ORGAN
American Fern Journal
EDITORS
C. V. Morro “tes Aone as Smithsonian Institution, Washington 25, D. C.
RB. C. BENEDICT... 1819 Dorchester Road, Brooklyn 26, ‘fee
Ira L. Warns. ..Dudley a Stanford University, Calif.
* abe $5.00; life eapaare $35.00).
Etncted reprints, if ordered in advanee, will be f — authors
e I, six pacha $2.00; other volumes $1. os jase xcept
sie 35 $2. 00. Si ingle back numbers 35 cents each Dirough Bes 37;
bers 1.00 and vol. 4
‘date Pe publication should be nor to ©. V. Morton,
Smithsoni titution, Washington 25, D.C.
Orders pat back Saubece and ae business communications
should be —— to the Treasurer of the Socie va A
LIBRARIAN AND CURATOR OF THE HERBARIUM
R. M. TRYON, JE:, Missouri oe Garden, St. Louis, Mo.
Amprican Hern Journal
Vou. 41 OcTOBER—DECEMBER, 1951 No. 4
Notes on Three Australasian Ferns
Mary D. TINDALE
Recent studies have clarified the status of the follow-
ing three ferns.
CYATHEA LINDSAYANA
Sir William Hooker described! Cyathea lindsayana
Hook. from material said to have been collected on Mount
Lindsay (on the border between New South Wales and
Queensland, Australia), and forwarded by Walter Hill.
The three pinnae obtained by Hill are now in the her-
barium of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew (except for a
fragment sent to the National Herbarium, Sydney, in
1915). They appear to be the sole record of the species.
No further specimens from Australia are in the British
useum nor in any of the Australian herbaria. Al-
though botanists have collected ferns on Mount Lindsay
quite recently, they have failed to locate this species
again. However, much of the dense rain-forest on the
Slopes of the muntain must still be unexplored.
The type of C. lindsayana matches perfectly the type
of Cyathea Grevilleana Mart. ie. Jamaica, Greville,
1832, Herb. Mart. (Jardin Botanique de 1’Etat, Brus-
Sels). Hill’s specimens have been compared also with
other specimens from Jamaica, ie. Orcutt 6078, Harris
7725, and with specimens recently collected by George
R. Proctor (nos. 3962, 4815, 4909, 5061). I suggest that
1In Hook. & Bak. Syn Fil. 25. 1865.
2 Mart. Icon. Plant. Crypt. 78. 1834. | “
[Volume 41, no. 3, of the JouRNAL, was issued October 3, 1951.]
98 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
Jamaican specimens were mixed with those collected by
Hill at Mount Lindsay, as it is unlikely that a fern from
the West Indies would occur in Australia, unless culti-
vated. Hill’s correspondence with Hooker does not clar-
ify the matter, as he only mentions that ‘“he hopes to
send a better account of the ferns found at Mount Lind-
say.’’ This species must be known as Cyathea Grevil-
leana; whether or not the specimens were really collected
on Mount Lindsay is a matter of conjecture.
The holotypes of C. lindsayana and C. Grevilleana are
both characterized by small, brown, fawn or yellowish,
bullate costal scales, these surmounted by a tuft of sev-
eral dark-red spinules and also furfuraceous brown
scales with a terminal dark-red spinule and a dark brown
eentral band. Towards the apices of the pinnules there
oceur a number of stiff, yellow, unbranched hairs, each
consisting of a single row of cells. The deeply eyathi-
form indusia each open by an apical pore. The conical
or globose, minutely gray-furfuraceous receptacles and
the margins of the ultimate segments are identical in the
two holotypes.
Cupuliform indusia combined with the above types of
scales and hairs do not occur in many species of Cyathea
sens. lat. but are characteristic of a group of Central
American tree ferns. Cyathea nigrescens (Hook. ) J.
Smith and C. tenera (J. Smith) Moore are also members
of this group.
ALSOPHILA LODDIGESI KUNZE
Alsophila Loddigesii Kunze® is represented at Kew by
a specimen labelled in Kunze’s hand ‘‘Alsophila Loddi-
gesii Kze., Dicksonia squarrosa, Lodd. H. bot. Lips. 44,
sententiam tuam expeto,’’ which I am choosing as lecto-
type. Kuinze’s own specimens were lodged in the Bo-
tanical Institute of the University of Leipzig. Mr. A.
3 Linnaea 20: 7. 1847.
THREE AUSTRALASIAN FERNS 99
H. G. Alston, in his ‘‘ Report of the State of Taxonomic
Botany and Botanical Collections in some areas of Ger-
many since 1939,’’ stated that the Botanical Institute was
completely destroyed. I do not know if any specimens
were saved.
The syntypes of Cyathea australis (R. Br.) Domin*
are in the British Museum; they are ‘‘King’s Island,
Bass Strait, R. Brown 94, 1802,’’ and ‘‘Port Jackson,
R. Brown 95, 1802-5.’’ Both are labelled in Brown’s
hand, but the latter is named Alsophila australis B, so I
choose the former as lectotype. From a comparison of
the lectotype of Alsophila Loddigesii with the syntypes
and with other specimens of C. australis it is evident
that the two are conspecific, so A. Loddigesii must be re-
garded as a synonym.
Both lectotypes are characterized by fawn or light
brown, bullate costal scales (which often have long,
fibrillose apices), as well as by numerous, unbranched,
reddish paraphyses, each composed of a single row of
cells. Other points of similarity are the woolly hairs
on the upper surface of the secondary rhachises, the
hemispherical indusia composed of a series of fawn, fim-
briate scales, and the light stramineous lower surface of
the rhachises. It is true that the ultimate segments are
~ rather broader at the base in the pinnules of A. Loddi-
gesii, but this is sometimes the case in C. australis, e.g.
N.S.W. no. P1415, Jerseyville, Macleay River, Jd. b.
Boorman, June, 1910.
Cyathea australis is a fairly common species n eastern
Australia; it occurs in southern Queensland, New South
Wales, Victoria, and Tasmania. In herbaria it is fre-
quently misidentified as C. Cooperi (Hook. ex F. Muell.)
- Domin, but the latter is easily distinguished by the den-
driform scales on the costae.
4i.e. Alsophila australis R. Br. Prodr. Fl. N. Holl. 158. 1810.
100 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
CTENOPTERIS HETEROPHYLLA
Crpnopreris heterophylla (Labill.) Tindale, comb. nov.
Grammitis heterophylla Labill. N. Holl. Plant. Sp. 2:
90. fig. 239. 1806. Ho.oryrpze (Univ. of Florence) :
‘‘Terra Diemen, Herb. Webbianum, ex Herb. Labillar-
diére.’’ Labillardiére’s original description in his own
handwriting is affixed to this sheet, which has three speci-
mens with rhizomes (v.).
Polypodium grammitidis R. Br. Prodr. Fl. N. Holl.
147. 1810; Benth. Fl. Austr. 7: 764. 1878; Moore &
Betehe, Handb. Fl. N. S. W. 514. 1893; Ewart, Fil.
Vict. 46. 1930. Honorypr (BM): ‘‘Arbor ... in
caudex Dicksonia, Derwent, R. Brown, Iter. Austr. 1802-
05 (v.). Isoryepe (KEW) : Derwent, R. Brown, no. 13,
Iter Austr. 1802-05 (v.).
Xiphopteris heterophylla Spreng. Syst. Nat. Veg. 4':
44. 1827. Based on Grammitis heterophylla Labill.
Gymnogramma Billardieri Kaulf. Wes. d. Farrnkr.
81. 1827. Based on Grammitis heterophylla Labill.
Nom. illegit. (Nom. Rules Art. 60. 1).
Polypodium Billardieri Fée, Gen. Fil. 236. 1850-52
(non P. Billardieri R. Br., 1810). Based on Grammitis
heterophylla Labill. Nom. illegit. (Nom. Rules Art. 60.
3)
Grammitis grammitidis (R. Br.) Keys. Pol. Cyath.
Herb. Bung. 34. 1873. (Attributed to R. Br. in error. )
Ctenopteris grammitidis (R. Br.) J. Smith, Hist. Fil.
185. 1875; Crookes, in Trans. et Proc. Roy, Soe. N. 2.
T7?: 225. 1949. Based on Polypodium grammitidis
R. Br. and Grammitis heterophylla Labill. Nom. illegit-
(Nom. Rules Art. 60. 1.)
Rhizome very shortly creeping, 2-7 mm. broad, densely
elothed at the apex with shortly acuminate, + entire,
clathrate, narrowly lanceolate (6:1) to lanceolate (3: 1)
seales (2.5-3 mm. long and 0.5-0.75 mm. broad) which
THREE AUSTRALASIAN Frrns 101
are pale ferrugineous or dark gray near the apex and
chestnut-brown near the base; roots black, wiry and nu-
merous. Stipes rather crowded on the rhizome, alternat-
ing in two close rows, 1-5 em. long, 0.2-1.5 mm. broad
near the middle, wiry, light green or light brown, broadly
winged to the base, glabrous or with a few hairs which
are simple or once or twice branched, translucent or light
red with red-brown joints; insignificantly articulated to
the rhizome. Main rhachis winged by the long-decurrent
bases of the pinnae, light green or light brown; glabrous
or, especially on the lower surface, clothed with a few,
scattered hairs of the same type as on the stipes. Fronds
variable in shape and size, from 2.5-35 em. (mostly
5-26 em.) long including the stipes, pinnate to pinnate-
pinnatifid or more rarely simple with an irregularly
erenate margin in young fronds, subcoriaceous to coriace-
ous or sometimes herbaceous, the simple fronds cultrate-
elliptic (9:1) to linear (15:1), 0.3-0.5 em. broad, the
pinnatifid fronds 1-10 em. broad (mostly 2.5-6 em.),
linear (more than 12:1) to very narrow elliptic (6: 1) to
broadly elliptic (3:2), the apex often terminating in a
caudate segment 1.4-3.5 em. long and 1.5-3 mm. broad ;
base of fronds gradually tapering into the stipes. Pinnae
sessile, each attached by a long-decurrent base, irregular
in length, giving an irregular outline to the frond (but
longest pinnae usually towards the center of the frond),
distant, erect-patent, faleate, 7-20 pairs, 2-6 cm. long
and 1-15 mm. broad towards the middle, linear (more
than 12:1) to narrow oblong (3:1); apex obtuse, sub-
acute, truncate or broadly rounded ; margin lobed or pin-
natifid with cuneate-truncate to cultrate segments.
Veins free, hidden in the thick texture of the lamina, the
costae with a few, simple or branched hairs; costules
once- or twice-forked or simple in the smaller lobes or
pinnae, not reaching the margin, each ending in a hyda-
LATE 6
AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL P
ls
PaAwigniinss
Perce eit
i
toa HS DAS hosts
" « 7 A
TASMANIAN SPECIMEN OF CTENOPTERIS HETEROPHYLL
THREE AUSTRALASIAN FErNngs 103
thode. Sori exindusiate, superficial, 10-350 pairs, usu-
ally 100-200 pairs, 1-2.2 mm. long, 0.5-1 mm. broad,
rarely only 0.2 mm. broad, closer to the margin than to
the midrib, very slightly oblique, slightly sunken, usually
one sorus at the base of each lobe, rarely 2 to 4 sori per
segment, terminal or almost so on the minor veinlets or on
the upper and inner fork of the minor veinlets, oblong
(2:1), very broadly oblong (6:5), rounded (6:5), or
orbicular (6:6), rarely cultrate (6:1). Sporangia non-
Setose, borne on rather long pedicels one cell broad at
base ; annulus composed of 9 to 12 cells. Spores globose-
tetrahedral, slightly tubercular, without an epispore,
polar diameter 36 p49 pw, largest equatorial diameter
36 w-52 w, wall 1 » in thickness.° ~ Paraphyses absent.
The above description is based on Australian specimens.
SPECIMENS STUDIED :*
AUSTRALIA:
Victorta : Combienbar River, NV. A. Wakefield, Apr. 14,
1938 (N.Q.N.C.). Lorne, W. W. Watts, November,
1919 (N.S.W. no. P3541). Otway Ranges, H. B. Wil-
liamson, December, 1903 (N.S.W. no. P3543). Without
Specific locality, F. Mueller (N.S.W. no. P3542).
TASMANIA:
NorrHeastern: St. Patrick’s River, R. CG. Gunn
1543, Apr. 1, 1845 (N.S.W. no. P6053).
WeEsTERN: Wet rocks, Macquarie Harbor, A. Cun-
ningham 131 (KEW). Pine Cove, Macquarie Harbor,
A. Cunningham 131 (KEW).
SOUTHEASTERN ; Mount Nelson, July, 1931, E. Rod-
way 149 (KEW). Dunn’s Creek, Summerleas, August,
The spores were boiled in a 10% solution of KOH for sake
minutes and mounted in glycerin before measurements were taken
Nos. P5906 and P3541. ee aw
’The following abbreviations for herbaria are used: N.S.W.,
i i : : h
National Herbarium, Sydney, New South ger ey foirchn
Museum (Natural History); KEW, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew.
104 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
1930, E. Rodway 96; Aug. 8, 1931, E. Rodway 173
(KEW). Eaglehawk, A. H. S. Lucas, October, 1924
(N.S.W. no. P3670). Hospital Bay Hill, S. Huon, Old-
field, June, 1887 (KEW). Small island, Recherche Bay,
Dec. 18, 1938, R. C. Gunn 1543 (N.S.W. no. P6051).
Recherche Bay, G. & C. Davis, January, 1937 (N.S.W.
no. P5906).
CHATHAM IsLAND: Travers 74 (KEW).
New ZEALAND:
Norra Isutanp: On decayed timber, Great Forest of
Hokianga, R. Cunningham in 1834 (KEW).
Souru Isuanp: Prov. Canterbury, Sinclair & Haast
(KEW). On rocks and trees, east side of S.I., Acheron,
Lyall, April, 1850 (KEW). Otira, Westland, epiphyte
in forest, N. Lothian, April, 19837 (KEW). Franz
Joseph Glacier, M. D. Glynne (KEW). Milford Sound,
near sea level in thick ‘‘bush,’’ M. D. Glynne (KEW).
Bluff, Leland, Chase & Tilden, February, 1910 (KEW).
Without specific locality, Colenso 154, 278, 762, 1033,
1471 (KEW).
This species is an epiphyte in rain-forests. There ap-
pears to be no obstacle to the use of Labillardiére’s epi-
thet heterophylla, which antedates Polypodium grammiti-
dis R. Br. by four years.
The salient features of the genus Ctenopteris were enu-
merated by E. B. Copeland’ and by R. E. Holttum.°
This species appears to be a typical member of the genus,
as shown by the following characters. The stipes alter-
nate in two close rows on a very shortly creeping rhizome.
The hairs of the stipes are typical, i. e. multicellular with
afew branches. The scales of the rhizome have uniform
cell-walls, and the margins are entire or with a few, short,
rounded protuberances. As a rule, these scales are not
7Gen. Fil. 218. 1947.
8 Biol. Rey. 24: 283. 1949.
THREE AUSTRALASIAN FERNS 105
..... as in many species of this genus. The
Esa Sagas OF less elliptical, simple to pinnate-pin-
ne ? he Mads insignificantly articulated to the rhi-
Saple 5 er important features are the free veins, the
; JORGE OF. twice-forked costules, the rounded or
.... non-indusiate, slightly immersed sori, the naked
0 sa and the globose-tetrahedral spores without
oe distribution includes Victoria, Tasmania,
ener : and, and New Zealand. I have not seen any
nace : rom New South Wales, but the species is
‘ on the Genoa River, which is about ten miles
a the border of New South Wales.
3 a from New Zealand are characterized
el Aisi pinnae (16-32 in the specimens at the
ag Pape: 5-31 in those at Kew, and 6-67 in
ne e National Herbarium, Sydney). A notable
_. sey the specimen collected in Victoria by F.
ea r ( S.W. no. P3542), in which there are from 10
a. pinnae per frond. The scales of the rhizome in
a “agai from New Zealand are much yellower
-., ng am from Australia, except in the Mueller speci-
he. : _ In Australian material the scales are clath-
ae nd dark steel-gray, although some of the younger
es are brownish. However, grayish-brown, clathrate
seal i
es do oceur on the rhizomes of some specimens from
ilden and Sin-
In both these
The bases
Australian
some Tasmanian specimens
cited above). These hairs are of exactly th
m material from both regions.
It is evident that there is a cline in this species. The
106 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
Australian material is characterized by fewer pinnae,
grayish clathrate scales of the rhizome, and stipes which
are usually glabrous or with a few scattered hairs. The
material from New Zealand has numerous pinnae, yellow-
ish seales with unthickened cell-walls, and in many
cases very pubescent stipes. As noted above, however,
there are intermediates. There are specimens from New
Zealand collected by Fraser and Colenso which are com-
parable to those from Australian rain-forests. This is
also true of the specimen collected by Travers on
Chatham Island, which is off the east coast of New
Zealand.
I wish to thank the following botanists ve their gen-
erous assistance: Dr. P. Brough, formerly of the Depart-
ment of Botany, University of Sydney; Mr. R. H. An-
derson, Chief Botanist and Curator, National Herbarium
Sydney; Dr. W. Turrill, Keeper of Botany, Royal Bo-
tanie Gardens, Kew; Dr. J. Ramsbottom, former Keeper
of Botany, British Museum; Dr. C. Metcalfe, Kew; Mr.
George R. Proctor, Institute of Jamaica; Dr. H. Flecker,
of Cairns ; Mr. K. Mair, of Sydney ; and Prof. W. Robyns,
of Brussels. I am particularly grateful to Dr. R. Pichi-
Sermolli, who compared one of my specimens with the
type of Polypodium grammitidis R. Br. in the British
Museum before I was able to go to England.
National Herpartum, SypNEyY, AUSTRALIA.
THELYPTERIS REDUCTA 107
Is Thelypteris reducta Small a Valid Species?
Mary W. DIppELL
After careful and intensive study of the two species,
Thelypteris reducta Small and T. dentata (Forsk.) St.
John, I have come to the inescapable conclusion that
they are one and the same species.
Early in 1939, a friend, returning from a trip to
Brazil, brought me a few fern specimens for my her-
barium, which she had collected near Rio de Janeiro.
There were three or four entire, small plants with good
roots, which appeared still to have some life and as they
had been out of the ground only about a week, I set them
in a pan of water over night, then potted and set them
out in the greenhouse. Only one survived, which turned
out to be Thelypteris dentata.
In the winter of 1941-42, I made several trips down
into the lime sink region between Gainesville and Ocala,
where I collected a few small plants of 7. dentata, and
I also collected another one which I found growing within
the city limits of Jacksonville; all of these I brought
home and planted in my fern garden. About mid-spring
of 1942, I took the Brazilian plant, which had grown
considerably, out of the greenhouse and planted it in the
garden, but in a place entirely apart from the Florida
plants of 7. dentata, so that I would not confuse them
and could observe any differences.
Several weeks later I noticed that the Brazilian plant
was producing sporophylls so entirely different from any
of the previous ones and from those of the native plants
of 7. dentata, that I took a sporophyll off of the Bra-
zilian plant and from one of the Florida plants and sent
them to Dr. Maxon with the query, ‘‘Are these the same
species??? Dr. Maxon replied that they were both Dry-
opteris dentata (Forsk.) C. Chr., as with his habitual
108 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
conservatism, he retained the old, comprehensive genus
Dryopteris.
A few weeks later, a friend brought me two large
plants of Thelypteris reducta Small, which he had col-
lected in the Bowling Green area of Florida, at approxi-
mately the same place where Dr. Small collected his
specimens. To my surprise, they seemed identical with
the Brazilian plant.
Since the summer of 1942, I have grown hundreds of
these plants from spores, unintentionally, however, as
they appear all over the greenhouse—under the benches,
indiscriminately in pots of anthuriums, which are always
kept wet, and in pots of cacti, which are seldom watered;
in every sowing of fern spores of whatever species, 4
percentage of the sporophytes will be 7. dentata. As
the species is easily recognized, at least by the appearance
of the third tiny frond, I often take the sporelings from
the greenhouse and set them in the garden, where they
make a good background behind the pool and other
places ; where they do not encroach on other plants, some
are left in the greenhouse.
Now, the specific differences between 7. reducta and
T’. dentata, as described by Small, are in the sub-dimorph-
ism and the reduced lower pinnae of the former. In
T. reducta, the sterile fronds are ovate-lanceolate, the
lower one to two pinnae reduced, and each pinna closely
adjacent to its neighbor. The sporophylls are much
taller than the sterile fronds, the pinnae shorter and
more widely spaced, with the three to five lowest pairs
reduced. After a time I noticed that all of the Florida
plants I personally collected, and the oldest of those
grown from spores, were producing fronds identical with
those of the Brazilian plant and the two plants of T. re-
ducta from Bowling Green. Then I noticed something
else: In the fall, new fronds come out, all of them com-
THELYPTERIS REDUCTA 109
paratively short, ovate-lanceolate, with closely set pinnae,
the one to two lowest ones reduced and these continue to
appear through winter and spring, but always some of
them will bear sori. With the arrival of the long, hot
days and the copious rains of summer, the tall, slender,
‘‘sub-dimorphie’’ sporophylls with widely spaced pinnae
with the three to five lowest pairs reduced appear; a
plant will produce from three to eight of these fronds,
then rest during the maturation of the spores and in the
fall start the cycle over again with the production of the
short, ‘‘sterile’’ fronds.
Those plants which I did not bother to remove from
the cactus pots, those which have remained under the
benches where the soil is poor and only get watered in-
directly from the drips from the potted ferns above them,
and those which somehow got under some flowering plants
outside, which overtopped and overcrowded them, have
all produced spore-bearing fronds, but never the typical
‘‘reducta’’ fronds. On all plants of reducta and den-
tata, no matter where nor how grown, the rhizome, basal
scales, and hairs on the blade are identical.
Small published his species Thelypteris reducta in his
‘‘Ferns of the Southeastern States,’’ and in his remarks
following the description, he states that T. reducta always
grows in wetter places than 7. dentata and also that it
islarger. This bears out my observations that the plants
in poor soils, or scantily watered, or in full sun, or in too
much shade always produce fronds that are exactly alike
except that some of them bear sori, while plants in rich
soil, plentifully watered, and with advantageous condi-
tions of light and shade are much larger and produce the
tall, summer sporophylls. By reason of the greater
elongation of the rachis, the pinnae would naturally be
shorter and more reduced below and spaced wider apart.
In a given plant, the elongated sporophylls have exactly
the same number of pinnae as the short fronds.
110 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
Further, in his remarks on 7. reducta, Small says, ea
specimen collected by Tsang, in China, duplicates the
typical characters of the Florida plant.’’ In my her-
barium, I have a specimen sent to me from New Zealand,
which is perfectly good ‘‘T. reducta,’’ and I have also
the above described Brazilian plant. In Dr. Maxon’s
‘‘Pteridophyta of Porto Rico and the Virgin Islands,”’
his description of Dryopteris dentata fits in every detail
the plant called Thelypteris reducta Small.
On first thought one might be surprised that this phase
of the plant has not been noticed more frequently, but
it is a fern that is rarely cultivated; the dimorphic form
is rarely collected because it can be found only im the
summer, when, because of the hot weather, high water in
the swampy area, mosquitoes, and the snakes, few people
venture out collecting. In the winter and spring, when
most collecting is done, the tall summer sporophylls will
have fallen to the ground and disintegrated.
In Ching’s excellent work ‘‘On the Natural Classifica-
tion of the Family Polypodiaceae,’’ he transfers T. den-
tata to the genus Cyclosorus Link, which includes those
species heretofore referred to Thelypteris, which have
simple hairs and the basal veins of adjacent segments
united into one vein excurrent to the sinus.
Thelypteris reducta Small should be reduced to sy?
onymy, with neither sub-specific nor varietal status. !
very much dislike having to question the validity of one
of Dr. Small’s species, but he saw the living, mature
plants as they were growing in the swamp, perhaps only
once, certainly not more than a few times; I have studied
them carefully from the first appearance of the tiny
frond on the prothallus through the changing seasons
over a period of years.
Jacksonville, Florida.
VIABILITY OF SporEs 111
Duration of Viability of Spores of the
smundaceae
ALMA G. SToKEY
The viability of the spores of the Osmundaceae is con-
sidered to be of short duration, as seems. to be the ease
generally with chlorophyll-bearing spores. Under ordi-
nary conditions of keeping spores this is undoubtedly
true; the viability is measured in days and weeks rather
ati 3 in months and years, as may be the case with many
Spores without chlorophyll. However, Lagerberg' found
that the spores of Osmunda regalis L. may be viable for
two months; and Gerhardt? gave the results of some
tests made on spores of O. regalis, but did not state the
conditions under which the spores were kept. He found
that the germination time increased with the age of the
_ Spores: spores three days old germinated in one day; 34
days old in four days; 130 days old in seven days; 150
days old in 20 days; and no germination in 225 days.
In the early summer of 1947, when some plans for an
extensive study of the gametophyte of the Osmundaceae
required viable spores in the autumn, it seemed desirable
to try to keep spores by the method of refrigeration
which has been successful with pollen grains. To obtain
a later collection than might be available to the author,
fertile fronds of O. Claytoniana L. were sent June 12,
1947-by Dr. Hannah Croasdale, from Hanover, New
Hampshire to Woods Hole, Massachusetts.- They arrived
_ in fresh condition wrapped in damp paper toweling and
in a cardboard box; they were at once put into an electric
refrigerator. Some fertile pinnules of O. regalis collected
kungen tiber
~1La erberg, H. -Morphologische- -biologische Bemer
ng Gametophyten einige Schwedischer Farne, Swensk. Bot. Tidskr.
: 2 . 908.
2 seat E. Untersuchungen iiber die Vorkeimentwickelung
einiger einheimischer Farne. Diss. Marburg. 1927.
112 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
July 6, 1947, at Teaticket, Massachsetts, by Dr. Harry
N. Stoudt, were wrapped in smooth white typewriter
paper and placed in the same box in the refrigerator. A
collection of spores which was wrapped in wax paper
did not retain its viability as long as the other two.
Tests of the viability of the spores were made at
intervals, by scattering a small amount of the spore
material on the surface of distilled water in small petri
dishes. The spores could then be examined from day to
day in the open petri dishes under the low power of the
microscope. The spores were considered to have germi-
nated when the spore coat ruptured and there was a
tapering protrusion of the young thallus, the beginning
of the first rhizoid. At first, tests were made every
week, and then every two weeks, until late September.
At that time germination about was rapid as with fresh
spores and the percentage of germination was very high.
The refrigeration was then continued out of curiosity as
to how long the viability of the spores would continue.
During the course of the ‘‘experiment’’ the spores were
removed from the refrigerator for intervals of 15-20
minutes whenever tests were made, and for periods of
five or six hours in October and in June for transport
to and from South Hadley. They were kept first in a
refrigerator at the Marine Biological Laboratory, then
in three different refrigerators at Mount Holyoke Col-
lege; the spores experienced a range in temperature
during refrigeration from 2°C to 6°C, according to the
refrigerator and the place in it.
At the end of nine months the rate of germination was
slower and the percentage of viable spores had decreased
to 70-75. The estimates were made by counting the live
and dead spores floating on the surface of the water in
several fields of the microscope. In April, 1948, it Te
quired three or four days, or even longer, for the stage
VIABILITY OF SPORES 113
of germination to be reached which would be attained by
fresh spores in two or three days. With the aging of the
spores not only did the minimum time of germination
become longer, but germination extended over a much
longer period than is the usual range with fresh spores.
In the refrigerated material tested from time to time,
it was obvious that the proportion of dead spores was
increasing gradually, as indicated by the loss of chloro-
phyll accompanied by the inability of the spores to swell.
It seems probable that all spores which show chlorophyll
on planting are viable if cireumstances are favorable and
sufficient time is allowed. The green spores swell until
much larger than their original size, and appear viable
for days and even weeks in the water cultures. Some
give a belated germination but others gradually lose their
chlorophyll and die, probably unable to adjust to un-
favorable conditions. In one late culture of O. Clay-
toniana, comparatively few spores germinated in a week,
although a considerable number contained chlorophyll.
These spores, unfortunately, were tangled in a fungus
which troubled this collection but not that of O. regalis
A little potassium permanganate solution added to the
culture checked the fungus sufficiently to permit a fairly
good germination. (The solution which is used to keep
down fungi on peat cultures is a decidedly pink solution,
made by dissolving a erystal or two of potassium per-
manganate in distilled water; a few drops of this was
added to the water culture.)
After a year and a half of refrigeration, a few spores
of both species germinated in four days, but about 25%
in 14 days. Two years after collection, a few spores of
each species germinated in four to six days, but as many
as 15% had germinated in 10-12 days. At the end of
three years, a few spores of O. Claytomana germinated
in four to five days, but later the germination reached
114 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
10%. About 5% of the spores of O. regalis had ger-
minated in seven days and produced prothalli in the
two- or three-celled stage, a stage which is common in
two or three days with fresh spores; about 15% had
germinated in 17 days.
The last test was made in January, 1951, when the
spores had been under refrigeration for more than three
and a half years. In the case of O. Claytoniana, only
three spores had germinated in six days, but 25 spores
had germinated in eight days, some prothalli having
three cells and one even six; the total germination was
searcely 1% when fungi checked the culture. The
spores of O. regalis began to germinate about the same
time; more than 1% had germinated in eight days with
one prothallus in the six-celled stage; germination con-
tinued slowly and in 13 days 4-5% of the spores had
germinated.
In general, the spores of O. regalis did rather better
than those of 0. Claytoniana, probably not from any in-
herent superiority, but because they did not need to
wrestle with the problem of molds. (The smooth paper
used with O. regalis was probably more favorable for the
preservation of the fern spores in an uncontaminated
condition than the paper toweling. )
A collection of spores of O. cinnamomea Li. made in
May, 1948, has been held in refrigeration for more than
two years and a half. These spores have given similar
results in the retention of viability. It may also be of
interest to mention that spores of O. javanica BI. sent
from Singapore by the kindness of Professor R. E. Holt-
tum, gave about 50% germination after their eight-day
airplane trip. Similar results were obtained with spores
of Todea barbara (L.) Moore sent by airplane from
Australia, by the kindness of Professor Ethel McLennan
of the University of Melbourne.
VIABILITY OF SPORES 115
If, originally, there had been any intention of an ex-
periment with reference to the duration of viability of
Osmunda spores, some attempt would have been made to
determine the best conditions for the preservation of the
Spores, and also to maintain uniform conditions for test-
ing the rate and percentage of germination. The sum-
mer tests were usually under more favorable conditions
of light and temperature for germination and growth,
than the winter tests. However, the results show that
it is easy to keep viable spores of Osmunda spp., and
they retain their viability for a surprisingly long time.
It might be added that this should be of interest to
teachers who may wish to give a demonstration of swim-
ming sperms. For this purpose there is probably nothing
better than the Osmunda prothallus which may produce
antheridia in six to eight weeks.’ The antheridia are
borne in great abundance over a period of many months,
and each antheridium produces a large number of sperms
which are usually very active. In many regions of the
country the fruiting material can be collected in season,
or if not available it can be sent from more favorable
regions ; the spores can be made available for culture at
any time of the year by keeping them in a refrigerator.
O. regalis has seemed to be slightly quicker in develop-
ment, both in these cultures and on peat, than O. Clay-
toniana or O. cinnamomea, but all three species are good
and produce vigorous long-lived prothalli.
Mount Ho.iyoxe Cou.ece,
SoutH Hap.ey, MAssacHusetTtTs
avoid contamination by molds, as they flourish under the sa | sae
ditions as fern prothalli spores can be sowed on sterilize
peat, or on pi of clay crock standing in water in a oaige vse
ri
116 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
The Climbing Fern in Vermont
Harotp G. Ruaea
Members of the Vermont Botanical Club have been
looking for a station for Lygodiwm palmatum in Ver-
mont for many years, especially as the late W. W. Eggles-
ton, a very able botanist, listed this fern many years ago
as one that might be found in the State. There is a
small station for this fern in Winchester, New Hamp-
shire, not far from the Vermont line in Brattleboro. It
as also been found in Massachusetts not many miles
south of the Massachusetts-Vermont line. Vermont
botanists therefore have been hoping to find this fern in
southern Vermont. It was somewhat of a surprise then
when it was reported that Mr. W. C. Hosford, an able
botanist and nationally known hybridizer of lilies, had
found this fern in Morristown, a town in northern Ver-
mont just north of Stowe and Mount Mansfield. Mr.
Hosford very generously gave directions for finding the
station. It is a very small one on the outskirts of an old
sphagnum bog which has become almost dry and in
which cattle roam at will. Rhodora and other shrubs
were found there, many of which had been badly cropped
by the animals. The station is not over six feet in
diameter and is at an elevation possibly two feet above
the old bog. The plants are growing in proximity to
meadowsweet, hay-scented fern, New York fern and
marsh fern. As cattle do not apparently like the hay-
scented fern the plants of the climbing fern have escaped
destruction. Herbarium specimens were collected and
have been deposited in the Dartmouth College and Gray
Herbarium, in the herbarium of the University of Ver-
mont, and in the herbarium of the American Fern
Society.
Other stations for the climbing fern ought certainly to
be found in southern Vermont. Another fern which
Tue Houuy FERN 117
should be found in the southern part of the State, and
for which there-is now no known station, is the Massa-
chusetts fern, Dryopteris simulata. This fern has been
found in two or three places in southern New Hamp-
shire.
DaRtTMoUTH COLLEGE.
The Holly Fern
Orro DreceNer AND ALEX D. Hawkes?
Among the more interesting genera of the pteridophyte
family Aspidiaceae is Cyrtomium Presl, the few members
of which are collectively called Holly Ferns. One spe-
cies is a common plant in cultivation, with numerous
horticultural variations frequently found in the trade,
both in this country and abroad. It is widely utilized as
a component of ornamental ‘‘fern dishes’’ and as a soli-
tary and handsome pot-plant in its mature state.
Cyrtomium falcatum (L.f.) Presl, as this common
Holly Fern is known, was originally described by the
younger Linnaeus as Polypodium falcatum, from mate-
rial collected in Japan. Its range has been augmented
to include the adjacent areas of Korea, China, and For-
mosa; it also occurs as an adventive plant in the Ha-
waiian Islands, and as a presumed adventive in ‘Califor-
nia and Florida. Its exact specific limitations are even
today obscure, and it is suspected that hybrid forms
exist between it and allied entities. The species has been
placed in Polystichum by Diels, and recently in Phanero-
phlebia by Copeland.
The Holly Fern is a stiff erect plant with a stout,
' brown- or black-scaly rhizome about 5 em. thick. This
rootstock gives rise to a cluster of almost erect, rigid
fronds 15 to 50 em. long; they are furnished with longi-
oe Taken, in part, from Otto Degener ’s forthcoming ‘‘ Plants of
the Tropies.’? The plate is copyrighted by Degener.
PLATE 7
AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
~
CYRTOMIUM FALCATUM
THe Houity FERN 119
tudinally sulcate petioles, which are very shaggily cov-
ered with thin membranous, brown, linear- to broad-
lanceolate, denticulate scales up to 2 cm. in length. The
dark green blade varies from narrowly oblong to almost
lanceolate in outline, measures from 10 to 20 em. across
its widest part, and is composed of from seven to
fourteen pairs of alternate pinnae, which are never pin-
natifid. These leaflets are very glossy on their upper
surface, thickly coriaceous in texture, unequally ovate to
faleate-ovate, acute to long-acuminate apically, and meas-
ure 5 to 10 em. in length. Their margins are typically
undulate or vaguely lobed, but the conspicuously thick-
ened edges are otherwise entire; the basal portion is
acuminate to cuneate, and the upper half of each pinna
is customarily round-truncate. The pinnae are shortly
stipitate, and the apical one is often more or less trilo-
bate.
The sori of Cyrtomium falcatum are circular and
abundantly scattered on the dorsal surface of the frond.
The indusium is persistent, about 1 mm. across, initially
whitish in color, but it soon turns brownish and even-
tually becomes blackish with somewhat paler margins.
The veins are thick, particularly conspicuous on the dor-
sal surface, and anastomose on each side of the pinna
midrib into numerous areoles containing the free vein-
lets; the sori are borne on connected or free veins In
the areoles.
The junior author has seen this handsome fern grow-
ing as a common adyentive on the old moldering walls of
Fort Marion, St. Augustine, Florida, where it forms a
showy display amidst a welter of mosses, liverworts, stray
plants of Asplenium, and mats of Polypodium polypo-
divides. There its fronds are often somewhat etiolated,
due to the absence of sufficient light in many of the situa-
tions in which it grows. The senior author found it com-
120 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
pletely naturalized on a rather bare, windswept preci-
pice and in the wooded gullies overlooking Kalaupapa,
Molokai, in 1928, and about Kawaihapai, Oahu, in 1950.
According to Copeland this genus (placed by him in
Phanerophlebia Presl) is one of the numerous groups in
close affinity with Polystichum, being probably closest in
its alliance with Lithostegia Ching and Cyclodium Presl.
Our present species is a handsome and interesting fern,
with an unusual distributional pattern, not as yet fully
understood. Copeland suspects this species to be native
to California; the present authors consider it adventive
here.
Waialua, Oahu, T. H. and Berkeley, California.
Notes on the Ferns of Kentucky,
Il. Trichomanes Boschianum
Cuiype F. REED
One of the rarest and perhaps most illusive ferns to
find in Kentucky is the Filmy Fern. Its peculiar yet
obligate habitat in well-darkened sandstone rockhouses
offers a unique trip for the botanist or fern-lover.
In Kentucky, Trichomanes Boschianum is known from
the rockhouses of the basal Pottsville sandstone of the
Pennsylvanian formation. Back under these overhang-
ing cliffs the Filmy Fern finds its habitat with such other
species of plants as Silene rotundifolia and Heuchera
parvifolia var. Rugelii, in one locality also with Solidago
albifrons, all of which are only found in this formation
in Kentucky.
The Filmy Fern was first recorded in Kentucky from
Carter County being found by Dr. H. H. Hill of Cin-
cinnati in 1872 and recorded in Williamson’s Ferns of
Kentucky in 1878. In 1873 and 1874, Prof. Hussey
collected the fern in Carter County, and also in Ed-
TRICHOMANES BoscHIANUM 121
monson and Barren Counties. Later, the Filmy Fern
was found in Laurel and Rockeastle Counties. These
were all the counties known to Williamson in 1
In 1938 McCoy, in his Ferns of Kentucky,’ listed ‘only
three counties, Edmonson, Lawrence and Rockeastle. No
specimens were cited in either of these publications.
Again, MacFarland, in his Checklist of the Vascular
Plants of Kentucky, mentions this fern as found in the
state, but does not give any distribution.
To date the author has specimens or records from
eleven counties in Kentucky. To the best of my knowl-
edge all the localities are in the Pottsville sandstone for-
mation, ranging from Carter County (probably the south-
ern portion where the Pottsville crops out) through Mor-
gan County and Lawrence County to Laurel and Me-
Creary Counties, and then westward to Edmonson and
Barren Counties.
The actual records and specimens of the Filmy Fern
from Kentucky at hand are listed below.
Barren Co.: Reported by Prof. Hussey, in William-
son’s Ferns of Kentucky, as ‘‘found in more than twenty
localities, always on rocks or moist earth, far under
overhanging cliffs, at least where moisture never fails,
and the direct rays of the sun do not reach during many
minutes of the day. Usually the fronds are bedewed
with moisture trickling from the rocks on which they
grow.’’ No records since.
Carter Co.: Collected for the first time in 1872 in
Kentucky in this county, but no definite locality cited by
Williamson. Also found here the following two years
by Prof. Hussey. Not found nor recorded since that
time.
Epmonson Co.: Specimens were given to a guide at
Mammoth Cave, and were planted near the mouth of the
1 This JouRNAL, 28: 41-46, 101-110. 1938.
g
NA oe
STONE
ROCKHOUSES
Tu adic WOLFE
HABITAT OF
ALONG RED RIVER, NEAR SKY BRIDGE AND
AND POWELL Cou eines KENTUCKY, THE
TRICHOMANES BOSCH ANUM
TIyNUNOf Nudq NyOIMINVY
Q TLVIg
TRICHOMANES BoscHIANUM 123
cave in 1877. According to Williamson in 1878 they
were doing fine. Mammoth Cave National Park, Oct.
16, 1934, A. N. Leeds (Herb. Phila. Acad.) ; June 22,
1935, W. B. Youmans (Herb. Phila. Acad.)
Laure Co.: Several localities in this county have
been given for the Filmy Fern, as Rockeastle Springs
and along the Rockeastle River.
LAWRENCE Co.: Specimens in the Herbarium of the
Kentucky Agricultural Station, collected by Prof. A. R.
Crandall, without date and definite locality.
McCreary Co.: Small patch in rockhouses near Yama-
craw, collected by the author (Reed 18571), April 15,
Morean Co.: Abundant in rockhouses about half way
between Wrigley and Blaze, collected March, 1950 by
the author (Reed 18303).
Pownut Co.: Abundant in rockhouses at Nada Tunnel,
associated with Solidago albifrons, Silene rotundifolia
and Heuchera parvifolia var. Rugelit, collected October,
1949, by the author (Reed 17505).
RocxcastLEe Co.: Recorded in McCoy’s Ferns of Ken-
tucky, probably based on notes in Williamson to the ef-
fect that it was found on the divide between the Rock-
castle River and the South Fork of the Kentucky River.
Rockeastle Springs, August 1876, Miss J. H. Rule (Herb.
Phila. Acad.).
Wuuttey Co.: Reportedly observed by Dr. Frank Mae-
Farland near the falls area of the Cumberland Falls
State Park. Rockhouse along Trail no. 2, below Cum-
berland Falls, Cumberland Falls State Park, July 1,
1950, collected by Priscilla Reed (Reed 20308
Wotre Co.: In damp rockhouses under the Sky Bridge
State Park, collected by the author, March 1948 (Reed
10913
124 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
Shorter Note
DRYOPTERIS SETIGERA IN TExAs.—Recently a miscel-
laneous lot of Texas fern specimens was received from
Southern Methodist University among which was a speci-
men of Dryopteris setigera (Blume) Kuntze. This
specimen was collected by Dr. Eula Whitehouse (No.
23089) in the long-leaf pine belt in State Forest No. 1,
five miles east of highway 96, Kirbyville, Newton County,
Texas, on March 26, 1950. This species, a native of the
Old World tropics, is new to Texas.
The discovery of Dryopteris setigera in Texas is of
particular interest since it was reported only recently
from Conecuh County, Alabama, by Lloyd C. Crawford.’
Previous to the above report, this species was thought to
occur only in several counties of North Central Florida,
ie., Hernando, Highlands, Manatee, Orange, Osceola,
Polk, Saint Johns, Seminole, and Volusia. It is usually
found in swamps and wet woods.
With the finding of this introduced species in Texas
the number of Pteridophytes now known to occur in that
State is 103 species and 16 infraspecifie forms and hy-
brids, including 4 naturalized or established Filicinae.
The above summary of Pteridophyta in Texas is based on
the writer’s paper, ‘‘A Preliminary Survey of the Dis-
tribution of Texas Pteridophyta.’’?—D. S. CORRELL, Divi-
~ sion of Plant Exploration and Introduction, U. S. De-
partment of Agriculture, Beltsville, Maryland.
American Fern Society
The Society has always been proud of its reputation
for friendliness amongst its members. However, of late
years our membership has become so scattered that it 18
difficult to have more than a limited local acquaintance
1 THis JouRNAL 39: 124, 1949.
2 Wrightia 1: 247-278. 1949.
AMERICAN FERN Society 125
with other members. It is especially difficult for new
members to meet the older members and learn from them
the fascination of ferns.
or the past several years members living in New
Jersey have all been notified of a joint meeting with The
Torrey Botanical Club. The meeting has been held in
one of the local fern gardens giving members an op-
portunity to get acquainted. Guests are invited and
the meetings have been well attended. The group now
proposes to extend their activities to one or two field
trips per year.
If you are interested in bostitias such a group in your
state or locality our Treasurer, Mr. M. D. Mann, Jr.,
will supply an up-to-date list of names and addresses of
any locality.
NEW MEMBERS
Mr. E. W. Cook, First Clark National Bank, Northfork, West
Virginia
Prof. Frank J. Hilferty, Farmington State Teachers College, Farm-
ington, Main
Mrs. John E. Housel, R. D, 5, Somerville, New Jersey.
Dr. Gerald B. Ownbey, Department of Botany, University of Min-
nesota, Minneapolis 14, Minnesota
Sr. Hernando Sanchez M., Prado Sur 225, Mexico, D. F., Mexico
Mrs. Stanley D. Simon, 1030 Elm Park Drive, Cincinnati 16, Ohio
Mrs. Hope Sherman Smith, Sevag: Valley, Connecticut
Mr. Carl Starker, Jennings e, Oregon
Miss M. Piero National Tae Botanic Gardens, Syndey,
Austr
CHANGES OF ADDRESS
Mr, William Bridge Cooke, 425 Loveland Avenue, Loveland, Ohio
Mr. A. M. Larwick, Route 1, Box 7638, Carmichael, ornia
‘Mr, Edward ©. Stabler, Matthews 36, Cambridge 38, Massachusetts
Dr. Warren Herbert Wagner, Jr., Department of Botany, Univer-
sity of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan
126
AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
Index to Volume 41
Beck ay pedatum, 56, var. aleu-
ticu me: hispidulum, 66;
Poin “et, 67"
ean Walter S. Report of the
Tre cee
ach ot australis,
99; a 98, Mb: Swartz-
An Overlooked
nogramm
Arthropteris non oehr oa,
spidium ieiarcphealun,. 87
Aspidotis californica x Onychium
densum,
Asplenium, 90, 91 ; abyssini-
cum, 67, 71; A be Sia She
68, 73; aethiopicum, 69, 70,
A : isophyllum 68
“an: bipinnatum, 71; Bradleyi,
a ee chang 70;
5 anicum,
90; Linckii, 70; ‘tunulatum, 68,
71; Mannii, 69; m nt 67;
n
e
31; Uhligii, i2 Tage unilaterale,
66; viride, 38,
Athyrium, 89, 93; alpestre, 38,
angustu 95; aaplentoides, 15,
95; Filix- femin na, 22, Mi-
chauxii onfert a “GT, t;
cristatum 7. laciniatum,
47; peaudtcantie. i: Schimperi,
Azolla caroliniana, 82
Baker. William i Ferns of Iron
ountain, Pc cae River Kange,
Oregon, 2
Blechum Geacuatig 67; spicant,
Botrychium, 93; boreale, 37, 38,
46; dissectum, 47, 55, - clon:
gatum, 47, var. obli 55,
f onei ne 48; lanceolatum,
38; Lun 38;
simplex, 37,
38, 46; aaebiomin. 38. 43, 46;
o virginianum
amptosorus rhizo hyll fe
Ceterrch, 90; offici os cae ot “grloag
ecklist. of. Racone Pt d -
rae teri uty
Cheilanthes alabamensis 57; fari-
oe Ti Te:
in Vermont, 116
lute, Willard Nelson, 1
Copeland, BE. new Genus
f Ferns, 7:
Correct Phymatodes
Lotocouk rent rs :
Cor eels ae i aS cin seti-
in
Craasiace: eemiéhe: 52
Kala he rd, Lloyd C. gg Abe
the United Stat 15
ryptogramma acrostionolaen: O22
Stelleri, 38
ia nntarta, 104;
100; heterophylia, 100,
hea ages pe australis, 99;
Cooper 68; dis-
gotetn, 9; rachite ge Grevil-
leana, 97, 98; lindsayana,
97, 98; Wioriae ens, 98; Stuhl-
mannii, 70; tenera, 98; Tussacii,
49
grammnitidis,
Cyclodium, 120
Cyclosoras, 110
mium, 89, 91; caryotideum
oo micropteris, 66; faleatum,
117,
vices acuta, 77; atrovirens,
77; Baenitzii, 76, 1; _bulbifera
ra
var
si Sma 57, vi
_ fentiesseensis, 58;
39,
Pegs Otto and D.
Hawkes. The ao woe Laz
Dieksonia squar
Diddell, Mary Ww. A Thelvpteris
reducta Small a Valid Species ?,
Diellia, 9, 11, 13; centifolia 13;
falcata, 12; lacinia ta, 12; Man
nil, 12, 13; pu Hes se unisora,
9, 10
Drynaria, 76; Volkensii, 0
montana,
e Sun N.
pryopteris petigere, in Texas, 124
pteris, 10, 39, yu; utricana,
, 71; austriaca, 39, 95; Ber-
Gr, 1; 71; Borreri, 92; ba
lepis, 72; campy loptera, ‘
celsa, 95; Clintoniana, »
x Goldiana, ef cristae cai
lintonian oe ’
90 dentata, 107, 110; dilatata,
93, * inulosa, 90;
juncta, 39; elongata, 66, 67,
Filix-mas, 39, 91; foliosa, Be
fragrans, 39, blk ie *
phylla, 86; £ + ae
lank t v8, 17 7; apinulose 39,
simulata, , 39,
americana, 48, fruc
INDEX TO VOLUME 41
; arvense, 41, 61,
$0, x mig subsp. ramu-
losu 80; viatile, 41; hi-
le, 46; kansanum, 81,
variegatoides, 81; laevigatum,
81; limosum, 41, 90; litorale, 90;
palus re, 41, 46; justia 44:
prealtum, 81; scirpoides, 41;
Sylvaticum, 42; telmateia, 22;
cera yod fee ie-
ga
Ewan, J oseph. Report of the Ohio
Meeting and Field Trip, 30; Re-
port of the Presidedt. 23
Fern Spee, to ae nee ‘States, =
hives pane: Ore
Goniopteris,
Grammitis grammitidis 100;
heterophylla,
ymnocarpium, 89
Gymnogramma genes 100;
‘pilos sa, 16, var. jor, 19; pro-
urren ; to a
sea | oor H. D. and L. W. Dur-
— orado Ferms (Review),
Hastings, AyD
Ho Pakek Alex
See Hodgdon,
Correct
Hemigetty e*lolenis, 49, 51; hor-
49; Lewisii, 49, 51
Histiopieri ineisa, 71,
Hodgdo s Onoclea sen
sibilis Poisonous 16 age pc BS 1
Hodgdon, A. R. Dd.
ings. ig riptaris eee 8
remotiuscula and Some Other
Fern m the Vicinity of Lak
Beatie 'N. a 16
ae! A Fern, 117
es eld, Dat: ein oe of
fae Pteridop 53. 79
Hyer cisiice ee fgg 67, 71
Hypolepis rugulosa var. africana,
Imshaug, Henry A. Report of
the Auditing Committee,
Isottes Butleri, e
melanopoda,
Is Onoclea cor abbis Poisonous
to Horses?,
Is Thelypteris -reducta Small a
Valid Species ?, 107
Leptogramma, 1¢
127
Lewis, Clarence. Report of the
Auditing ee 29
Lithostegia, 120
Lonchitis glabra, 68
Looser, Gualterio Aig
arequ is a Fern
New to Chile
8
Loxogramme lanceolata, 68, 69
gs a alpinum, 42; annoti-
93; clavatum, 42, 67,
68, "70, a. 73: conplanatut, 42;
oe tit Slag “ tier te, 67,
3, ’
odiu aim ve Sr 116
Menta, Irene. Problems’ of Cy-.
tology and ar = in the
Pteridophyta (Review), 88
Marginaria Jones agg
Marsilen Rhee nag 54, 82
Micr 76
Bictomoriaut’ "52; heterophyllum,
Morton, C. V. New t
the United Stated $6: Willard
oe Clute, ie apn ui
Mort CO. Ve Geo
Proctor A New ‘2 a maican
Species of Hemitelia,
Nephrolepis cordifolia, 76
w Fe the United States,
New Genus of Ferns,
New Jamaican Species = Hemi-
telia, 48
New Species of Diellia from Oahu,
Notes on the Ferns of Kentucky,
I. Dryopteris Goldiana, 5; II.
Trichomanes Boschianum, 120
ra sa on Three Australasian
Fe
Notholaena arequipensis Maxon,
A Fern New to Chile, 87
Notholaena, 87, 88; arequipensis,
87, 88; dealbata, 59; squamosa,
8 ,
Pena at Bartholomew’s
Cobt 13
once distenta, 70
Onoclea en i, Gl Bs, f:
silo
obtu bata,60
Ophiogicenan on eteaye 55 ;
vulgatum, 56,
Osmunda, 115: cinn am omea, 15,
114, 115, f. incisa, yton-
48; Cla
iana, 111, 413,114,115; javanica,
114; regalis, 15, 56, 111, 118, 114,
Overlooked North American Fern,
Pellaea, 91; atropurpurea, 60,
1 ihe 2 cristata, 60; a rbetia: 79
Phanerophlebis, 1 7, 120
hegopte 89; hexagonoptera,
Phlebodium serpens, 52
Phy~etodes 52; exieuum, 52:
heterophyllum, 52; ha ae 52
Pilularia americana,
128
Polunin, Nic Real
catum, vod ;
ecaclniaes: 67,
et pan oi, 79. 119; bn
0-
Thi, tos
aan, i * 19: serpens 52;
Swartzii, 52; virginianu
acuminatum, 48; vulgare, 91
Polystichum, 89, 117, 120; acro-
stichoides, 15, f. incisum,
; um, 91; californi-
udlevi x it
90; ; Lonchitis, 40; mumitum, 21
ee “me oy var. inci-
peice 29; tife erum, 67,
Proctor, George R. See Morton,
Pteretis nodulosa, 31
oar oa saquilinu um, 70, 72, 73,
var. ba latiusculum
var. y peadocdadatain: 79
Pteridophyta of Mount Kenya,
Pteris, 91; cretica, 9, 66; dentata,
67; quadriaurita, 68, 71
Real Arctic and Its Pteridophyta,
Recent Fern Literature, 88
Reed, Clyde F. Rote on the
Ferns of Kentu cky.
ris Goldiana, ey i
nes Boschian
Report of pera Committee,
29; of Curator and hile
I. Dryopte-
Trichoma-
Be
of Judge of Elections.
of ‘Ohio aati and ay Trip,
1950, 31; of President, 23; of
Secreta ary, 25; hig surer, =
Reviews: Harringt H.
L. W. Durrell. “Coldrado Saree.
93; Manton, Ire Problems of
Cytology and Brolation in the
Pteridophyta, 88; Shaver, Jesse
M. A New Fern, Cystopt
teineidecnaie sp. from
Tennessee, 94; The. "Southern
Lady Fern k Fer
Belonging to
pteris, ee Fern
the Genera Puesopiellk, " Polr-
stichum, and Cystopteris, 94;
AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL
Tennessee Ferns of the Woodsia
Group, 94 ‘
Rugg, Harold G. The Climbing
Fern in "Vermont, 116
Bromnes, Edith. i of the
Secretary, ~
Schelpe, EH. C.
Preridophyta of Mount’ earn
hentossudeinin hybri
Peres Krauss ns ms
70; rupestris, es a "31, *t3, 4
43; antler
iS Tennessee
T of t Genera Phegop-
teris, Polystichum, and Cystop-
teris (Review), Tennessee
Fer of t Wo odsia Group
(Review), 94
golanopteris, Che bifro 75
Stoke Alm G. Duration of
Via bility of Spores of the Os-
mundac
dnatepteriar 15, 16, 86, 89, 110;
dentata, 107, 08, 109, 110;
alabamensis, 16, 19, va
se “ aay 107, 108, 109,
110; 87; sclerophylla,
87; tetragons, 87
Tindale, 12;
Notes on Three
97
ttari volkensil, 70
Vi are cg A New .
i Ilia from
Species of Res t. Shs ervation :
obble,
1950,
1
Woodsia alpina, 40, x ilvensis, 90;
glabella, 40; ilvensis 41, 90;
obtusa, 79
Woodwardia briata, 22
fim
Xiphopteris heterophylla, 100
ERRATA
Page 75, line 3. For Soleno:
teris, r
a 75, line 6. For rhizomate, read rhiz
For Solenopteris nent dh read Solanopteris
Page 75, line 13.
ead ee
Page 75, line 16. For B. bifrons, read P. bifrons.
THE BRYOLOGIST
PUBLISHED BY THE
AMERICAN BRYOLOGICAL SOCIETY
The only magazine in English wholly devoted to Mosses, Hepatics,
and Liehens. han Meee te illustrated; for the iA treed as well as
- for the professional. Pen eription in the United States $3.50,
including membership o the rican Bryologieal Society, with free
service of Curators for beg =fireerg
d
ress
ie WINONA H. WELCH, DePauw University, Greencastle,
ndiana,
CASTANEA
Published by the
SOUTHERN APPALACHIAN
BOTANICAL CLUB
Devoted to the botany of the interesting Southern Appalachians.
Published Quarterly.
Yearly subscription, including membership in the Club, $3.00.
Address
DR. EARL L. CORE, Editor
West V: University
MORGANTOWN, W. VA.
FOR SALE
Duplicates from the Fern Society Library
Mavuews, F. 8. Field Book of American Wild Flowers.
2, $2.00
Ciore, W. N. Our Ferns in their Haunts. 1901. - $3,00
CLure, W. N. The Fern Allies of North America, north of
Mexico. 1905. $3.00
Burrren, J, European Ferns 1878-81. $4.00
Address orders to the Librarian:
Dr. R. M. Tyron , Missouri Botanieal Garden, 2315 Tower
Frove ef EES St. Louis 10, Missouri
SSSS----=—-—-ia
Send
PARATION
OF BOTANICAL SPECIMENS FOR
for Your THE HERBARIUM
FREE COPY ie ene
of this aoe
Beipfet | ==
bSiagarerep pacien thetnd an Sraceg api
akin
Treatise:
\ctoeeasseseconscaetntiestensscnase
“THE PREPARATION OF
BOTANICAL SPECIMENS
FOR THE HERBARIUM”
Dr. I. M. Johnston, of the Arnold ie ing Harvard University,
has generousl shared the benefits of his long and successful experi-
ence in the collection and preparation of slat pat ace ns.
r the amateur botanist, and hints for the professional col-
Johnston describes time tested techniques for pressing, preserving and
mounting herbarium materials. Special methods are outlined for
treatment of aquatic flowering plants, fof. palms, algae, racine
lichens and fungi. Specific suggestions are aise for record makin
in the field: for record keeping in the herbar
of the treatise is yours for the ee With it
and Genus Covers) as well as data on ting Cases, Field Trowels,
Plant oil geo Specimen Mounts, Botanical Labels and other Her-
Just ask for “a copy of the Johnston treatise”.
CAMBOSCO SCIENTIFIC COMPANY
37 ANTWERP STREET @ BRIGHTON ——
BOSTON, MASS. U.
BUSINESS PRESS INC.
Lansaster, Pennaylvagia
4
ee
AMERICAN FERN SOCIETY, INC.
Membership List
Revised to December 31, 1951
Supplement to the American Fern J
Vol. 41, No. 4
(# Charter Member; + Life Member)
Honorary Members
Campbell, Dr. ei Houghton, Stanford University,
Stanfi Calif
Copeland, Dr. E. Bey ’ << aes of Botany, University
f£ California rnia
Ade, Ralph D., 2324 23rd S Street A, Moline, Tlinois
Alger, Mrs. Philip L., 1758 Wendell Avenue, Schenectady
ow
Allen, Dr. & Mrs. Edward P., 147 Alden Avenue, New
site ®
ti
Allen My . Fred H.y 16 Fairfield Ave.,; Holyoke s Se
Allen, pa Mary N., 6 Academy Street, Worcester, cag
Allen, Walter S., eof ton Ave., Flushing, a York
Benjamin R. ewlett, L. I., New
enry N., Stites University Y;, Ste Leite » Mo.
Artz, Miss Lena, poh ne bis
outh Pleasant Street,
Atkinson, aoe
Amhers'
Bailey, Dr Liberty y hye, ace » Ithaca, — York
Baker, Miss Harriet 1927 Aint Se Road,
es 16, Cal
Baker, William H., Thiversity of nage Moscow, Idaho
ard, Fe, c Kew, Surrey, and
Barkley, Dr. Fred A., 2343 West Iowa St., Chicago, Di.
Barnes, Mrs. Albert C., Latch's Merion, Pa.
+Barnes, Mrs. Ass Rd., Utica, N. Y.
Barsalou, Mrs. H. Ley 1241 Linda Vista Ave. ’
Bartlett, Prof. H. He; Dept. of , University of
Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mic
>» Dre » "Lebanon", Gunston Hel Road,
Lorton, Virginia
Bauer William, "Botany H immswick 1, Missouri
an , e naikensasll, Ho 3s
Beals, Alfred T., 274 Sumit gto
1911
1944
1949
Bean, Ralph C., 48 Emerson Street, Wakefield, org 192U
Beard, Dr. John, 77 Durban Road, Pietermaritz
Natal, South Africa 1948
‘lee, irs. John We, 25 Seminary Place, New Bruns-
wick, New Jersey 1942
tol, Tis Aes ig Almont eerines Bank, Almont, Mich. 1946
Beck, Mrs. Walte gery » Millbrook, New York 928
Bedell, Dr. ieee 004 Iynch Bldg., ue kee »Fla.1947
Behrends , Mrs. ie i 1633 Golden Gate Avenue
Angeles peat California 1951
Benedict, J. 3 rile —- 945 Pennsylvania Avenue, N. We,
Washington 4 25
Benedict, Dr. 2. Be “is19 Dorchester Rd., Brooklyn, N.Y. 1905
Benson, Dr. Lyman, Pomona College, Claremont, Calif. 1945
Berko, Ss. Jes Pe 0. Box 335, Braddock , Pennsylvania
Bill, Miss Bertha, 12 Boynton Street, Worcester 2, Mass. 1944
Blake, Mrs. Anson S., Rincon Road near Arlington Avenue,
Berkeley, California 1945
Blake, Dr. S. F., 2817 First Road N., Arlington, Va. 1945
Blomquist, Prof. H. L., Duke University, Durham, N. Car. 1954
. Indiana 1948
Boatner, Dr. oe Ge, 1334 iana Avenue, New
Orleans 1
Boivin, » Division of Botany, Central Experi-
ment Farm, Dept. of Agriculture, Ottawa, C 50
Seokarton al - Ee, 262, Mont , Louisiana 1950
Boyce, Mrs «, The Home Evanston, Illinois 1950
Boyd, Pte Nig 145 West 3lst. St., Eugene, Oregon 1951
Boydston, Mrs. Ka — Ee, Fernwood, Rte 3, Niles, Mich. 1951
Bracelin, Mrs. H. P., c/o Dept. of Botany, University
of California, Berkeley, Californ. 1949
Bramm, Miss Florence, 117 N.Ewing St., Lancaste 7
Braun, Dr. E. Lucy, RoR. 13, Box tc. ” Cincinnati “0, ot 1920
Brettle, Mrs. Marion ayes 159 Pleasant A es Hamburg, N.Y.1935
Brewer, Richard, 1506 Zaith St., Murp » Dlinois 1950
Britton, Donald, 59 Teddington Park, uae 22, _ 1946
char aes tes 360 Madison Avenue, Albany 6, N. Y. 1951
Trooks , e G., West Virginia Universit; gir
tom, West Virgin = ee ceptaiiee
Broun, Maurice, Hawk Mountain Sanctuary, R. D. 2, Kemp-
ton, Pennsylvania 1954
Brown, Miss Babette I., Eastman Bldg., Prince Street,
Campus, University of gars Rochester 7, Ne Ye 1948
Haydn L. 1947
1926
1
3 n
Brom, Hubert H., 9 Halford Ave, arrows. ada
» Newell J., 536 E. Dover St., Milwaukee 7, Wis.
puritt, i Mrs. Bailey. B. » 16 Prospect Drive, Yonkers 5, oe
1
Burton, Dr. Daniel F., State Teachers College, Mankato,
1949
+Burton, Mrs. Verona Devine, State Teachers College,
» Minnesota 1949
Buysse, Mrs, Je hey 121 Pershing Ave. Roselle Park, Ned. 1951
Cadbury, Dr. W. We, 274 W. Main St., Moorestom, N. J. 1951
Campbell, Dr. Douglas Houghton, Stanford University,
Stanford, California 1915
Canan, Miss et » L023 aes ee ae Johnstowm, Pa. 1935
$Capp, Seth Bunker, Sub. P. 0, Box 2041, c/o Middle City
Station Pe Oc, elphia 5, wast 915
Carlson, T. 0., 16 Hillerest . en Lakes, Ne Je 1946
Carlson, Mrs. T. O5, 16 Hillerest Road, Lak
New Jersey 1934
Carroll, Col. Robert P., Virginia Military Institute,
Lexington, Virginia i 1938
Cascio, irs. Peter J., 2600 Albany Aveme, West “artford,
Connecticut 1935
pam Charles L., 2229 Erie St., San Diego 10, Calif. 1951
astellanos, Alberto, Canning 2904, Bajo C,
aieeae Argen 1949
Chamberlain, Glen D., 22 Academy St., Presque Isle, ay 1939
Chandler, Albert, 221 W. Washington Ave., > 1941
Cheuvront, Elmer N., 514 Beaver Ave., West opaeersahe ea 1948
Chillas, Richard B., Jre, 255 Winona Avenue, Philadel-
phia 44, ae 1935
Chisholm, Mrs. Maud L., Proctor, ont 1923
Christopher y borotiy E. » 9920 Northern Boulevard,
Cleveland 8 1949
>
Chun, Dr. mtd anec Botanical Institute, sun £
University, 314 Ya Tou Wai Rd., Kowloon cence aman 1950
Mrs. B. Preston, 132 Marlboro St., Boston, Mass. 1
ladys
Wisconsin, Madison 6, 1948
Clausen, Dr. 5 ois of Botany, Cornell
University, Ithaca, New fo 1934
Clevenger, _, Sarah B., 717 South Henderson Street,
omington, I. 1949
Cobb mea 180 Madison Ave., New York 16, N. Y. 1946
Constantine, Thomas S., 72 Terrace, Katonah, N 1936
» Be Wes st Clark Na » W.Va. 1951
ok, John Hutchinson, 383 We State St., Trenton,8, N.J. 1948
Cooke, Wm. Br > 4e5 and Av@e,; 39
nd, Dr. E. Be, Dept. of a
Cc ornia, Berkeley, ifornia 1948
orrell, Dr. Donovan S., Mt. Pisgah Road, Avenel,
Silver Spring, Maryl 36
Crane, . Charles W., 174 Summit Ave., Summit, N. J. 1951
Crawford, Lloyd C., Route E, Evergreen 1950
Croom, Neil, State University of gs York, State,
Teachers rl New Paltz, 1951
Dansereau, Pierre » Dept. of Botany, Lear ee of
Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan 1948
Darling, Cyrus, Box 193, Westborough, Massachusetts 1929
Davies, Mrs. Josephine B., 3621 N. E. Miami Street,
Miani. FL 1951
37 orida
navies Wn. As, SA71 South Kansas Ave., Milwaukee 7, Wise 1949
Deal, Mrs. Fern i Cross Valley Road, Route 12,
Knoxville, Tenne 1950
Deam, Charles C., ponte 3, Blufft raga 1905
Deiro, Mrs. od 4618 15th Ave. South eattle 8, Wash. 1941
Demaree, College, aaa Ark. 1938
Denoise, Dr. ianiien W., 17 O'Hara St., Greensburg, Pa. 1950
Derickson, Prof. S. H., Lebanon Valley College,
omens ag 1
1935
Desmond « Thomas C., 94 Broadway, Newburgh, N. Y. 1945
DeVol, — “Chases Eu 4208 So. She eon St., Marion, Ind.1938
Dew Pes IPey eee otany, Tulane Univer-
sity, New Sapens ab
Bae Mra. W. D., es el St., Jacksonville,6,
Florida
Dix, W. Le, 801 C orrisville, a 1933
Dele, ¥. mses 23 ie Oeedhoek 7, West Orange, N. J. 1926
Doray, Robert A., 560 White St., Springfield, Mass. 1941
Doubleday, - Arthur W., odstock, Vermont 28
Douglas, Miss Ge E., 52 Clinton Rd., Melrose,Mass. 1951
50
Dressel, Mrs. Emma R., Star Route, cr at Manor,N.Y. 1945
nese "Henry, F., Box a0 R.F.D. 3, Kingston, N. Y. 1938
» Wilbur “4 Dept. of Botany, eicuevetee of
gene tey Athens ct 1949
Dunham, Mrs. F. G., 450 Beverly Road, Ridgewood, N. J. 1941
Duhlop, Prof. Douglas W., University of Wisconsin,
625 West State Street, Milwaukee 3, Wisconsin 1941
Earle, R. S., 10la Charles sree Boston 14, Mass. 1927
Earle, Dr. T. T, Dinwiddie Hall, Tulane University,
New Orleans 35, Louisiana 1938
East, Miss ri oe A., Plymouth, Connecticut 1944
Eastwood, sine 8 = thats 5110 Friendship Avenue, Pitts-
burgh pil 6
ern *R a3 South Stoke Vicarage,
rkshire,
Englan 1939
mis, Erl i; P, 0. Box 115, Idaho sigs Colo. 1951
Emerick, A. E., 400 Bruce Street, Eaton, 1951
Emmons, Edwin T., 177 Lewis Stree , Geneva, —— Y. 1915
English, B. E., 2263 or 7 gp St., Pasadena 7, Calif. 1949
Engstron, Harold, 680 Lenox Road, Glen Ellyn. Tlinois 1951
Evans, Miss Lucille, 2129 E. Kenwood Boulevard, Milwau-
kee 11, Wisconsin
Ewan, Joseph, a of Botany, Tulane University, New
Orleans 18, Louisiana 1950
Ewing, Mrs. Giffora C., 1205 Muirlands Drive, La Jolla,
California
Eyerdam, Walter J., 7531 19th Avenue, N. E., Seattle
5, Washington 1949
Fagley, Dr. Frederick, 60 Grammercy Park, New York,N.Y. 1952
Faust, Dr. Mildred E., Syracuse University, Syracuse
10, New York 1948
Feigley, Miss Deon D., 544 Chestmt Street, Winnet-
ka, Dlinoi 1949
Ferril, Mrs. “a at aa it ring e Denver, Colo 1941
Fessenden, G. Re, 5820 Edgepark Road, Baltimore 14, Nd. 1937
Fisher, George L., ro West rents Ave. » Houston 6, Tex. 1945
Fliflet, cn neip ae Kenilworth Rd. et Lakes,N.J. 1947
Flo, > Mas 1948
C., 19 “ames St., Greenfiel Ss.
Flowers ‘ Seville 7 Uivenalty of Utah, Salt take fers “euper: 1938
- E Cormmall Bridge, Connect 25
Ford, We Tes é10 “South 12th St., Fort menses "Florida 1941
Fosberg, Dr. F. R., Holmes Run Road, R. F. D. 1, Falls
Church, 1946
Foster, dustin ic - East 86th Street, Apartment 10D,
New York 28, York 1951
Foster, Joe, 1 pa Way, Or » Califo a 1950
Foster, Lincoln, Falls Faliace, “ * Connecti 1950
Fraser, Donald ake, Forest Insect noma Sault Ste.
“erie, Onta
Frehse, Mrs. met M., 506 West Maplehurst, Ferndale
20, Michigan 1949
Frick, Dr. T. a Dept. of Biology, Lincoln Memorial
University, Harrogate, Tennessee 1945
Gannett, L. S., 120 F Bast 16th St., New York, N. Y. 1928
Gaston, Mrs. John Zell, Webster, Texas 1947
Gebert, James L., Box 424, New Iberia, Louisiana 1947
Giauque, M. L. Ashley, 2645 Benvenue Avenue, Berkeley
4, California 1942
Gilbert > Neal Pre 3 7809 Morningside Drive 3 N. W. ’ Wash-
ington, D. 1940
Gillson, "vrs. "Seanks L., Mullin Lane, Wilmington, Del. ong
Gilmore gop. 97 Holland Road, Brookline, 20a
Glasgow, Mrs. Robert D., 1015 Washington Avenue
Albany 3, New York 1941
Goodman, George J., Dept. of Plant Sciences, University sae
of Oklahoma Norman
Goodrich, Calvin, Hawk Creek Rd.,Rt. 2, Asheville, N. C. 1951
Grace, Mrs. Charles, Hilton Road, Slingerlands, N.Y. 1951
ee, Wis. 1949
Grannis o de Ke burg, Ke
Graves, Dr. Arthur H., 255 S. Main St. yiatlingfora, Conn. 1935
s s E. St.,
Greene, Ps Ces Arms Apt., 900 East 9th eieaks :
four Cit;
Mrs. We Be, 2862 Ionic Ave., Jacksonville, Fla. 1950
pr sae F., Dept. of Botany, University of m8
Wisconsin, rt Wiscomsin
Griesel , Oss 1000 Cheuron Court ,Pasadena 2,Calif
. 1941
E. Charles Road, R.D.6, Lancaster, Pa. ohee
Sago t
ON » 0 "" ba Quaker Acres, ise York 1941
Halbeisen, Robert, 1141 Calvert St., Detroit 2, Mich.
Hale, Mrs. Annie T., Hopkinton Road, Concord, N. H.
Hallenbeck, =r 14 Washington Road, Scotia, Ne Ye
Hamilton, George E., 2871 Dellwood Ave., Jacksonville,
orida
Hardy, ce Ruth We, _ agers Wild Flower —
South C Road, s Village,
voor Richard Coy 152 . Sota Ste, Dorkciaseas, Md.
f. Ae se _ Dept. of Biology, ean 3
Elm St.
Higman, Harry W., 1520 E. 63rd. St., Seattle, ; wash,
T tolls Prof. Frank J., — State Teachers
» Farmington,
a “iss Clara S., "152 aaen Ave., Millburn, N. J.
Holdridge, Dr. Le Rey Inter-American Institute of
is 0., Rocke
cal Research, 66th St. & York Ave., New York, N. Ye
ey
s Freda
Hunfeld, Philip H., 311 West llth St., Hutchinson, Kans.
is Welles, Washington Street, Wellesley,
sl, Massachusetts
Hutchinson, Mrs, Susan W., 720 Cumberland Road, Glendale
2, California
ishaug, — Acs rie seoeat of or Bane University of
ea he Arbor,
— 3 ° *> tea oo Ste H.W, gag egg 10, D. Ce.
Jehlen, C. + R. F, De 2, Millbrook,
Jennings, Dr. Otto Emery, Carnegie sae ott adn
Pennsylvania
Johnson, Mrs, ep Ridge Pike above City Line,
1
Ed
Johnston, William S., 65 Morris Lane, Scarsdale, N. Y.
Jones, Prof. G. Pat University of Diinois, ya a5
19
’ St. Procopius College, Lisle,
Kaeiser, Dr. largaret, Southern Dlinois me se hg
te fy 8
Knotek, Joseph C., 2021 Superior St., Racine
Knowlton, Clarence H., 24 Elm Street, fos qagom Mass.
go
Knox, Mrs. Wm. C., 649 Isle of Palms, Ft. bauderdale,
Florida 1951
Koeniger, hrs. a 53 Florence Avenue, San
Anselmo rnia
05 1
Koster, Hollis, wo ems Wm. H. Wilso mp ImEnOATA Be J. 19
Kozloff, Prof. Eugene N eg es i ‘Biology,
lege, Portland Ly 1948
Kunneke, J. W., 2307 Village nie Louisville, or 1948
Larwick, A. M., Route 1, Box 7638, Carmichael, Calif: 1951
Lawton, Dr. Elva, Hunter College, 695 Park Avenue,
19
Lee, E. *93 3542A Mark et Ste, San Francisco 14, Calif. 1949
19
Legg, W. Ce, Mount Lookout, West Virgi. 41
Leonard, E. C., Smithsonian Institution, ge ong me Cc. 1920
~ » Clarence, 1000 Park. Avenue, New ro
alent
eke: We so 700 Swarthmore Lane, a aie = aoe
incott, Dr. Rebecca C., 122 West + Main Stre
New Jersey 1931
Litch, C. M., 7 Pearl Street, Fitchburg, Massachusetts 1916
Litchfield, Mrs. Norman, Barry Road, Quaker Farms, R. D.
C
2, Southbury, Connecticut 49
Little, Elbert,L., Jr, 924 20th a S., Arlington, Va. 1946
Loc » Vene T., 15 South 10th S Gladstone, Mich. 1948
Locke, John F., Box 1568, State reint Hat Miss. 1949
Loeffler, Rol pert J , 83 New Bond St., Worcester, Mass. 1947
+Logue, Dr. Evere pobk Ge; First National Bank Building,
Williamsport, Pennsy. 1920
Long, Bayard, 250 As Ashbourne Road, Elkins Park, Philadel-
phia, 17, Pennsylvania 1911
Lommasson, Robert fs 2640 So. 13th St., eee 2, Nebr.1949
Looser, Gualterio, Cas » Santiago » Chile 1928
» Mrs. Marie L., 101 Clay Ste, ae. Iowa 1940
Loughbridge, » Dept. of Biology,
College, Elkins, West Virginia 1949
+Lowe, . Ess 65, Harrison, 1917
Lownes, Albert E., P. 0. Box 1531, oR 1924
7 ? ogg Avee., Palo Alto, calif. 1941
> r - 1949
» Dr. Robert H., Jr., Pacific Northwest Drainage
Basin Building 24 Island, ag 1941
McCleary, James Oe: Dept. of Botany, Arizona State
C » Tempe, na
N., T c High My yy 1954
secon i we Jesse Bey Ashley St., Houston, Tex. 1950
McDowell, ne W., c/o Federal Power sion,
417 Grant Buil > 3, Georgia 1947
’ Hugh N. Aes R. R 1; Lachute, Co.
a
MeGilliard, Miss Eleanor, Dept. of —? University
of Chattanooga, rpc Bt Tenness 35
paren tk Dr. Ronald vy he a of ~seetenl University
f Kansas, nce 1946
‘aeatwane y Dts ae Box oe 188 » University Station,
Moscow, — 1949
McKay, Donal inicio Lake, Florida 1950
Mann, M. D. a se, 625 Locust St., Roselle, New a 1940
Mansfield, William, 371 Kemwood Ave., a ae N. Ye 1922
filarble, pA “oe 1313 Garfield Ave., So.Pas » Calif. 1928
Mark, Miss Clara G.,270 So. State St., Tenaretiee, Ohio eae
Marsh, Mrs. Spencer S., Midwood Terrace, Madison, N. Je
Masek, John, Apopka, Florida 1956
Massey, Prof. = al Virginia Polytechnic Institute,
Blacksburg, 1935
Mathews, Mrs. . Res iad St., Shreve
Matthews, Miss Vi D., Coker College, Hartsville, S.C. 1940
Mauro, S., 26435 N. W. 22: > Mi 2
Milne, Dr. De MN; Bank Commerce Bldg., P ortland 3, Maine 1947
Moore, Prof. a ae Me, Dept. of Botany, University
of Arkans tteville, Arkansas 1935
Moore, Dr. Selves Tes Missouri Botanical Garden,
St. Louis 10. Missouri 1915
Moore, Miss Jewel, Dept. of Biology, Arkansas State
Teachers College, Normal Station, Conway, sas 1947
+ioore, Dr. John W., Dept. of Bo ersity o
: 4, Minnesota 1946
Morgan, Rev. A. Box 319, Franklin, N. C. 1949
Morgan, Mrs. vay 1s caiat Ste» Worcester, ed 1943
Morton, C. id a Smithsonian Institution, epg acen pe D. 6.1940
Moss, Mrs. C. 3, Box 1176, Johannesburg, South Africa 1916
pd on T.; ‘Botany De Dept. , Rutgers tniversito.
ck, ersey 1945
neo ees W Oe age of Botany, Cornell University,
ee New 1949
Murray, Miss Smog Aileen, De Paul University, Chicago
14, Dlinois
ew, Miss Marjorie, 71 West 8th St., Bayonne, N. J. 1942
hei Dr. Re Mey meee T11.State College,Macomb, Ill. 1947
rnia 947
» Alstead
Seren. Leroy F., Box 1, Presque » Maine 1941
*Noyes, Miss Elmira E 31 Baldwin ct ’ Norfolk 7, Vae 1893
» James , Twin Tre » Garberville, Califo
Notdort, Charles, 127 ¢ Ganson Street, New York, New York 1937
» Chauncey » New Fag ose 1902
Nunan, Mrs. T. d., bet i on ee Dareka, California
Oechler, Mr. & Mrs, Dale G., c/o J. F. Anderson, Short
Hills, New Jersey
Ogden, Mrs. E. C., 20 Myrtle Street, Orono, 1937
Oldham, ¥. Le, 1 1111 South Weaver Ste, ace Mo. 1946
Osgood, Miss M. Elsie, State Normal School, Lyndon
Center, Vermont 1940
Osmun, Prof. A. Vincent, Shade Tree Laboratories,
thiversity of Massachusetts, Laeet > Massachusetts 1901
Osterlund, P., 131-15 140th St., South Ozone Park,
ork 1920
Otis, Dr. Mabel H., 815 Fifth Aveme Bldg., Moline, Til. 1955
ty of
> : 80 1961
Palmer, e» 521 South Main St., Webb ?
Palmer, Dr. T. He, 1959 Biltmore St. N.W. Washington,D.C.1911
Pa > +» 24 Clinton Avenue, Pittsfield, Mass.
Phelps, Mrs. 0 arker, 9 Ne Le
Phillips, Walter S., Dept. of Botany, University of
Arizona, Tucson, na 1945
Pichi-Sermolli, Dr. pore ack Botanico, Univer-
gita di Firenze, 4 via +¢ ra, Firenze, Italy 1941
Placak, Dr. Joseph C., Jr, 2404 Overlook Road, Cleve—
land 6, Ohio 1949
$#Polunin, Dr. Nicholas, Gray Herbarim, Harvard Universi-
ridge 58, Massachusetts 1950
>
Ponce, Amelia Mesa de, Calle Juan Delgardo 455, Vibora, wea
Pond, Bremer W., 5 Boylston Street, Cambridge, Mass. 1910
Poole, Dr. James P., Dept. of Biology, Dartmouth College,
Hanove ew 1940
r Hamp
Prets. Havold We, 123 South 17th St., Allentown, Pa. 1909
The Insti
’
Proctor, George Re, Science Museum, tate
Jamaica, Kingsto 1988
+Rapp, Will ‘o> Jey 1219 Ivy St., Cre
Reed, Dr. Clyde F., ford Cab Road, Towson,Md.1950
Reid, Mrs. Alex D., 260 Boulevard, » Ne Je
Rembert, Mrs. R. M., Rockledge, Florida
Richards, Mrs. Elisabeth, Walmt Cottage, South ae
Risley, ol
Robbins, Prof. G- Thomas, Dept. of Botany, Univer
of Cal ja
r
1906
Rugg, Harold G. ,Box 187 , Dartmouth College,Hanover, N. H.
$Rusk, Hester M., 26 Stoddard Place, eae 25, N.Y. 1954
}Rust, H. Be, 1507 Road 4
Sadler, Miss Nettie M., 505 Alen Ste, Syracuse 10, N.Y. 1948
> 3
Ss. » Sr. José, Colegio Ignacio sa,
sur 405, Py —
Sargent F. He. N. od Ste, Falls Church, Va.
: Zaith, 474 Portland Road, Saco
Hey Iles 'y 1981
>
ity of Texas 12, Texas
tauaorney eae ag 50 N. Sth St., Allentowm, Pa. 1949
Schields, Miss Wilma, 21 Uhickatabot Road, quincy, - 1950
Schmeidhouser, Mrs. i 173 East 24th Ste, Peterson 8 1951
Schmidt, Miss Claudia, 59 Ely Avenue, West Springfiel
Massachusetts 937
Schmidt, Dagaar, Box 794, Watsonville, California 1947
Schreiter, Seymour L., 505 Comstock Ave » Syracuse, . 1950
Schulte, Miss Muriel B., 701 Clinton Avene, Newark 8
licw Jersey 46
Schuurman, J. A., c/o ag Commissioner of the eg
» Gumbir Timor N3, Djakarta 1934
Seott, Samuel 140 So. Han ilton Ave., Greensburg, * ae 1950
Seully, Dr. Francis J., 904 Medical Arts Building,
Hot : 1934
Sedgwick, J, H., 4800 Prospect Road, Peoria 4, Dlinois 1941
Segars, Charles B., Box 3, University, Alabama 1950
Sener, Rath, 235 Charlotte Street, enna. 1932
Wy a Park, Yates Co., New York 1941
Sharp, Prof. A. J.» Dept. of Botany, of
Tennessee, :
Sharpe, Dr. M. R., Uxbridge, Massachuset 1929
Shaver, Dr. J. = Peabody verte for solani,
Nashville 4, Tennessee 1934
Sherff, Earl &., 7419 Stewart Ave., Chicago 21, Illinois 1949
+Shields, Edward M., 100 South Darlington Street, West
Chester, Pennsylvania 1940
Shuck, Dr. Arthur L., Dept. of Biology, Southwestern
State Cellege, tage women ta Oklahoma 50
3» Cedric, = Rosewood Drive, Hammond, Louisiana
Simon, ” andrew, 772 7 York Road, Towson 4, Maryland 1951
my ot Stanley D., 1030 Elm Park Drive, Cincinnati
1951
suuiaeey, Mary L., Kissimmee, Florida 19
Skidmore, Mrs. Andrew Tes Pleasant Valley, New York 1950
#Slater, William A,, Hunt, Texas 1983
os, ge C.; Smithsonian Institution, Washington 51.
19 q
Smith, Dr. A. Ves ba of ae Catholic University
i7, De C 1939
Smith, Dr. Budd Bes aves of Biology, Wake Forest
College, Wake Fi » North 1949
a Mrs. Frank Ces Irs, 32 Cedar Street, Worcester
2 1951
Hope Sherman, Pleasant V. ne me 1951
Smith, Jesse F., 347 Main Street, pote 4
Smith, —_— Be; 821 Bergen Ave., Jersey C ctr, Ne Je 1939
diadevitins Mrs, Mary F. » 978 Lincoln Way Eas cans
Stabler, Edward C., Matthews 36, Cambridge 36, Mass. 1950,
Stemdley, Paul C., Escuela Agricola Panamericana,
Apartado 93, Tegucigalpa, Honduras 1915
Steere, Dr. William C., Dept. of Biological Sciences,
Stamford University, Stamford, Califo 1935
+Steil, William N., 1926 No. 55rd St., Milwaukee, Wis. 1916
Stetten, Dr. Dewitt, Ls se rig Farm, Rushland,
Bucks County, Pennsylvania
Stevens os Ns ie B., 95 Grove Street, Plantsville,
Steward, a aks M., P. 0. Box 19, Fordham Branch,
New York
Stiffler, "urs. James Mes 315 16th St., Bradenton, Fla.
St. John, Dr. Edward P Page ox City, Citrus Co., Fla.
Ste John, Robert P,, RB
sag gree Sh pos rige Ces iH, er High street, Newburyport,
Stokes, ini 4 re Je, The Mill, Darlington, ld,
Stokey, Prof. Alma G., Dept. of Plant Sciences,
outh Hadley, Massachusetts
earl Street, Clinton, Massachusetts
Storer, Robert W., Museum of Zoology, thiversity of
Michigan, Arbor may g poet
Storey, Oliver W., 924 4 Golf Lane, Wheaton, Illinois
Stoudt, Harry N., Dept. of Biology, Temple University,
Phil re meagag rie B ogwtoirag
Strattan Penna.
Stubbs, Thomas M., 111 W. Hampton Ave., fe ta S. Care
Sads
° Eleancr, Murphy, n
Svenson, Dr. Henry K., American Museum of Natural
York New Y
H ry, New R4, ork
Tanger, Mrs. See. Y, 318 North President Avenue,
Lancaster, Pennsy-
Tanger, Js Coy Jes 3B Garlsahe St., Hanover, Penna.
Taylor, Dr. 07 » New “ork
Taylor pees T. M. Poe > oc co of British Columbia,
Vancouve
Teresita, daha M., Holy Family Convent, R. ¥F. De ls
towoc, Wisc
Terrell, Mrs. Edward E , c/o Ge Re MacLean, Route 2,
; Wisconsin
Thacher, Mrs. Ae Be, 486 Scotland Road, South Orange,
ew
ys Je De, Ite, 509 1/2 Polk Street, Amarillo,
Soca, Je Fe, 5245 20th Ave. South, Seattle, Wash.
Thurston, Edward D., JTes cg
Das.8 , Sharon, Connecticut
Thurston, . Edward
be? Trenor P,, 1556 Sereriacton © Street, Holyoke,
ts
tae Miss M )
2 , Harry ie Bigniand Aves» Abington, Pa.
Truesdel1 Horace W. Bluemont, Virginia
3. Alice F. : "Botanical Garden,
Tryon, Mrs.
St. Louis 10, Misso
, Inwood, Buck Hil) valle, 1916
Strowger, Berk, “sas N. We + ies Stre , Portland, Saag
Tryon, Dr. Rolle Me, Jre, Missouri Botanical Garden,
2315 Tower Grove Avenue, St. Louis 10, Missouri 1932
Turner, Mrs. . Ma, 98 Barnett + Street, New Haven,
mnecticut 1930
Bre Mrs. Pg wt Ae, 3943 Locust Street,
» Pennsyl 1946
Van De Water, C. M., 82 Essex Road, Summit, New
Jersey 1947
Van De Water, Mrs. Elinore Se; 82 Essex Road, Summit,
New Yers 1947
Vincent, Mrs. Myron H., 1512 12th Avemme, San Diego,
calif: 1917
Voth, Dr. Paul D., o: of Botany, University of
» Chicago 3 1942
is
Wagner, Warren Hes rite » Dept. of Botany, University of
Michigan, 1940
Walder, George W., 740 coreg Avenue, phy cod cage 1961
Waters, Dr. ee , 5812 Chevy Chas
15, D 1893
Weatherby, Mrs. Fa py Aes 27 Raymond Street,
40, Massachusetts * 1914
West, Erdman, Florida sggerteedess mt Station,
ite, Plorida 942
University of rons pape
Wherry, Prof. gg 0? «ee pening: of Pennsylvania,
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 1918
Whitehead, John W., AeA West 69th Street, Los Angeles
3,
Whitehouse, Bula, Box 759, Southern Methodist University,
Dallas 5, T pS
Whitney, Mrs. Elsie G., 104 Adams Place, Delmar, New
York
Wiehe, Paul 0., Agricultural Research Station, Likuni,
Lilongew, ?
Wiggins, Dr. L., Dudley Herbarium,Stanford Univerai-
19
ty, Stanford, Cal
Wiley, Miss Farida A., Museum of Natural History,
New York 24, New York 1927
Wilkens, Hans, 424 South 15th Street, Reading, Pennsyl-
= William T., Box 367, R. D. 1, Schenectady, New
0.
Witschen, Mrs. William J., 217 West 6th Aveme,
Roselle, New Jersey 1951
eo * — oy H. C., 9 Lowell Street, Cambridge,
Wrighty 1s Miss a ary F., 231 Winona Street, Philadelphia
? 25
Young, John P., ee Drive, Ithaca, New York 1920
ey vag Miss Grace S., 960 Columbus Road, Burlington,
po A. We, Dept. of meg dB Florida State
versity, Tallahassee 1950